Skip to main content

Full text of "The hopes of the human race, hereafter and here"

See other formats


Wellesley  College 

Library 

^ 

+  gT  laCUMfl  + 

^ 

^ 

^ 

SJ 

H 

ss^< 

§ 

+ 

^^JK    4S 

0 

\^ 

fcft^  J  ^^M 

3 

n 

^^^^F*  ^K  ^^^^^1 

r^ 

3a 

A^^   ^B 

ifi 

E.PRCMtfM 

+ 

EDITH 

BUTLER 

VOOV 

. 

This  book-plate  was  desiened  in  1909 
by  Edith  BuUer  Pool 

(Class  of  1896)  for  her  library. 

It  seems  appropriate 

that  it  should  be  used  to  mark  the  books 

purchased  for  the 

Department  of  English  Literature 

through  her  memorial  bequest 

THE 


HOPES  OF  THE  HUMAN  RACE, 


HEEEAFTER  AND  HERE. 


a 


/' 


THE 


HOrES  OF  THE  HUMAN  RACE, 


HEREAFTER   AND   HERE. 


BY 

FRANCES   POWER    COBBE. 


WILLIAMS    AND    NORGATE, 

14,    HENRIETTA    STREET,    COVENT    GARDEN,    LONDON; 
AND  20,  SOUTH  FREDERICK  STREET,  EDINBURGH, 

1874. 


(f- 


244221 


Sr 
fa/ 


LONDON : 

PRINTED    BY    C.  GREEN   AND  SON, 

178, STRAND. 


CONTENTS. 


PAaB 

Preface   (having  special  reference  to  Mr. 
Mill's  Essay  on  Religion)  .    .    .      vii — Lxxv 

The  Life  after  Death.     Part  I :      1 

Reprinted  feom  the  Theological  Review,  Ootobee,  1872. 

The  Life  after  Death.    Part  II 62 

Reprinted  from  the  Theological  Review,  July,  1873. 

Doomed  to  be  Saved.    An  Address  ....  121 
The  Evolution  of  the  Social  Sentiment  .    .  149 

Reprinted  from  the  Theological  Review,  January,  1874. 


PKEFACE. 


The  principal  essay  in  this  book  addresses  itself  to 
a  small  class  of  readers.     For  those  who  believe  that 
a  Life  after  Death  has  been  guaranteed  to  mankind 
by  a  supernatural  Eevelatiou,  it  is  superfluous  ;  and 
for  those  who  believe  that  the  experiences   of  the 
bodily  senses  and  the  inductions  thence  derived  mark 
the  limits  of  human  knowledge,  it  is  useless.     There 
yet  remain  some  minds  to  whom  I  hope  the  specu- 
lations and  observations  which  it  contains  may  not  be 
uninteresting  or  unserviceable  ;  who,  having  lost  faith 
in  the  apocalyptic  side  of  Christianity,  find  no  basis 
therein  for  their  immortal  hopes,  but  who  are  yet 
able  to  trust  the  spiritual  instincts  of  their  own  and 
other  men's  hearts,  provided  they  can  recognize  the 
direction  in  which  they  harmoniously  point.     I  in- 
dulge no  dream  of  discovering  new  ground  for  faith 
in  immortality,  still  less  of  proving  that  we  are  immor- 
tal by  logical  demonstration.     But  something  will  be 


Vlll  PREFACE. 


gained  if  I  succeed  in  warning  off  a  few  inquirers  from 
false  paths  which  lead  only  to  disappointment,  and 
point  out  to  them,  if  not  the  true  argument,  yet  the 
true  method  of  argument,  whereby  such  satisfaction 
as  lies  within  our  reach  may  be  obtained.  Perhaps 
I  may  have  the  greater  advantage  in  speaking  of 
the  belief  in  a  future  life  because  for  many  years 
of  my  own  earlier  life,  while  slowly  regaining  faith  in 
God  after  the  collapse  of  supernaturalism,  1  failed  to 
discover  any  sufficient  reason  for  such  trust,  and  in 
the  desire  to  be  loyal  to  truth  deliberately  thrust  it 
away  even  under  the  pressure  of  a  great  sorrow.  It 
is  possible,  therefore,  that  I  may  understand  better 
than  most  believers  in  the  doctrine  why  many  honest, 
and  not  irreligious,  minds  are  at  this  moment  mourn- 
fully shutting  out  that  gleam  of  a  brighter  world 
which  should  cheer  and  glorify  the  present ;  and  per- 
haps I  may  also  have  learned  from  experience  how 
some  of  their  difficulties  may  be  met. 

It  is  needless  to  discuss  the  importance  of  the 
belief  of  mankind  in  a  Life  beyond  the  grave. 
Whether,  with  a  recent  distinguished  writer,  we  look 
on  the  threatened  loss  of  it  as  the  most  perilous  of 
our  "Eocks  Ahead,"  on  which  the  whole  order  of 
society  may  make  shipwreck,  or  whether  (as  I  am 
more  disposed  to  think)  the  danger  lies  in  the  gradual 


PREFACE.  IX 


carnalization  of  our  nature  which  would  follow  the 
extinction  of  those  ennobling  hopes  which  have  lifted 
men  above  mere  animalism  and  given  to  Duty  and 
to  Love  an  infinite  extension, — in  either  case  it  is 
hard  to  speak  too  gravely  of  the  imperilment  of  that 
which  has  been,  since  the  beginning  of  history,  per- 
haps the  most  precious  of  the  mental  heirlooms  of 
our  race.     To  conjure  up  a  picture  of  the  desolation 
which  such  a  loss  must  bring  to  the  hearts  of  the 
bereaved,  and  the  dreary  hopelessness  of  the  dying 
and  the  aged,  would  be  to  give  ourselves  superfluous 
pain.     Nor  must  it  be  forgotten  that  it  does  not  ask  a 
great  deal,  if  not  to  kill  such  a  faith  (which  is  perhaps 
impossible),  yet  to  maim  and  paralyze  it,  so  that  it 
shall  become  practically  powerless  to  comfort  or  to 
elevate.     The  great  majority  of  mankind  rather  catch 
belief  and  disbelief  from  those  around  them  than  ori- 
ginate them  on  their  own  account ;  and  the  disbelief 
of  even  a  few  of  their  neighbours  is  often  sufficient  to 
take  away  all  confidence  in  the  affirmative  verdict 
even  of  the  wisest  and  best.    Dr.  Johnson  said  he  was 
"injured  by  knowing  there  was  one  man  who  did  not 
believe  in  Christianity  ;"  the  knowledge  was  just  so 
far  a  deduction  from  the  universality  of  consent  in 
which  even  that  intellectual  giant  found  repose.     It 
would  probably  need  only  that  five  per  cent,  of  the 


PREFACE. 


population  should  publish  their  conviction  that  there 
is  no  Future  State,  to  make  the  greater  part  of  the 
remainder  so  far  lose  reliance  upon  it,  as  to  become 
quite  insensible  to  its  moral  influences. 

But  while  thoughtful  persons  are  generally  agreed 
on  the  great  importance  of  the  doctrine  in  question, 
it  has  perhaps  scarcely  been  noticed  how  it  is  inevi- 
tably destined  to  form  the  turning-point  of  the  future 
religious  history^of  our  race.  The  dogma  of  a  Future 
Life  differs  from  other  articles  of  faith  notably  in 
being  indissoluble  in  the  alembic  of  interpretation 
wherein  so  many  of  our  more  solid  beliefs  have  of 
recent  years  been  rarefied  into  thin  air.  "  To  be,  or 
Not  to  be,"  is  very  literally  the  question  of  ques- 
tions, to  which  must  needs  be  given  a  categorical 
response.  Either  we,  ourselves,  in  innermost  iden- 
tity, shall  exist  after  the  mortal  hour,  or  we  shall 
not  so  exist ;  there  is  no  third  contingency.  With 
respect  to  our  faith  in  God,  there  are  immeasurable 
shades  between  the  definite  and  fervent  conviction  of 
the  existence  of  a  true  Father  in  Heaven,  and  the 
admission  that  there  lies  behind  Nature  some  "  Un- 
known and  Unknowable  "  Mind,  Will,  or,  perchance, 
blind  and  unintelligent  Force,  which  we  choose  to  call 
by  the  same  sacred  name.  Owing  to  the  voluntary 
and  involuntary  obscurities  of  human  language,  and 


PREFACE.  XI 


the  dimness  of  hiimau  thought,  there  will  always 
exist  a  misty  territory  between  the  confines  of  Theism 
and  Atheism ;  and  it  may  be  only  too  easy  to  slip 
down  imperceptibly,  range  after  range,  from  one  to 
the  other,  only  discovering  at  last  how  far  we  have 
descended  when  the  sunlight  which  shone  on  the 
mountain-tops  has  faded  away  utterly  among  the  dark 
shadows  of  the  abyss.  But  there  is  scarcely  any  such 
danger  of  thus  playing  fast  and.lojoae  with  our  beliefs 
as  regards  Immortality.  It  is  true  that  among  those 
alchemists  of  creeds  of  whom  I  have  already  spoken, 
many  of  whom  can  find  the  pure  gold  of  moral  truth 
in  every  base  and  heavy  superstition,  while  others 
concoct  an  Elixir  of  Life  out  of  the  hellebore  and 
the  nightshade  of  denial  and  despair,  there  have  not 
failed  to  be  some  who  have  taught  that  man,  if 
mortal  in  the  concrete,  and  doomed  individually  to 
perish  in  the  dust,  may  yet  call  himself  an  Immortal 
Being;  immortal,  that  is,  in  his  abstract  Humanity, 
in  the  Grand-etre  of  which  he  forms  a  part,  and 
which  wiU  survive  the  falling  off  of  such  a  mere 
fraction  of  it  as  himself;  or  (if  this  consolation  be 
not  amply  sufficient)  that  he  will  yet  live  in  his 
posterity,  in  his  works  of  beneficence,  in  the  books 
wherewith  he  may  have  instructed  mankind.  But 
even  to  very  sanguine  souls  it  must  (I  should  sup- 


Xll  PREFACE. 


pose)  be  nearly  hopeless  thus  to  attempt  to  give  the 
change  to  our  personal  hopes  and  desires  concerning 
a  Life  after  Death,  by  reminding  us  of  hopes  for  other 
people,  which,  far  from  being  a  novel  equivalent  for 
our  own,  have  always  hitherto  been  taken  as  con- 
current therewith  and  additional  thereto  ;  and  which 
actually  bring  with  them,  when  the  doctrine  of  in- 
dividual Immortality  is  denied,  only  the  mournful 
question  of  how  far  it  may  remain  an  object  of  hope 
at  all  that  a  Eace  should  prolong  its  existence  when 
every  soul  which  composes  it  is  destined  to  perish 
incomplete,  unfinished,  a  failure  like  the  ill-turned 
vase  which  the  potter  casts  aside  on  the  heap  to  be 
broken  up  as  worthless.  There  can  be  truly,  then,  only 
the  response  of  Aye  or  No  to  the  question,  "  When  a 
man  dieth,  shall  he  live  again?"  and  on  the  decision 
whether  most  men  say  "  Aye,"  or  say  "  No,"  will  de- 
pend, in  yet  undreamed-of  measure,  the  moral  con- 
dition of  coming  generations.  ' 

In  the  following  Essay  I  have  stated  to  the  best  of 
my  ability  the  grounds  on  which  I  think  an  affirma- 
tive answer  to  the  great  enigma  may  be  given  by  all 
those  who  believe  in  a  Righteous  as  well  as  an  Intelli- 
gent Euler  of  the  world.  I  have  no  desire  to  blink 
the  fact  that  it  is  on  the  moral  attributes  of  God  that 
the  whole  question  appears  to  me  to  hinge ;  and  that. 


PREFACE.  Xlll 


without  the  help  of  Religion,  (of  a  real  religion,  which 
takes  for  its  corner-stone  that  God  is  good  and  just, 
not  a  philosophy  which  merely  admits  the  hypothesis 
of  an  intelligent  Force  behind  Nature,)  the  reasons  for 
denial  seem  to  me  to  preponderate  altogether  over 
those  in  favour  of  affirmation. 

But  here  is  the  great,  the  tremendous  difficulty. 
How  is  that  belief  in  the  Eighteousness  and  Benevo- 
lence of  God  to  be  established  so  as  that  we  may 
build  thereon  securely  our  hopes  of  a  Life  to  come  ? 
Nay,  how  is  it  in  these  days  of  earthquake  to  be 
kept  firm  enough  for  the  purpose — higher  even  than 
of  affording  us  immortal  hope — of  giving  us  now  a 
Father  in  Heaven  to  adore,  and  in  allegiance  to  whose 
holy  Will  we  may  be  content  to  live  and  die  ?  It  is 
impossible  to  hide  from  ourselves  that  the  obstacles 
in  the  way  of  a  clear  faith  in  the  absolute  Goodness  of 
God  have  grievously  multiplied  upon  us  in  our  gene- 
ration. Perhaps  genuine  fidelity  should  call  on  us  to 
rejoice  that  they  have  also  at  last  found  a  most  lucid 
and  coherent  expression  in  the  mournful  legacy  left 
us  by  the  great  philosopher  lately  departed,  wherein 
the  yet  formless  questionings,  the  "ghastliest  doubts" 
of  thousands  of  souls  have  taken  shape,  and  will  stand 
revealed  to  themselves  like  the  Afreet  out  of  the 
smoke.     Of  this  book  I  must  speak  presently.     Let 

c 


XIV  PREFACE. 


it  be  remarked  in  passing  that  Mr.  Mill  has  not  un- 
naturally read  all  the  religious  history  of  mankind  in 
the  peculiar  light  of  his  own  exceptional  mental  ex- 
perience, and  has  taken  it  for  granted  that  men  have 
in  all  ages  constructed  a  God  by  the  method  of  the 
inductive  philosophy.  I  venture  to  think  that  an 
entirely  opposite  rationale  of  religious  development  is 
the  true  one,  and  that  by  recognizing  it  we  may 
exactly  perceive  how  it  happens  that  we  have  arrived 
at  our  present  pass. 

Mankind,  I  believe,  from  the  hour  when  Humanity 
arose  out  of  its  purely  animal  origin,  has  felt  some 
vague  stirrings  of  aspiration  and  awe — some  infant- 
like liftings-up  of  the  hands  for  help  and  pity  to 
something  greater,  stronger,  wiser  than  itself — some 
dim  consciousness  (enough  at  least  to  guide  its  funeral 
rites)  that  it  is  not  all  of  a  man  which  perishes  in 
the  grave.  Long  ages  and  millenniums  doubtless 
passed  away  during  which  these  vague  sentiments 
fastened  on  some  fetich,  or  on  the  orbs  of  heaven, 
at  first  without  ascribing  any  definite  individuality  or 
personality  to  the  object,  and  then  again  without  attri- 
buting to  it  any  moral  character.  In  the  "  ages  before 
morality"  the  gods  were  necessarily  unmoral ;  for  man 
could  no  more  invent  morality  to  give  his  god,  than  he 
could  invent  for  him  a  bodily  sense  which  he  did  not 


PREFACE.  XV 


himself  possess.  But  with  the  dawnings  of  the  ethical 
sentiment  in  man  came  simultaneously  the  conviction, 
— nay,  rather,  the  consciousness, — that  the  Unseen 
Power  was  also  Just  (so  far  as  the  man  yet  appre- 
hended justice).  Thenceforward  the  moral  ideal  of 
God  continued  to  rise,  century  after  century,  in  exact 
proportion  to  the  moral  development  of  mankind  ;  and 
the  "Lord"  was  a  pillar  of  cloud  and  fire,  moving 
before  the  moving  nations,  guiding  them  towards  the 
Holy  Land.  It  mattered  little  that  it  was,  for  the 
masses,  in  the  shape  of  the  intuitions  of  dead  prophets 
and  apostles,  which  were  called  Divine  inspirations 
(and  loerc  so  in  truth,  albeit  mixed  with  endless  fables), 
that  Jews  and  Zoroastrians,  Christians  and  Moslems, 
accepted  this  inward  idea  of  God,  and  only  a  few  of 
the  "strongest  souls"  received  (as  the  old  Chaldaean 
oracle  has  it)  "  light  through  themselves."  Practically, 
mankind  at  large  held,  more  or  less  imperfectly,  the  no- 
tion of  Deity  reflected  from  the  highest  consciousness 
yet  developed  at  each  stage  ;  and  poor  as  it  often  was, 
it  was  the  brightest  which  could  filter  throus-h  the 
dim  windows  of  their  souls.  The  work  of  correcting 
this  ideal  by  reference  to  the  phenomena  of  nature, 
instead  of  being  the  normal  process,  hardly  seems  to 
have  occurred  to  any  one  save  Lucretius.  When 
these  phenomena  were  beneficent  and  beautiful,  men 

c2 


XYl  PREFACE. 


sung  psalms  and  proclaimed  that  the  Heavens  declared 
the  glory  of  God,  and  the  earth  was  full  of  His  good- 
ness. When  plague  and  earthquake,  flood  and  famine, 
ravaged  the  world,  they  attributed  the  evil  to  the 
wrath  of  the  higher  Powers,  brought  down  by  the 
offences  of  mankind,  of  which  there  never  was  an  in- 
sufficient store  to  serve  for  such  explanation.  It  is 
even  surprising  in  our  day  to  note  how  very  remote 
it  was  from  the  spirit  of  old  philosophers  or  theolo- 
gians to  put  aside  a  priori  doctrines  about  the  gods, 
and  learn  from  Nature  herself  concerning  Nature's 
Authorship.  Even  down  to  the  days  of  Paley  and 
the  Bridgewater  Treatises,  it  is  clear  that,  when  they 
applied  to  Nature  at  all,  it  was  as  a  French  judge 
sometimes  interrogates  a  prisoner,  to  compel  her  to 
corroborate  their  foregone  conclusions  respecting  a 
series  of  "Attributes"  either  apprehended  by  the  reli- 
gious sentiment  or  logically  deduced  by  the  a  priori 
arguments  of  the  Schoolmen.  There  were  doubtless 
abundant  reasons  for  this  state  of  things.  The  poets, 
the  artists,  the  sages  of  old,  cared  comparatively  little 
about  Nature,  and  centred  all  their  interest  in  man.  As 
it  has  been  wittily  said,  "  Nature  was  only  discovered 
in  our  generation."  It  followed  obviously,  then,  that 
the  theologians  of  former  times  should  concern  them- 
selves almost  exclusively  with  the  human  aspects  of 


PREFACE.  XVU 


Eeligion  and  the  notions  of  dead  thinkers,  and  that 
only  now  and  then  some  great  teacher  arose  to  rebuke 
the  servile  repetition  of  what  was  "  said  hy  them  of 
old  time,"  and  to  point  to  the  lilies  of  the  field  and 
the  birds  of  the  air  as  evidence  of  the  Father's 
love. 

But  our  age  witnesses  a  new  tendency  of  thought 
altogether — the  genuine  application  of  the  Inductive 
Philosophy  to  Theology.  With  the  vast  and  sudden 
influx  of  knowledge  concerning  the  outer  world,  has 
come  a  greatly  enhanced  sense  of  the  importance  of 
the  inferences  to  be  drawn  therefrom  regarding  the 
character  of  its  Author  and  the  purpose  of  His  work. 
Some  of  us  are  now  at  the  stage  of  seeking  in  Nature 
the  corroboration  of  our  intuitive  faith ;  others,  of 
painfully  balancing  the  two  revelations ;  and  others, 
yet  again,  have  gone  so  far  as  to  look  exclusively  to 
astronomy  and  geology  and  chemistry  and  physio- 
logy to  afford  them  indications  of  who  or  what  the 
Originator  of  the  universe  may  be,  and  have  come  to 
regard  with  mistrust,  as  wholly  unreliable  bases  of 
argument,  those  moral  and  religious  phenomena  of 
their  own  and  other  men's  souls,  which  may,  after  all, 
they  hold,  be  only  the  results  of  the  "set  of  the  brain  " 
determined  by  the  accidents  of  their  ancestors'  con- 
dition ;   "  psychical  habits "  conveyed  by  hereditary 


XVlll  PfiEFACE. 


transmission,  but  having  no  validity  whatever  as  indi- 
cators of  any  external  reality. 

Now,  even  in  the  first  of  these  stages,  where  we 
only  interrogate  Nature  to  confirm  the  yet  undimmed 
faith  of  our  hearts,  there  comes  undoubtedly  to  us  a 
chill  when  she  returns  her  stammering  reply,  instead 
of  the  loud  and  glad  response  which  we  had  been 
taught  by  the  shallow  old  Natural  Theology  to  ex- 
pect with  confidence.  Instead  of  the  "  one  chorus  " 
which  "  all  being  "  should,  as  we  trusted,  raise  to  the 
Maker  of  all,  we  hear  an  inarticulate  mingling  of 
psalms  of  joy  with  funeral  dirges  ;  the  morning  song  of 
the  bird  with  the  death-cry  of  the  hunted  brute ;  the 
merry  hum  of  the  bee  in  the  rose  with  the  shrivelling  of 
the  moth  in  its  "  fruitless  fire."  Nature's  incense  rises 
one  hour  in  balm  and  perfume  to  the  skies,  and  the 
next  steals  along  the  ground,  foul  with  the  smell  of 
blood  and  corruption. 

We  cannot  shut  out  these  things  from  our  thought 
by  any  effort.  We  climb  the  mountains,  where  the 
"empty  sky,  the  world  of  heather"  seem  all  full  of 
God,  and  we  find  beside  the  warbling  brook  a  harm- 
less sheep  dying  in  misery,  and  its  little  lamb  plain- 
ing and  starving  beside  it.  We  wander  through  the 
holy  cloisters  of  the  woods  till  we  have  forgotten  the 
world's  sin  and  toil,  and  the  scattered  feathers  and 


PREFACE.  XIX 


mangled  breast  of  some  sweet  bird  lie  in  our  path, 
desecrating  all  the  forest.  We  turn  to  the  books 
which  in  former  years  used  to  expound  to  us  the  mar- 
vellous and  beneficent  mechanism  of  the  Almighty 
Anatomist,  and  we  grow  sick  as  we  read  of  the  worse 
than  devilish  cruelties  whereby  Science  has  purchased 
her  evermore  unholy  secrets.  Further  on,  when  we 
seek  to  reconcile  the  responses  of  the  religious  senti- 
ment with  those  of  the  Nature  "red  in  tooth  and 
claw,"  who  shrieks  against  our  creed  that  Love  is 
"  creation's  final  law,"  and  treat  them  as  two  equally 
valid  sources  of  knowledge,  the  riddle  grows  yet  more 
terrible,  till  at  last,  when  we  discard  the  inward  testi- 
mony to  the  Maker's  character  as  unreliable,  and  look 
to  the  external  world  alone  to  tell  us  what  He  may 
be,  we  obtain  the  heart-chilling  reply  which  Mr.  Mill 
has  left  us  as  his  last  sad  word  :  "A  Mind  whose 
power  over  the  materials  was  not  absolute,  whose  love 
for  his  creatures  was  not  his  sole  actuating  induce- 
ment, but  who  nevertheless  desired  their  good."*  "The 
scheme  of  Nature,  regarded  in  its  whole  extent,  can- 
not have  had  for  its  sole  or  even  principal  object  the 
good  of  human  or  other  sentient  beings."f  What  is 
most  disheartening  is  the  reflection  that  to  all  appear- 
ance this  contradiction  (real  or  apparent)  between  the 
*  Essays  on  Religion,  p.  243.  t  Ibid.  p.  65. 


XX  PREFACE. 


inward  voice  of  the  soul  and  the  voice  of  Nature 
must  not  only  continue,  but  become  continuall}^  more 
clearly  pronounced.  There  seems  no  chance  at  all 
that  we  shall  ever  find  a  better  solution  of  any  one  of 
the  "  riddles  of  the  painful  earth "  than  we  possessed 
before  Science  set  them  in  array ;  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  year  by 
year,  as  the  human  conscience  grows  more  enlight- 
ened, and  sympathy  with  every  form  of  suffering  be- 
comes stronger  and  more  universal,  the  pain  conveyed 
to  us  by  the  sight  of  pain  will  become  more  acute, 
and  our  revolt  at  the  seeming  injustices  of  Providence 
consequently  more  agonizing. 

In  the  second  essay  in  this  little  book  I  have  en- 
deavoured to  shew  that  historically  we  may  trace  an 
enormous  and  hitherto  little  suspected  development  in 
the  Social  Sentiment  of  man,  and  that,  to  judge  from 
irresistible  analogy,  every  future  generation  will  have 
a  livelier  sympathy  with  the  joys  and  sorrows  of  all 
sentient  beings,  such  as  scarcely  in  their  tenderest 
hours  the  most  loving  souls  of  former  ages  experi- 
enced. This  is,  I  conceive,  the  great  Hope  for  the 
future  of  humanity  on  earth,  as  the  Immortal  Life  of 
Love  is,  I  believe,  that  of  each  human  soul  after  passing 
through  the  portals  of  the  grave.  But  with  this  fresh 
growth  of  sympathy  has  already  come  upon  us  quite 


PREFACE.  XXI 


a  new  sense  of  the  vast  extent  and  the  terrible  depth 
of  the  sufferings  and  wrongs  existing  around  us  ;  and 
the  easy  complacency  wherewith  our  fathers  regarded 
many  of  them,  and  the  thanksgivings  they  returned 
for  being  "  given  more  "  than  others  while  conscious 
they  did  not  deserve  it,  are  well-nigh  disgusting  to 
us.  Especially  the  sufferings  of  animals  torture  us, 
seen  in  the  light  of  our  new  knowledge  of  their  kin- 
dred sensibilities ;  and  we  stand  aghast  before  the 
long  panorama  of  misery  unrolled  before  us  by  the 
theory  of  the  Struggle  for  Existence  and  the  Survival 
of  the  Fittest  at  the  expense  of  the  unfit. 

Much  of  the  scepticism  of  the  present  day — so 
grave,  so  regretful,  combined  so  often  with  the  noblest 
philanthropy — is  beyond  a  doubt  the  result  of  nothing- 
else  than  the  rapid  growth  of  tenderer  sentiments  of 
compassion  for  unmerited  suffering,  and  livelier  indig- 
nation at  suspected  injustice.  And  if  this  be  so, 
future  generations,  as  they  become  more  just  and  more 
merciful,  will  also  become  more  sceptical — nay,  more 
Atheistic — unless  some  different  method  be  found  for 
treating  the  dread  difficulty  than  any  of  those  which 
have  been  tried  and  have  broken  down.  Even  for  us 
now  there  is  nothing  more  futile  and  disastrous  than 
the  attempt  either  to  treat  Doubt  as  "  devil-born," 
instead  of  springing  from  that  which  is  most  divine 


XXll  PREFACE. 


in  us,  or  to  silence  it,  like  the  Dog  of  Hell,  with  a  few 
handfuls  of  dry  dust  of  commonplace.  The  man  to 
whom  the  fact  of  the  evil  of  the  world  first  comes 
home  in  the  hour  of  trial,  and  to  whom  are  presented 
as  explanations  the  platitudes  in  ordinary  use  by 
divines,  is  like  one  of  those  hapless  persons  of  whom 
we  heard  not  long  ago,  who  stood  waiting  at  the  upper 
window  of  a  burning  house  for  means  of  escape,  and 
wdien  the  ladder  was  lifted,  the  brittle  toy  collapsed 
and  shivered  in  fragments  on  the  pavement,  and  with 
a  never-to-be-forgotten  cry  of  despair  the  victims  fell 
back  into  the  fiery  gulf  behind  them,  and  were  seen 
no  more. 

How,  then,  ought  the  dread  mystery  of  the  existence 
of  Evil  in  creation  to  be  treated  ?  Historically,  since 
men  were  far  enough  advanced  to  find  that  it  is  a 
problem,  and  to  feel  the  incongruity  in  the  alternate 
beneficence  and  severity  of  the  unseen  Powers,  which 
they  had  before  contentedly  supposed  to  be  wayward 
and  passionate  as  themselves,  it  has  been  explained  in 
many  different  ways  : — 1st,  by  the  Judaic,  Greek  and 
Christian  doctrine  of  a  Fall,  succeeding  to  a  Golden  or 
Saturnian  Age  of  Innocence  and  Happiness  ;  2nd,  by 
the  Zoroastrian,  Egyptian  and  Manichsean  hypotheses 
of  an  Ahriman  or  Typhon,  Evil  Principles  the  rival 
of  Ormuzd  and  Osiris ;  and  the  Hebrew  doctrine  of 


PKEFACE.  XXlll 


a  Satan  subordinate  to  Jehovah,  but  permitted  to 
work  mischief  in  His  creation ;  8rd,  by  the  Gnostic 
hypothesis  of  the  intractable  properties  of  Hyle  (Mat- 
ter), wherewith  the  Demiurge  often  contends  ineffec- 
tually ;  4th,  by  the  orthodox  Catholic  doctrine  which, 
in  addition  to  the  Fall  and  Satan,  refers  Evil  to  the 
necessity  for  the  presence  of  pain  in  a  world  intended 
to  be  one  of  trial ;  5th,  by  the  doctrine  of  Leibnitz  (and 
substantially  also  that  of  Archbishop  King),  that  the 
world  is  as  good  as  it  was  possible  to  make  it, — every 
contingency  other  than  those  which  it  actually  presents 
involving  either  greater  evils  or  insuperable  contradic- 
tions ;  6th,  by  the  doctrine  of  Theodore  Parker,  which 
is  simply  the  vehement  affirmation  on  a  'priori  grounds 
that,  in  the  creation  of  a  God  all-good  and  omnipotent. 
Evil  must  be  illusory,  and  a  mere  needful  step  to  the 
highest  good  for  every  creature ;  lastly,  by  the  doc- 
trine, often  timidly  approached  by  previous  thinkers, 
but  for  the  first  time,  I  believe,  frankly  stated  by  Mr. 
Mill,  that  supposing  God  to  be,  in  any  sense.  Good, 
His  character  and  dealings  are  explicable  only  on  the 
hypothesis  that  He  is  possessed  of  very  limited  power 
and  wisdom. 

Such  are  the  largest  waves  of  human  thought  which 
for  countless  ages  have  dashed  themselves  against  this 
cloud-capped  rock.     For  us,  in  our  day,  few  of  them 


XXIV  PEEFACE. 


bear  mucli  significance  ;  none  can  be  said  to  be  wholly 
satisfactory. 

To  explain  natural  evil  and  injustice  by  postu- 
lating the  enormous  injustice  of  punishing  the  whole 
human  and  animal  creation  for  the  sin  of  Adam, 
would  be  held  absurd,  even  had  not  geology  super- 
abundantly demonstrated  the  existence  of  the  greatest 
natural  evils  before  Man,  or  even  before  the  order  of 
Mammalia,  came  into  being. 

The  hypothesis  of  a  Great  Bad  God,  whose  opposi- 
tion mars  perpetually  the  work  of  the  Good  Creator 
though  even  yet  accepted  by  a  few  minds  of  high 
philosophic  cast,  seems  to  the  majority  of  us  only  to 
darken  the  dark  mystery.  The  God  who  could  create 
a  Satan  would  be  himself  a  Satan ;  and  an  uncreated 
Ahrimanes,  issuing  out  of  "Time  without  Bounds," 
would  be  in  Morals  what  a  Circular  Triangle  would 
be  in  Mathematics — a  self-contradiction.  When  we 
have  postulated  eternal  Existence,  Wisdom  and  Power, 
we  have  ty  our  definition  excluded  Malevolence, 
Cruelty  and  Injustice.* 

*  "  The  notion  of  an  absolutely  Evil  Principle  is  an  express 
contradiction.  For  as  the  Princij)le  resists  the  Good  One,  it 
also  must  be  independent  and  infinite.  But  the  notion  of  a 
Being  infinitely  evil,  is  of  one  infinitely  imperfect ;  its  know- 
ledge and  power  therefore  must  be  absolute  ignorance  and  im- 
potence."— Law's  Notes  to  King's  Origin  of  Evil. 


PREFACE.  XXV 


The  "intractable  properties  of  Matter"  may  pos- 
sibly indicate  a  class  of  causes  which  may  stand  for 
much  in  the  solution  of  the  riddle  of  Evil ;  but  till  we 
have  arrived  at  some  conception  of  how  the  law  of 
Evolution  is  worked  by  the  Lawgiver,  and  find  the 
equivalent  in  modern  scientific  terminology  for  the 
earlier  "  Creation"  and  the  later  "  Contrivance,"  it  is 
little  better  than  cheating  ourselves  with  words  to 
speak  of  Matter  as  either  "  intractable"  or  otherwise 
in  the  hands  of  God.  When  all  is  said,  we  are  not 
far,  yet,  beyond  the  philosophy  which  taught  that 

"  All  are  but  parts  of  one  stupendous  Whole, 
Whose  Body  Nature  is,  and  God  the  Soul ;" 

and  till  we  have  learned  something  of  the  relation  of 
our  own  bodies  to  our  souls,  of  the  "flesh"  to  the  "spirit" 
against  which  it  so  often  wars,  it  is  hopeless  to  specu- 
late on  that  of  the  material  universe  to  its  directing 
Mind.  Certainly  there  is  nothing  in  the  visible  world 
corroborating  the  notion  of  yet  incomplete  conquests 
of  the  Demiurge  over  Matter.  No  discoverer  has 
found  an  outlying  tract  of  Chaos,  any  more  than  the 
"  print  of  Satan's  hoof  in  the  Old  Eed  Sandstone,"  the 
marks  of  the  handiwork  of  any  second  or  opposing 
Intelligence.     If  Nature  explains  herself  to  us, 

"  'Tis  thus  at  the  roaring  loom  of  Time  I  ply, 
And  weave  for  God  the  garb  thou  seest  Him  by," 


XXVI  PREFACE. 


that  "  sjarb "  we  behold  is  neither  unfinished  in  the 
minutest  hem,  nor  yet  torn  or  spotted  anywhere  as  by 
an  enemy's  hand.  The  red  threads  which  run  through 
it  are  woven  into  its  very  texture  ;  nor  is  it  possible 
to  guess  how  some  of  them  can  ever  be  eliminated. 
Only  the  poet  looks  for  the  day  when  the  "lion  shall 
eat  straw  like  the  ox."  The  zoologist  knows  that  by 
the  law  of  his  being  the  lion  must  prey  on. the  lamb, 
while  the  lamb  and  he  inhabit  together  the  earth. 
The  "  Holy  Mountain,"  whereon  they  shall  not  "  kill 
nor  destroy,"  and  where  man  and  brute  and  bird  and 
insect  may  live  in  peace  and  love,  is,  like  Heaven  itself, 
unmarked  in  the  chart  of  any  geographer. 

Again,  the  orthodox  Catholic  doctrine — that  Evil  is 
necessary  to  afford  scope  for  the  moral  freedom  of  man 
— is,  I  believe,  valid  as  the  explanation  of  a  very  large 
class  of  phenomena  wherein  Man  is  principally  con- 
cerned ;  but  it  is  obvious  that  it  leaves  untouched  the 
still  harder  problem  of  the  misery  of  the  brutes,  since 
morals  and  geology  have  alike  advanced  too  far  to 
accept  the  theory  which  formerly  supplemented  it, 
that  the  "whole  creation  groaneth  and  travaileth  in 
pain  "  for  Adam's  offence. 

Again,  the  doctrine  of  Leibnitz — that  it  is  the  best 
of  all  worlds  which  could  have  been  created — though 
perhaps    nearer  the    truth  than    any    other,    must 


PEEFACE.  XXVll 


ratlier  be  deemed  a  statement  of  the  problem  than  its 
solution,  since  he  offers  no  suggestion  as  to  the  nature 
of  that  necessity  for  not  making  it  hdtcr,  which  he  is 
everywhere  forced  to  assume  as  paramount  to  the 
Divine  Benevolent  Will.* 

The  unhesitating  faith  of  Theodore  Parker  is  one 
which  few  of  us  can  regard  without  envy,  and  the 
mighty  force  of  conviction  with  which  he  gave  it  utter- 
ance has  served  to  warm  and  cheer  a  thousand  hearts. 
God  had  revealed  His  absolute  goodness  in  the  very 
core  of  that  large  and  loving  heart,  and  in  the  blaze  of 
that  Divine  light  he  ceased  to  discern  the  darkness 
around.  The  result  is,  that  he  has  contributed  more 
than  perhaps  any  other  man  of  our  age  to  kindle 
amongst  us  a  fervent  and  fearless  love  towards  God, 
which  may  help  us,  as  it  helped  him,  to  say,  "  though 
He  slay  me" — aye,  and  far  worse,  slay  in  my  sight  those 

*  Arclibisliop  King,  at  the  conchision  of  his  celebrated 
Treatise — containing  some  vabiable  observations  and  some 
singularly  naif  examples  of  the  circular  mode  of  argument — 
sums  up  his  conclusions  with  mi;ch  complacency  thus  :  "  The 
difficult  question  then,  'Whence  came  evil  V  is  not  unanswer- 
able. It  arises  from  the  very  nature  and  constitution  of  created 
beings,  and  could  not  be  avoided  without  a  contradiction. 
Though  we  are  not  able  to  apply  these  principles  to  all  cases, 
we  are  sure  they  may  be  so  applied"  (Treatise  on  the  Origin 
of  Evil,  4th  edit.  p.  145).  I  wish  I  could  share  the  Archbishop's 
plenary  satisfaction  in  the  results  of  his  labours. 


XXVlll  PREFACE. 


who  have  never  sinned  as  I  have  done — yet  even  so, 
"  yet  I  will  trust  in  Him."  But  he  has  only  provoked 
from  the  scientific  side  a  somewhat  contemptuous  re- 
jection of  his  dogmatic  optimism,  as  making  no  real 
attempt  to  grapple  with  the  difficulty  of  Evil,  or  recog- 
nize its  extent* 

Lastly,  there  remains  the  door  of  escape  which  Mr. 
Mill  has  set  ajar — the  hypothesis  that  God,  though 
benevolent,  may  be  weak  and  ignorant,  unable  to  do 
better  than  He  has  done  for  His  creatures,  albeit  that 
is  bad  enough.-j*  This  theory  I  must  here  dwell  upon 
for  a  few  moments,  both  because  it  will  no  doubt  for 
some  time  to  come  hold  considerable  place  in  men's 
thoughts,  and  also  because  it  very  importantly  touches 
the  chief  purport  of  this  book — our  hopes  of  the  Life 
after  Death.  If  God  be  really  so  feeble  a  Being  as 
Mr.  Mill  suggests,  if  His  contrivances  be  so  "  clumsy" 
(p.  30),  and  even  His  own  immortality  open  to  doubt 

*  It  is  evident  fi-om  his  biographies  that  in  his  earlier  years 
Theodore  Parker  was  very  deeply  impressed  hy  the  sufferings 
of  animals,  and  much  disturbed  thereby.  What  was  the  key 
by  which  he  escaped  out  of  Doubting  Castle  I  have  never  been 
able  to  ascertain. 

t  "  And  since  the  exertion  of  all  his  power  to  make  it  as 
little  imperfect  as  possible,  leaves  it  no  better  than  it  is,  they 
cannot  but  regard  that  power,  though  vastly  beyond  human 
estimate,  yet  as  in  itself  not  merely  finite,  but  extremely  limited." 
Essays  on  Religion,  p.  40. 


PREFACE.  XXIX 


(p.  243),  it  is  idle  to  argue  any  further  concerning 
His  goodness,  for  He  may  be  sincerely  desirous  of 
giving  to  us  eternal  joy  hereafter,  and  yet  fail  to  do 
so  as  completely  as  He  has  failed  to  give  us  perfect 
happiness  here.  This  world  being  the  bungle  it  is 
reported  to  be,  it  is  hopeless  to  count  on  what  the 
sequel  of  it  may  prove. 

If  God's  wisdom  be  really  "limited/'  and  His  con- 
trivances "  clumsy,"  there  is  in  nature  a  very  singular 
anomaly,  for  it  appears  that  He  has  made  a  being 
more  clever  than  Himself,  and  able  to  point  out  where 
He  has  failed,  if  not  exactly  how  to  do  better.  The 
intelligence  of  man  is  the  highest  work  of  God  with 
which  we  are  acquainted  (though  nothing  hinders  us 
from  supposing  He  may  have  made  indefinitely  nobler 
intelligent  inhabitants  of  other  worlds) ;  but  to  sup- 
pose that  this  chef  d'muvre  of  the  human  brain  is  en- 
dowed with  such  similar  but  superior  powers  to  its 
Maker  as  to  be  qualified  to  criticise  and  discriminate 
the  clever  from  the  clumsy  among  them,  would  be 
astonishing  indeed.  I  do  not  mean  this  remark  in 
the  sense  of  the  "browbeating"  of  the  human  Intel- 
lect  to  which  divines  are  so  prone.  There  can  be  no 
audacity  in  exercising  any  faculties  with  which  we 
are  gifted.  I  only  desire  to  observe  that  there  is,  on 
the  face  of  the  matter,  something  very  like  absurdity 

d 


XXX  PREFACE. 


in  supposing  that  we,  who,  on  the  hypothesis,  are,  our- 
selves, God's  handiwork,  could  find  the  end  of  His 
knowledge  or  wisdom.  Practically,  when  we  reflect 
on  any  one  branch  of  the  Divine  Art,  on  the  archi- 
tecture of  the  starry  heavens,  on  the  chemistry  of  the 
ever-shifting  gases  and  fluids  and  solids  in  which 
creation  every  hour  is  born  and  dies,  on  the  mechanism 
of  the  frame  of  an  animalcule,  or  of  our  own  bodies — 
say,  of  the  Hand  alone,  as  exemplified  in  Sir  Charles 
Bell's  splendid  treatise — it  seems  indeed  monstrous  for 
us  to  open  our  lips  regarding  the  "Wisdom  of  the 
Creator. 

Where  the  limits  of  His  Power  may  lie  is  another 
question,  of  which  it  seems  impossible  we  should  ever 
guess  the  answer.  Undoubtedly  Christian  theologians 
have  written  much  folly  about  "  Omnipotence,"  having 
first  invented  a  purely  metaphysical  term,  and  then 
argued  back  from  it  to  facts,  as  if  it  were  a  specific 
datum  within  our  measurement,  like  the  horse-power 
of  a  steam-engine  or  an  hydraulic-press.  A  more 
sober  and  reverent  mode  of  regarding  the  stupendous 
Power  above  us,  may,  as  I  have  long  hoped  and 
argued,  become  a  "  Note "  of  Theism  ;  and  in  the 
full  admission  that  there  must  be  some-  limits  even 
to  supreme  Might  (limits  existing  in  the  very  nature 
of  things,  which  cannot   at   once  be    and   not  be, 


PEEFACE.  XXXI 


or  unite  contradictory  properties,  such  as  those  of  a 
circle  and  a  triangle),  we  may  find  some  help  in  con- 
templating such  evils  as  those  which  seem  to  follow 
inevitably  on  the  grant  of  moral  freedom  to  a  finite 
being  such  as  man. 

But  such  limitations  of  the  Divine  Power  as  Mr. 
Mill  seems  to  contemplate,  would  narrow  it  (if  I 
understand  him  rightly)  far  beyond  this  mere  nega- 
tion of  contradictions ;  and  if  we  are  to  admit  them 
into  our  philosophy,  it  ought  surely  to  be  on  the 
ground  that  there  are  marks  of  such  limits  in  nature  ; 
places  where  the  creative  energy  seems  to  have  fallen 
short,  or  the  obvious  design  has  aborted.  Now  it  is 
possible  that  some  evils  in  nature — some  forms  of  dis- 
ease, for  example — may  seem  to  possess  this  character ; 
but  unquestionably  the  greater  mass  of  evil  bears  no 
such  marks.  It  is,  as  I  have  just  said,  woven  into 
the  very  tissue  of  life  on  the  planet,  and  seems  just 
as  much  a  part  of  the  great  plan  as  all  the  rest.  All 
the  terrible  things  in  the  world — the  ruthless  beak, 
the  poisoned  fang,  the  rending  claw — are  as  much  an 
integral  part  of  the  work  as  the  downy  breast  of  the 
bird  or  the  milk  of  the  mother-brute.  Further,  there 
is  a  very  curious  parallel,  which  I  do  not  think  has 
received  sufficient  attention,  between  the  exceptional 
ugliness  in  a  Beautiful  world  and  the  exceptional  evil 

^2 


XXXU  PREFACE. 


in  a  Good  oue,  which  apparently  alike  demand  some 
other  solution  than  that  of  a  limitation  of  the  Maker's 
Power.  The  Creator  has  covered  the  earth  and  filled 
the  waters  with  beauty.  Almost  every  animal  and 
shell,  every  tree  and  flower  and  sea-weed,  the  moun- 
tains, the  rivers,  the  oceans,  every  phase  of  day  and 
night,  summer  and  winter, — is  essentially  beautiful. 
Our  sense  of  Beauty  seems  to  be,  not  so  much  a  bene- 
ficent adaptation  to  our  dwelling-place  (like  our  sense 
of  taste  for  our  food),  but  rather  a  filial  sympathy  with 
our  Great  Father's  pleasure  in  His  own  lovely  creation  ; 
a  pleasure  which  He  must  have  enjoyed  millions  of 
years  before  our  race  existed,  when  all  the  exquisite 
forms  of  animal  and  vegetable  life  filled  the  ancient 
lands  and  seas  of  the  earliest  geologic  epochs.  Nothing 
but  a  preference  for  beauty,  for  grace  of  form  and 
varied  and  harmonious  colouring,  inherent  in  the 
Author  of  the  Cosmos,  can  explain  how  it  comes  to 
pass  that  Nature  is  on  the  whole  so  refulgent  with 
loveliness.  But  even  here  there  are  exceptions.  Put- 
ting aside  all  man's  monstrosities  (and  the  beings  who 
could  create  the  Black  Country  might  be  counted  by 
a  dweller  in  the  planet  Mars  as  the  brood  of  Ahri- 
manes),  there  are  in  the  animal  and  the  vegetable 
kingdom  objects  which  are,  strictly  speaking,  as  ugly 
as  the  vast  majority  are  beautiful.   The  same  principle 


PREFACE.  XXXlll 


which  authorizes  us  to  pronounce  an  antelope  or  a 
Himalayan  pheasant  graceful  and  beautiful,  requires 
us  to  admit  that  the  form  of  a  rhinoceros  is  clumsy 
and  tlie  colours  of  a  macaw  harsh  and  grating.  If 
the  song  of  the  nightingale  to  its  mate  be  musical, 
that  of  a  peacock  is  frightful ;  and  if  a  firefly  ranging 
among  the  roses  of  a  southern  night  be  a  dream  of 
beauty,  a  hairy  and  bloated  tarantula  spider  hanging 
on  the  tree  beside  it  causes  us  to  shudder  at  its 
hideousness.  Even  amidst  the  flowers  which  seem  like 
love-gifts  from  heaven  to  man,  there  are  now  and  then 
to  be  found  some  evil-looking,  crawling,  blotched  and 
sickly-smelling  things, — not  to  speak  of  those  cruel 
and  gluttonous  Dionsea,  which,  by  the  irony  of  fate, 
have  been  brought  so  specially  to  our  notice  at  this 
moment,  as  if  even  in  the  study  of  the  lilies  of  the 
field  we  could  no  more  be  sure  of  finding  comfort  and 
rest  of  heart.  Now  all  these  uglinesses  in  Nature  are, 
I  submit,  real  analogies  to  the  sufferings  of  sentient 
creatures.  They  are  few  enough  to  be  distinctly 
exceptional,  but  yet  great  and  many  enough,  and 
bound  up  so  completely  in  the  chain  of  things,  as  to 
leave  us  no  choice  but  to  accept  them  as  holding  the 
same  relation  to  the  Author  of  Nature  as  all  the  rest. 
What  view  can  we  take,  then,  of  this  mystery  of 
Ugliness,  since  it  would  seem  that  any  hypothesis 


XXXIV  PREFACE. 


which  may  account  for  it  may  very  possibly  fit  that 
yet  greater  and  more  dreadful  mystery  of  suffering? 
Putting  it  thus  before  us,  it  seems  absurd  to  say  that 
perhaps  the  Divine  Power  was  not  equal  to  the  task 
of  harmonizing  the  macaw's  colour  or  the  peacock's 
voice,  or  of  reducing  to  proportion  and  grace  the  un- 
wieldy rhinoceros  or  the  revolting  spider.  That  His 
power  should  act  freely  in  constructing  the  lion  and  the 
horse,  the  eagle  and  the  ibis,  the  lark  and  the  butterfly, 
and  yet  should  be  unaccountably  thwarted  and  tram- 
melled when  He  made  the  animals  so  strangely  con- 
trasted with  them,  is  almost  ridiculous  to  suppose.  It 
seems,  then,  as  impossible  to  frame  an  hypothesis 
which  shall  fit  this  aesthetic  anomaly  of  nature,  as 
one  which  shall  meet  the  moral  anomaly  of  Pain. 

Thus,  in  short,  it  appears  that  every  one  of  the 
theories  on  the  origin  of  Evil  which  have  been  put  forth 
from  the  days  of  the  Pentateuch  to  the  appearance  of 
these  Essays  on  Eeligion,  are  more  or  less  unsatisfac- 
tory and  incomplete  ;  and  we  may,  with  only  too  great 
probability,  resign  the  hope  that  we  shall  ever  hear  of 
a  better,  or  that  any  QEdipus  will  arise  in  the  ages  to 
come  to  resolve  "the  riddle  of  the  painful  earth,"  and 
relieve  us  from  its  direful  pressure. 

Two  things  only,  I  conceive,  remain  for  us  to  do  in 
the  matter.     The  first  is,  to  define  somewhat  more 


PREFACE.  XXXV 


closely  than,  while  oppressed  by  the  declamations  of 
pessimists,  we  are  generally  able  to  do,  wliat  it  is  in 
Nature  which  the  human  moral  sense  recognizes  as 
Evil.  Secondly,  to  convince  ourselves  what  is  the 
testimony  to  the  goodness  of  the  Creator  to  be  set 
over  against  it,  which  may  enable  us — not  by  any 
means  to  honour  Him  on  the  balance,  but — to  give 
Him  our  heart-whole  love  and  allegiance,  and  treat 
the  mystery  of  Evil  as  we  should  treat  the  inexpli- 
cable conduct  of  a  revered  Father. 

Of  course  no  attempt  to  accomplish  adequately 
either  of  these  purposes  can  be  made  in  these  pages. 
I  shall  only  shortly  indicate  the  character  of  the  con- 
clusions to  which,  in  each  case,  I  have  myself  arrived. 

The  first  thing  to  be  done,  if  we  desire  to  define  what 
we  mean  by  Evil,  is  to  determine  what  we  are  justified 
in  expecting  as  Good,  and  then  ask,  what  is  there  lacking 
of  such  Good  in  the  universe  as  we  actually  behold  it  ? 
There  is  a  principle  which  has  been  often  laid  down  by 
sceptics  as  if  it  were  a  self-evident  axiom,  but  which 
appears  to  me  to  be  nothing  short  of  a  monstrous 
misstatement.  They  affirm  that  the  existence  of  evil 
for  an  hour  in  the  realm  of  a  beneficent  Deity  is  just 
as  inexplicable  as  the  final  triumph  of  evil  to  all  eter- 
nity ;  and  consequently  that  where  we  find  so  much 
evil  as  prevails  on  earth,  it  is  wholly  impossible  to 


XXXVl  PREFACE. 


say  what  extent  and  duration,  even  to  infinity,  may 
not  be  permitted  to  evil  in  other  worlds  present  or 
future. 

This  argument,  I  contend,  is  wholly  fallacious.  It 
turns  on  two  false  assumptions — first,  the  perverse 
ascription  to  God  of  an  omnipotence  involving  contra- 
dictions (e.g.  that  a  creature  could  be  made  virtuous 
in  a  world  devoid  of  trials) ;  and  secondly,  the  appli- 
cation of  the  limitations  of  time,  proper  to  a  weak  and 
ignorant  being  such  as  man,  to  a  Being  who  is  in 
certain  possession  of  the  power  to  carry  out  His  pur- 
poses whenever  He  sees  fit.  The  justice  and  goodness 
of  God  must,  indeed,  be  the  same  as  the  justice  and 
goodness  of  man — such  is  the  cardinal  postulate  of  all 
sound  theology.  But  it  does  not  follow  that  because 
man  is  bound  to  do  justice  and  mercy  at  once,  when 
the  opportunity  is  presented  to  him  (since  he  never 
knows  whether  it  may  come  again),  that  God  is  simi- 
larly morally  bound  to  rectify  immediately  every  wrong 
and  relieve  every  pang.  On  the  contrary,  it  seems 
clear  that,  to  an  eternal  and  all-foreseeing  Being,  this 
principle  of  human  ethics  has  no  application,  and  that 
He  rightly  says  to  man 

"  Tu  n'as  qu'un  jour  pour  etre  juste 
J'ai  Teternite  devant  Moi." 

Even  human  parents  are  authorized  to  inflict  pain, 


PREFACE.  XXXVll 


surgical  or  penal,  which  they  reasonably  believe  to 
be  calculated  to  benefit  their  children ;  and  it  is 
obvious  that  the  rights  of  the  Divine  Father,  whose 
resources  of  compensation  are  infinite,  must  extend 
in  this  direction  far  beyond  the  bounds  of  the  earthly 
horizon.  All  this  line  of  argument,  then,  as  against 
the  Divine  Justice,  I  consider  to  be  wholly  invalid. 
The  point  at  which  the  human  sense  of  justice  as 
regards  the  relations  of  the  Creator  to  the  creature  (a 
sense  which  I  humbly  believe  God  himself  has  planted 
in  us  and  authorized  us  to  exercise)  actually  pro- 
nounces itself,  is  far  different.  We  feel  that  it  would 
be  unjust  to  create  a  being  the  sum  of  wJiose  existence 
should  he  evil,  who  endured  on  the  whole  more  misery 
than  he  enjoyed  happiness.  And  this,  I  maintain,  holds 
good  even  if  the  moral  ill-deserts  of  that  being  should 
appear  to  merit  overwhelming  retributive  punishment. 
The  cruellest  of  all  injustices  would  be  to  create  a  being, 
so  constituted  and  placed  in  such  conditions,  as  that 
it  should  in  any  umy  come  about  that  he  should  sink, 
not  only  into  such  misery,  but  such  sin  as  should 
finally  turn  the  scale  and  make  his  whole  existence  a 
curse.  Evil  cannot  be  fitly  predicated  of  any  amount 
of  suffering  within  these  bounds,  as  if  it  were  incon- 
sistent with  the  Divine  Justice ;  and  all  that  the  Good- 
ness of  God  leads  us  to  expect  is,  that  no  suffering, 


XXXVlll  PREFACE. 


small  or  great,  should  ever  be  meaningless  and  un- 
necessary, but  that  it  should  either  have  been  inevitable 
as  the  condition  of  larger  good,  and  in  the  maintenance 
of  that  eternal  order  in  whose  fixed  warp  the  woof  of 
our  freedom  alone  can  play ;  or  else  corrective  and 
purgatorial,  at  once  Just  and  in  the  highest  sense 
Merciful. 

Taking  our  stand  at  this  point,  what  is  there  that 
we  must  define  as  Evil  in  the  world  ?  The  outlook  is 
threefold,  and  the  answers  correspondingly  various. 
Has  God  been  just  and  good  to  tcs  ?  Has  He  been  so 
to  other  men  ?  Has  He  been  so  to  the  brutes  ?  Most 
frequently  men  confound  all  these  questions ;  and  the 
answer  which  they  find  for  the  first  determines  that 
which  they  adopt  for  the  second  and  the  third ;  and 
thus  the  optimism  of  the  prosperous  and  the  pessim- 
ism of  the  disappointed  may  be  readih''  explained. 
But  though  the  dealings  of  God  with  each  of  us  as 
known  to  ourselves  alone  may,  and  indeed  do,  serve 
us  as  presumptive  evidence  of  the  character  of  His 
dealings  with  others,  it  is  plain  it  can  be  only  on 
condition  that  we  read  them  in  their  true  moral  sig- 
nificance. Mr.  Morley  has  expressed  somewhere  his 
unmitigated  disgust  at  those  who  are  ready  to  pro- 
claim that  God  is  very  good  because  their  lot  happens 
to  be  a  fortunate  one,  regardless  of  the  misery  of  their 


PEEFACE.  XXXIX 


fellows.  But  it  is  surely  no  less  disgusting  to  find 
others  denounce  Him  as  cruel  and  unjust  because 
(albeit  He  has  treated  them  with  infinite  forbearance) 
He  has  left  them  to  suffer  some  of  the  consequences 
of  their  errors  ;  or  because,  in  bestowing  ninety-nine 
precious  gifts,  He  has  withheld  the  hundredth  for 
which  they  crave?  Here  we  come  to  one  of  many 
illustrations  of  the  fact  that  the  spiritual  element  in 
us  alone  enables  us  to  judge  truly  of  spiritual  things. 
Spiritual  men  without  exception  testify  that  to  their 
experience  God  has  been  tenfold  better  than  their 
deserts — more  kind,  more  long-suffering,  more  infi- 
nitely Father-like  and  merciful.  Enduring  every  kind 
of  loss,  pain,  or  disappointment,  their  testimony  is 
always  the  same  ;  and,  however  much  their  faith  is 
tortured  by  the  evils  they  witness  around  them,  it 
has  never  so  much  as  occurred  to  them  to  think  that 
God  might  have  been  better  to  themselves  personally 
than  He  has  actually  been.  It  is  reserved  for  quite 
another  order  of  minds  to  express  indignation  and  a 
sense  of  injustice  as  regards  their  own  destinies,  and 
to  argue  that  God  has  not  (as  Marcus  Aurelius  said) 
"  done  well  for  me  and  for  the  world  ;"  that  He  ought 
to  have  given  them  their  heart's  desire — health, 
wealth  or  success ;  and  that  they  have  a  right  to 
complain  of  His  dealings.     What  is  the  secret  of  this 


xl  PREFACE. 


difference  ?  It  is,  very  simply,  that  the  spiritual  man 
has  learned  somewhat  of  what  God  is,  and,  correspond- 
ingly, of  what  he  is  himself ;  the  One  so  good  and  holy, 
that  the  very  thought  of  Injustice  cannot  be  directed 
towards  Him  after  the  experience  of  His  forgiving 
love ;  the  other  so  sinful,  so  vacillating,  so  ungrateful, 
that  his  never-ending  wonder  is  how  God  continues 
to  him  the  least  of  His  mercies.  Yery  possibly 
among  the  chief  of  God's  kindnesses  he  may  reckon 
some  acute  suffering  of  body  or  mind  which  has  driven 
him  back  from  the  ways  of  worldliness  and  sin,  and 
restored  him  to  his  better  self  Thus,  then,  to  the 
question,  "  Has  God  been  good  and  just  to  us  indi- 
vidually?" it  will  be  found,  I  think,  that  different 
answers  will  generally  be  given  by  religious  and  irre- 
ligious men.  The  first  never  think  themselves  to  have 
deserved  so  much  good  as  they  have  received ;  the 
second  rarely  think  themselves  to  have  deserved  so 
much  evil. 

On  first  noticing  this  fact,  the  natural  corollary 
seems  to  be  that,  in  the  life  of  every  man,  could  we 
read  it  similarly  from  the  inside,  we  should  likewise 
trace  the  same  contrast.  But  the  rule  cannot  hold 
good  as  regards  the  tens  of  thousands  who  have  never 
known  anything  deserving  the  name  of  a  religion ; 
whose  natures  have  been  crushed,  warped,  stunted 


PREFACE.  xli 


from  childoood,  or  trampled  down  in  manhood  or 
womanhood  into  the  mire  of  vice  and  shame,  instead 
of  being  lifted  into  spirituality ;  nor  yet  of  the  mil- 
lions of  innocent  children  who  have  suffered  and 
died  in  infancy.  Some  difference  will  appear  in  the 
incidence  of  the  preponderance  of  evil  in  the  moral 
or  in  the  physical  life,  according  as  we  regard  Hap- 
piness as  the  end  and  aim  of  existence,  or  believe 
that  end  to  consist  in  Virtue  and  eternal  union  with 
God.  But  in  either  case  (as  I  have  argued  at  length 
in  the  succeeding  Essay)  it  is  certain  that  the  mass 
of  mankind  neither  attain  to  such  degree  of  Happi- 
ness nor  of  Virtue  as  that  we  can  pronounce  it  to  be 
positively  "  good,"  or  to  any  which  excludes  very 
considerable  evil. 

Even  here,  however,  regarding  this  great  amount  of 
evil  in  human  life,  we  must  guard  ourselves  against  ex- 
aggeration, and  especially  against  the  fallacy  of  treating 
it  as  if  it  ever,  or  anywhere,  outbalanced  good.  Where 
evil  passions  should  actually  preponderate  over  inno- 
cent or  virtuous  propensities,  society  must  fall  asunder, 
and  human  affairs  come  to  a  standstill.  And  where 
Want  and  Pain  should  prevail  over  satisfied  appetite 
and  ease,  mortal  life  must  terminate.  In  these  days 
we  need  to  be  reminded  again  of  the  once  familiar 


xlii  FREE  ACE. 


observation,  that  "it  is  a  happy  world  after  all ;"  that 
all  our  senses  normally  convey  pleasure,  not  pain  ;  and 
that  the  exercise  of  the  faculties  of  heart  and  brain 
and  limbs  are  all  (under  their  proper  conditions) 
delightful.  We  remark  on  a  case  of  destitution,  or  on 
a  friend's  bodily  suffering  or  bereavement ;  but  we 
could  not  find  tongue  to  tell  of  all  those  around  us 
who  have  sufficient  food  and  clothing,  who  are  free 
from  pain,  and  who  enjoy  the  sweet  happiness  of  home 
affections.  Many  of  us  live  for  months  and  years 
without  pain  ;  but  few  live  a  day  without  pleasure,  if 
it  be  only  the  pleasure  of  food  and  sleep  and  of 
intercourse  with  their  kind. 

And,  again,  it  ought  to  be  borne  in  mind,  as  setting 
limits  to  our  notions  of  Evil,  that  it  has  diminished 
in  a  perceptible  degree  in  successive  ages.  Perhaps 
this  lessening  is  not  so  great  as  we  once  fondly  ima- 
gined, and  that  the  progress  of  mankind  is  far  from 
being  achieved  without  drawbacks ;  still  it  would 
appear  there  are  decidedly  more,  and  higher,  pleasures 
now  enjoyed,  and  fewer,  and  lesser,  pains  now  suffered, 
by  mankind,  than  in  any  preceding  age  of  the  world. 

Here,  then,  rest  our  conclusions  regarding  Evil  in 
human  existence.  It  is  vast,  and  much  of  it  is  wholly 
inexplicable  by  any  of  the  hypotheses  which  have 


PREFACE.  xliii 


passed  current  as  its  explanation.  But,  great  as  it  is, 
the  good  in  human  hfe  is  greater  still,  and  shews  a 
constant  tendency  to  gain  ground  upon  it. 

Regarding  the  suffering  of  animals,  it  seems  that  if 
our  fathers  treated  it  much  too  lightly  in  their  sub- 
lime contempt  for  the  brutes,  we  are  not  exempt 
from  the  danger  of  taking  too  dark  a  view  of  it.  Mr. 
Mill  says,  for  example,*  that  "  if  a  tenth  part  of  the 
pains  which  have  been  expended  in  finding  bene- 
ficent adaptations  in  all  nature  had  been  employed  in 
collecting  evidence  to  blacken  the  character  of  the 
Creator,  what  scope  for  comment  would  not  have  been 
found  in  the  entire  existence  of  the  lower  animals, 
divided  with  scarcely  an  exception  into  devourers  and 
devoured,  and  a  prey  to  a  thousand  ills  from  which 
they  are  denied  the  faculties  necessary  to  protect  them- 
selves." I  cannot  but  protest  against  words  like  these, 
as  quite  equally  misleading  with  the  easy-going  opti- 
mism of  Paley  and  his  congeners.  The  lives  of  the 
lower  animals,  so  far  as  we  can  understand  their  con- 
sciousness, are  not,  on  the  whole,  a  pain,  but  a  pleasure. 
When  undisturbed  by  human  cruelty,  they  suffer  but 
little  or  rarely  till  the  closing  scene ;  and  though  that 
is,  alas  !  too  often  one  of  anguish,  it  scarcely  occupies 
in  any  case  a  hundredth  or  a  thousandth  part  of  their 

*  Nature,  p.  58. 


Xliv  PEEFACE. 


existence.  In  the  interval  of  days,  months  or  years, 
between  birth  and  death,  they  have  evidently  much 
ease  and  not  a  little  delight.  They  enjoy  the  gambols 
of  youth,  undimmed  by  the  pains  of  human  education  ; 
the  passion  of  love,  unchecked  by  shame  or  disappoint- 
ment ;  the  perpetually-recurring  pleasures  of  food,  rest 
and  exercise  ;  and  (in  the  case  of  the  female  birds  and 
brutes)  the  exquisite  enjoyments  of  their  tender  mo- 
therhood. The  sum  and  substance  of  their  lives  under 
all  normal  conditions  is  surely  beyond  question  happy, 
and  the  anxieties  and  cares  which  in  their  position 
would  be  ours,  and  which  we  are  apt  to  lend  them  in 
imagination,  are  by  them  as  totally  unfelt  as  are  our 
miserable  vanities,  our  sorrowful  memories,  and  our 
bitter  remorse.  The  scene  which  the  woods  and  pas- 
tures present  to  a  thoughtful  eye  of  a  summer  morning 
is  not  one  to  "  blacken"  the  character  of  the  Creator, 
but  to  lift  up  the  soul  in  rapture,  and  prompt  us  to 
add  a  human  voice  of  thanksgiving  to  the  chirp  of 
the  happy  birds,  the  bleating  of  the  playful  lambs, 
and  the  hum  of  the  bees  in  the  cowslips  and  the 
clover. 

The  law  by  which  the  death  of  one  animal  is  need- 
ful to  the  life  of  another,  is  undoubtedly  one  whose 
working  it  is  impossible  for  us  to  contemplate  without 
pain.     The  process  of  killing  and  devouring,  if  on  the 


PREFACE.  xlv 


whole  less  productive  of  suffering  than  the  slow  death 
of  age  and  want,  is  yet  in  millions  of  cases  accom- 
panied by  circumstances  horrible  to  think  of ;  nor  is 
it  at  all  evident  why  natural  death  should  not  itself 
have  been  made  painless,  rather  than  that  recourse 
should  have  been  had  to  such  an  alternative.  Ob- 
viously if  creatures  had  not  been  made  to  devour  one 
another,  scarcely  a  hundredth  part  of  those  which  now 
throng  the  earth  and  waters  could  have  existed,  and 
each  individual  may  be  said  to  hold  his  life  on  the 
tenure  of  relinquishing  it  when  summoned  for  another's 
support*  Still  the  Law  is  undoubtedly,  to  our  sense, 
a  harsh  one ;  and  when  we  add  to  its  action  the  suf- 
ferings of  animals  from  disease,  from  noxious  insects 
and  parasites,  from  cold,  from  hunger,  and,  above 
all,  from  the  cruelty  of  man,  we  have  undoubtedly 
accumulated  a  mass  of  evil  very  awful  to  contemplate.*!' 
But  it  is  wrong  to  exaggerate  even  here,  or  speak  as 
if  the  lives  of  the  brutes  were  on  the  whole  a  curse, 

*  ArchLisliop  King  says :  "  God  could  have  created  an  ina- 
nimate machine  which  should  have  supplied  animals  with  food. 
But  a  being  that  has  life  is  preferable  to  one  that  has  not.  God 
therefore  animated  that  machine  which  furnishes  out  provision 
for  the  more  perfect  animals." — Origin  of  Evil,  c.  iii.  §  5. 

t  It  is  probable  that  every  harmless  little  calf  killed  by  the 
vile  old  process  for  producing  white  veal,  suffers  as  much  as  a 
crucified  man. 


xlvi  PREFACE. 


and  not  a  blessing.  Even  we  who  in  our  cruelty  so 
often  seek  them  only  to  hurt  and  destroy,  yet  see 
them — bird,  beast  and  insect — ninety-nine  times  out 
of  a  hundred,  happy  and  enjoying  themselves,  for  once 
we  notice  them  in  any  kind  of  pain.  The  same  rule 
applies  to  our  impressions  as  in  the  case  of  human 
suffering.  We  are  so  much  more  struck  by  the  sight 
of  pain  than  of  ordinary  pleasure  and  well-being,  that 
we  carry  away  a  vivid  impression  of  the  former,  and 
forget  the  latter. 

Brought  to  its  actual  limits,  then,  I  conceive  the 
problem  of  Evil  stands  before  us  as  a  vast,  but  not  an 
immense  exception,  in  a  rule  of  Good.  A  certain  large 
share  of  it  we  can  recognize  as  having  great  moral 
purposes  fully  justifying  its  existence,  and  even  ele- 
vating it  into  the  rank  of  beneficence ;  such  are  the 
sufferings  (of  rational  beings)  which  punish  and  re- 
press sin,  and  those  through  whose  fires  the  noblest 
and  the  purest  virtues  have  ever  passed  to  perfection. 
That  there  is  some  wondrous  power  in  Suffering  thus 
to  bring  out  of  human  souls  qualities  immeasurably 
nobler  than  are  ever  developed  without  its  aid,  is  a 
fact  equally  plain  to  those  who  have  watched  the 
almost  divine  transformation  it  sometimes  effects 
upon  characters  hitherto  hard,  selfish  or  commonplace  ; 
and  to  those  who  have  noted  how  thin-natured  and 


PREFACE.  xlvii 


unsympathetic,  if  not  selfish,  are  at  the  best  those 
men  and  women  who  have  lived  from  youth  to  age  in 
the  unbroken  sunshine  of  prosperity.  Even  among 
very  ordinary  characters,  and  where  the  lesson  of  suf- 
fering has  not  been  deep,  there  are  very  few  of  us,  I 
believe,  who  after  the  lapse  cf  a  little  while  would 
wish  that  we  could  unlearn  it,  or  return  to  be  the 
slighter,  feebler,  shallower-hearted  beings  we  were 
before  it  came.  Eather  do  we  recognize  the  truth  of 
the  poet's  words : 

"  The  energies  too  stern  for  mirth, 
The  reach  of  thought,  the  strength  of  will, 
'Mid  cloud  and  tempest  have  their  birth, 
Thi'ough  blight  and  blast  their  course  fulfil." 

Another  share  of  evil  may  be  attributed  to — though 
not  altogether  explained  by — the  beneficent  purpose 
of  securing  preponderating  physical  advantage  to  the 
sufferer;  as,  for  example,  the  pains  which  guard  the 
integrity  of  the  bodies  of  animals.  But  beyond  all 
these,  we  are  compelled  mournfully  to  conclude  that 
there  exists,  both  in  human  life  and  in  the  life  of  the 
brutes,  a  large  mass  of  evil,  which  can  by  no  such 
hypotheses  be  accounted  for  consistently  with  the 
benevolence  of  the  Creator  ;  and  which  utterly  baffles 
now,  and  will  probably  for  ever  baffle,  the  ingenuity 
of  mortal  man  so  to  explain. 

e2 


xlviii  PREFACE. 


What  is  it  that  shall  help  us  to  look  this  great  re- 
siduum of  inexplicable  evil  iu  the  face  ?  Where  shall 
we  find  ground  of  faith  whereon  we  may  take  our 
stand  and  confront  it  with  unshaken  hearts  ? 

Strange  it  is  indeed  to  say,  that  I  have  hopes  that 
the  publication  of  the  Essays  on  Nature,  the  Utility 
of  Religion  and  Theism,  which  will  give  such  bitter 
pain  to  all  believing  hearts,  such  double  sadness  to 
those  who,  like  myself,  regard  their  author  with  un- 
dying honour  and  gratitude,  may  even  prove  the 
turning-point  of  this  controversy — may  set  us  at  last 
on  the  right  track  for  the  solution  of  the  problem. 
For  what  have  we  in  these  powerful,  limpidly  clear, 
bravely  outspoken  words?  We  have,  for  the  first  time 
perhaps  in  human  history,  revealed  sharply  and  dis- 
tinctly what  that  element  in  human  nature  must  be 
which  to  the  majority  of  mankind  is  the  origin  and 
organ  of  Eeligion,  and  which  it  is  so  transparently 
evident  that  Mr.  Mill  had  not*     Hitherto  we  have 

*  Let  it  be  understood  that,  in  speaking  of  the  Religious 
Sentiment  as  deficient  in  Mr.  Mill's  nature,  I  use  the  term  ex- 
pressly in  the  sense  of  that  spiritual  organ  whereby  man  obtains 
direct  perception  of  the  Living  God.  In  the  broader  meaning  of 
the  word,  implying  general  reverence  and  tenderness  towards 
all  things  noble  and  holy, — a  sense  of  the  mystery  surrounding 
human  life,  and  a  fervent  devotion  to  the  ideal  of  Duty, — Mr, 
Mill  was  assuredly  an  eminently  religious  man.     How  it  came 


PKEFACE.  xlix 


seen  it  in  its  highest  development  in  the  saints,  and 
had  opportunity  to  learn  what  it  positively  is.  But 
so  natural  does  it  seem  to  man,  so  much  does  it,  in 
ordinary  men  and  women,  harmonize  with  and  shade 
oft"  into  the  moral,  affectional  and  ratiocinative  facul- 
ties, that  it  was  easy  to  mistake  their  action  for  its 
own.  Now  it  seems  possible  to  learn  more  of  it  by 
the  aid  of  the  complete  self-revelation  of  a  very  noble 
mind,  wherein,  owing  to  almost  unique  circumstances, 
the  whole  element  has  been  eliminated ;  and  we  are 
left  to  mark  what  are  the  tracts  of  human  nature 
which  it  normally  covers,  and  which  are  found  to 

to  pass  that  sucli  a  soul  could  by  any  mortal  hand  be  debarred 
from  the  happiness  of  direct  recognition  of  God,  is  one  of  the 
riddles  wherewith  the  spiritual  as  well  as  the  physical  world 
is  full.  As  he  himself  says,  "it  is  possible  to  starve  an  in- 
stiQct ;"  and,  as  Mr.  Upton  has  well  explained  in  his  profound 
paper  on  the  "Experience  Philosophy  and  Religious  Belief," 
beside  all  other  conditions  on  which  spiritual  knowledge  is 
obtained,  it  is  needful  "  that  the  understanding  should  be  freed 
from  all  tyrannous  misconceptions  which  preclude  or  distort 
the  intellectual  cognizance  of  spiritual  truth."  Nothing  short 
of  such  a  Divine  hlotv  as  smote  St.  Paul  would  have  been  strong 
enough  to  overthrow  the  "  tyrannous  misconceptions"  where- 
with Mr.  Mill's  education  must  have  fenced  his  mind.  I  need 
scarcely  add  that,  in  my  view,  the  absence  of  conscious  recogni- 
tion of  the  relations  between  God  and  the  soul  is  very  far  indeed 
from  implying  the  non-existence  of  such  relations,  or  the  loss 
of  some  of  the  richest  blessings  which  they  bestow. 


PREFACE. 


lie  bare  like  the  sea-shore  when  that  mighty  tide 
has  flowed  away  back  to  its  bed.  We  behold  one 
of  the  keenest  intellects  of  this  or  any  century,  and, 
on  the  human  side,  one  of  the  tenderest  and  most 
capacious  of  hearts — a  man  whose  moral  sense  (what- 
ever were  his  theories  of  its  nature)  quivered  with 
intensest  life,  and  was  true  as  needle  to  the  pole  of 
the  loftiest  justice  to  man,  to  woman  and  to  brute, 
who  yet,  great  philosopher  as  he  was,  when  he  comes 
to  deal  with  a  subject  on  which  the  rude  tinker  of 
Bedford  has  instructed  the  world,  writes  like  a  blind 
man  discoursing  of  colours,  or  a  deaf  man  criticising 
the  contortions  of  a  violinist  wasted  on  the  delusion 
of  music.  When  he  speaks  of  the  Utility  of  Religion, 
he  confounds,  as  if  they  were  identical,  those  realms  of 
human  nature  which  public  opinion  or  human  autho- 
rity may  sway ;  and  those  which,  in  the  solemn  hours 
of  visitation  from  the  Divine  Spirit,  fall  under  the 
inner  law  of  Conscience  and  of  Love.  And  when  he 
writes  of  the  Consciousness  of  God,  all  he  has  to  say 
of  it,  is  to  refer  to  the  metaphysical  subtleties  of 
Cousin  about  the  laws  of  perception,  and  to  add  con- 
temptuously : 

"  It  would  be  a  waste  of  time  to  examine  any  of  these 
theories  in  detail.  While  each  has  its  particular  logical 
fallacies,  they  labour  under  the   common  infirmity  that 


PREFACE. 


li 


one  man  cannot,  by  proclaiming  with  ever  so  much  confi- 
dence that  he  perceives  an  object,  convince  other  people 
that  they  see  it  too.  .  .  .  When  no  claim  is  set  up  to  any 
peculiar  gift,  but  we  are  told  that  all  of  us  are  as  capable 
as  the  prophet  of  seeing  what  he  sees,  feeling  what  he  feels 
— nay,  that  we  actually  do  so — and  when  the  utmost  effort 
of  which  we  are  capable  fails  to  make  us  aware  of  what  we 
are  told  we  perceive,  this  supposed  universality  of  intuition 
is  but 

*  The  dark  lantern  of  the  spirit 
Which  none  see  by  but  those  who  bear  it ;' 

and  the  bearers  may  be  asked  to  consider  whether  it  is  not 
more  likely  tliat  they  are  mistaken  as  to  the  origin  of  au 
impression  on  their  minds,  than  that  others  are  ignorant  of 
the  very  existence  of  an  impression  on  theirs."* 

The  friends  who  can  have  told  Mr.  Mill  that  he 
saw,  or  was  capable  of  seeing,  religious  truth  as  a 
Tauler  or  a  Fenelon  saw  it,  or  of  feeling  on  the  sub- 
ject as  even  much  less  religious  men  are  accustomed 
to  feel,  were  bold  indeed.  It  may  have  been  a  hard 
task  to  say  that  such  was  not  the  case.  Nobody 
could  have  ventured  upon  it  during  his  life  or  even 
after  his  death,  had  he  not  thrown  down  the  chal- 
lenge, and  elaborately  explained  to  us  the  way  in 
which  his  religious  instincts  were  destroyed  by  his 
ruthless  father.     But  now  the  matter  stands  plain ; 

*  P.  163. 


lii  PREFACE. 


and  I  confess  I  look  with  some  confidence  to  the 
results  of  the  act  of  the  elder  Mill  in  extirpating  the 
organ  of  religion  from  his  child's  heart,  as  serving  to 
reveal  to  us  the  place  it  naturally  takes  among  human 
faculties.  Even  at  the  cost  of  all  the  desolation  the 
book  will  spread  around,  it  is  perhaps  well  that  this 
dreadful  experiment  should  once  for  all  have  been 
tried,  and  not  in  any  "vile  body"  of  fool  or  egotist, 
but  in  the  person  of  one  of  the  ablest,  and,  in  all  things 
beside,  one  of  the  very  noblest  of  men. 

That  lesson,  then,  is  this :  that,  as  we  did  not  first 
gain  our  knowledge  of  God  from  the  external  world, 
so  we  shall  never  obtain  our  truest  and  most  reliable 
idea  of  Him  from  the  inductions  which  Science  may 
help  us  to  draw  from  it.  Spiritual  things  must  be 
spiritually  discerned,  or  we  must  be  content  never  to 
discern  them  truly  at  all.  In  man's  soul  alone,  so  far 
as  we  may  yet  discover,  is  the  moral  nature  of  his 
Maker  revealed,  as  the  sun  is  mirrored  in  a  mountain 
lake.  While  all  the  woods  and  moors  and  pastures 
are  quivering  in  its  heat,  we  only  behold  the  great 
orb  reflected  in  the  breast  of  that  deep,  solitary 
pool.  If  (as  we  must  needs  hold  for  truth)  there  be  a 
moral  purpose  running  through  all  the  physical  crea- 
tion, its  scope  is  too  enormous,  its  intricacy  too  deep, 
the  cycle  of  its  revolution,  like  that  of  some  great 


PREFACE.  liii 


sidereal  Period,  too  inimeuse  for  our  brief  and  blind 
observation.  It  must  be  enough  for  us  to  learn  what 
God  bids  us  to  be  of  just  and  merciful  and  loving,  and 
then  judge  what  must  be  His  justice,  His  mercy  and 
His  love.  That  Being  whom  the  sinful  soul  meets  in 
the  hour  of  its  penitence — and  the  grateful  heart  in  its 
plenitude  of  thanksgiving — and  every  man  who  really 
prays  in  the  moments  of  supreme  communion — that 
God  is  One  concerning  whom  the  very  attempt  to 
prove  that  He  is  infinitely  good  seems  almost  sacri- 
lege. It  is  as  Goodness,  as  Holiness,  Love  and  Pity 
ineffable,  that  He  has  revealed  Himself  Shall  we 
treat  all  that  we  have  so  learned  on  our  knees  as  idle 
self-delusions,  and  barricade  with  iron  shutters  the  win- 
dows of  the  soul  which  look  out  heavenward,  and  this 
in  the  name  of  sense  and  reason  ?  Nay,  but  let  us  fling 
those  windows  wide  open,  and  again  and  yet  again  seek 
to  renew  the  celestial  vision.  These  sacred  faculties 
of  our  nature  have  a  right  to  their  exercise,  as  well  as 
those  which  tell  us  of  the  properties  of  solids,  fluids 
and  gases,  of  light  and  electricity.  Their  reports  may 
be  false  ?  So  may  be  everything  we  call  knowledge, 
every  report  of  the  senses,  every  conclusion  of  the 
logical  intellect.  A  persistent  and  widely  recognized 
fact  of  human  consciousness  may  be  illusory ;  but 


liv  PREFACE. 


there  is  no  better  proof  to  be  bad  even  of  the  existence 
of  an  external  world* 

The  great  root  passion  of  normally  constituted  hu- 
manity, the  craving  to  find  some  One  to  whom  to 

*  An  excellent  illustration  of  tMs  subject,  expressing  very 
closely  my  own  view  of  it,  is  to  he  found  in  the  following 
letter,  published  in  the  Spectator,  Sept.  5,  1874  : 

"  Will  you  give  me  space  for  an  illustration  in  support  of 
that  which,  apart  from  revelation,  is  surely  the  best  proof  of  all 
of  the  existence  of  God, — the  existence,  viz.,  of  that  religious 
instinct  in  man  which,  on  Professor  Tjmdall's  and  Mr.  H. 
Spencer's  own  scientific  principles,  should  be  the  subjective 
response  to  some  objective  reality,  the  adaptation  of  the  crea- 
ture man  to  his  '  environment.'  The  dog  has  a  religion,  and 
his  deity  is  man.  Previous  to  the  introduction  of  man  upon 
the  scene,  the  dog  must  have  been  simply  dog,  minus  this 
quasi-religious  faculty.  But  man  appears,  and  makes  his 
appeal  to  the  dog-nature  ;  in  response,  a  capacity  for  human 
fellowship  is  developed  in  the  dog,  and  is  inherited,  so  that  a 
craving  for  such  fellowship  becomes,  thenceforth,  part  of  his 
nature. 

"  Now  if  we  imagine  some  being,  some  detached  intelligence, 
with  power  to  observe  the  dog  in  his  development  through  the 
ages,  but  to  whom  the  man,  on  his  introduction,  is  invisible, 
what  a  strange  problem  would  present  itself  for  his  solution  ! 
Would  not  the  higher  development  of  the  dog,  as  now  observed 
by  him,  be  analogous  to  the  calling  forth  of  the  religious  in- 
stinct in  the  creature  man  ?  The  observer  would  now  see  with 
wonder  the  frequent  reference  to  a  seemingly  higher  will,  not 
always  cheerfully  yielded  to.  He  would  note  the  upward  look, 
the  overcoming  of  mere  animal  impulses,  the  occasional  wiKul 
outbreak  of  the  lower  nature,  bringing  with  it  a  sense  of  guilt, 
to  be  followed  by  shame,  penitence  and  meek  submission  to 
chastisement ;  strangest  thing  of  all,  he  would  see  this  chastise- 


PEEFACE.  Iv 


look  up  with  absolute  moral  reverence,  a  passion 
which  even  within  the  last  few  months  the  greatest 
thinkers  on  the  agnostic  side  have  one  after  another 
admitted  to  be  a  fundamental  and  ineradicable  element 
in  our  nature, — that  exalted  aspiration  can  never  find 
the  smallest  satisfaction  in  the  notion  of  a  Probable 
God,  who  is  probably  more  Benevolent  than  other- 
wise. Mr.  Mill  arrives  at  the  conclusion  that  such 
lights  as  we  possess  "  afford  no  more  than  a  prepon- 
derance of  probability  of  the  existence  of  a  Creator ; 
of  his  benevolence  a  considerably  less  preponderance  ; 

ment  seemingly  accepted  as  a  medium  of  reconcihation  with 
some  invisible  being,  whereby  peace  and  contentment  are  re- 
stored to  the  canine  mind. 

"  Which  would  be  the  soundest  conclusion  for  such  an  ob- 
server as  I  have  supposed  to  come  to  ?  That  these  phenomena 
of  dog-consciousness  were  self-evolved,  mere  subjective  illu- 
sions ;  or  that,  outside  the  range  of  his  vision,  there  was  some 
real  object  to  call  them  forth  I  To  the  olwious  criticism  that, 
as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  dog  does  apprehend  man,  his  deity,  by 
his  senses,  while  man  does  not  thus  a^iprehend  God,  the  reply 
is  that,  though  in  many  cases  it  may  be  latent,  there  is  in  man 
a  higher  sense  whereby,  and  that  with  an  intense  reality,  the 
invisible  God  has  been  and  is  apprehended  by  countless  thou- 
sands. 

"  Supposing  the  evolution  theory  to  be  true,  the  question 
arises,  when  did  man,  the  thinking  animal,  become  man  the 
religious  being  ?  May  not  this  example  of  a  somewhat  parallel 
phenomenon  in  a  lower  field  supply  an  answer,  viz.  when  his 
nature,  however  previously  developed,  was  first  consciously 
acted  upon  by  a  higher  Nature  ? — I  am.  Sir,  &c., 

"Henry  F.  Bather." 


Ivi  PREFACE. 


that  there  is  some  reason  to  think  that  he  cares  for 
the  pleasure  of  his  creatures,  but  by  no  means  that 
this  is  his  sole  care,  or  that  other  purposes  do  not 
often  take  precedence  of  it."* 

Further  on,  he  grants  that  the  "  ideally  perfect  cha- 
racter   may  have  a  real  existence  in  a  Being  to 

whom  we  owe  all  such  good  as  we  enjoy."i-  But 
such  an  hypothesis  can  only  be  admitted  on  condition 
of  supposing  that  "  his  power  over  his  materials  was 
not  absolute;"  that  "his  love  for  his  creatures  was 
not  his  sole  actuating  inducement  ;":|:  and,  finally,  that 
even  of  his  "  continued  existence "  we  have  not  a 
thoroughly  satisfactory  "  guarantee."§  But  as  such  a 
Being  as  this  is  no  God  at  all  to  the  needs  either 
of  the  conscience  or  of  the  heart,  we  are  conse- 
quently not  surprised  to  find  Mr.  Mill  setting  Him 
aside  in  favour  of  that  "  standard  of  excellence,"  Jesus 
Christ.  Here  is  another  wonderful  exemplification  of 
the  eminent  presence  of  the  Moral  and  the  total  ab- 
sence of  the  Spiritual  element  in  this  great  thinker. 
He  perfectly  recognized  the  moral  beauty  of  Christ's 
character  as  transcribed  by  history,  but  his  inward 
eye  was  closed  to  that  supreme  Loveliness  which  is 
spiritually  revealed  to  every  soul  which  enters  into 
communion  with  God  ;  and,  which,  shining  full  into 

*  P.  208.  t  P.  253.  X  P.  243.  §  P.  243. 


PREFACE.  Ivii 


the  heart  of  Christ,  made   him  the  mirror  wherein 
humanity  has  ever  since  seen  it  reflected. 

The  fact  that  we  want  a  Perfect  God  does  not  of 
course  prove  that  any  such  Being  exists,  but  it  leaves 
such  a  Deity  as  ^Ir.  ]\Iill  has  propounded  for  our  quasi- 
belief  altogether  outside  the  re%ioz/.s  question.  If  the 
Intellect  or  the  Fancy  may  be  contented  with  a  Pro- 
bable God,  provisionally  accepted  as  Benevolent,  it  is 
certain  that  the  Eeligious  Sentiment  can  no  more  attach 
itself  to  such  a  Deity  than  a  man  can  embrace  a  cloud. 
A  balance  of  probabilities  may  properly  determine 
our  choice  of  an  investment  for  a  sum  of  money  ;  but 
when  it  comes  to  the  gift  of  our  heart's  allegiance,  we 
need  a  different  kind  of  assurance.  ISTo  man  can 
stand  by  patiently  while  arguments  j^ro  and  con.  are 
carefully  weighed,  and  begin  to  love  when  the  scale 
turns  by  a  hair  on  the  side  of  Benevolence,  and  drop 
on  his  knees  in  reverence  as  Justice  begins  to  prepon- 
derate, and  adore  when  the  balance  of  Good  appears 
finally  by  some  degrees  heavier  than  that  of  Evil.  If 
this  be  so,  then  it  follows  that  the  Inductive  Method 
is  for  ever  inapplicable  to  the  solution  of  the  greater 
problems  of  theology,  because  under  the  most  favour- 
able circumstances  it  can  only  give  us  a  balance  of 
more  or  less  probability — a  General,  not  an  Universal 
proposition.     We  are  compelled  to  seek  in  some  other 


Iviii  PREFACE. 


modes   of  thought   an    assurance    of   quite    another 
kind. 

I  am  far  from  conceding  that  no  more  decisive 
witness  to  the  Divine  Existence  and  Goodness  than 
Mr,  Mill  has  found  in  the  external  world  is  to  be 
drawn  therefrom,  strictly  by  the  Inductive  Method. 
Respecting  God's  existence,  it  seems  to  me  the  sum- 
mary of  arguments  in  Mr.  Thornton's  recent  admirable 
treatise*  leaves  the  scientific  atheist  a  standing-room 
so  infinitesimally  small,  that  nothing  short  of  one  of 
those  angels  of  whom  the  Eabbins  taught  that  a  legion 
may  rest  on  the  point  of  a  needle  could  support 
himself  thereon.  And  regarding  the  Divine  Moral 
Character,  I  must  protest  against  the  unaccountable 
manner  in  which,  when  the  Experience  philosophy 
holds  its  court,  the  most  important  of  the  witnesses  is 
rarely  or  ever  put  in  the  box.  AVhy  is  it,  I  ask,  that 
while  every  minute  fact  of  organic  and  inorganic 
nature  is  freely  cited  as  bearing  testimony  more  or 
less  important  to  the  character  of  the  Creator — why 
is  the  supreme  fact — the  existence  of  Man,  of  a  being 
who  loves  and  who  prays,  who  has,  deep  set  within 
him,  the  ideas  of  Justice  and  of  Duty,  a  being  capable 
of  becoming  a  hero,  a  martyr,  a  saint, — why  is  this 

*  Old-FasHoned  Ethics,  &c.     See  the  Chapter  on  "  Recent 
Phases  of  Scientific  Atheism." 


PREFACE.  lix 


greatest  of  all  the  facts  of  Nature  which  our  globe 
presents,  passed  over  by  the  experimentalist  with  no 
notice  at  all  so  far  as  it  bears  on  the  Theistic  argu- 
ment ?  Let  us  waive  for  a  moment  all  question  of 
personal  intuitive  or  spiritual  knowledge.  Let  us 
suppose  that  we,  individually,  have  no  such  transcen- 
dental moral  or  religious  knowledge,  and  that  we  are 
regarding  the  human  race  altogether  ab  extra.  Even 
so,  such  "  facts  of  experience "  as  an  Isaiah,  a  Christ, 
a  Buddha,  a  Plato,  a  Marcus  Aurelius,  certainly  claim 
attention  as  much  as  any  of  the  facts  from  which  the 
Creator's  indifference  to  His  creatures'  welfare,  or  in- 
capacity to  make  them  happy,  has  been  inductively 
inferred.  After  all  which  has  been  said  of  recent 
years  regarding  the  way  in  which  our  moral  natures 
may  be  supposed  to  have  been  developed  out  of  the 
instincts  of  the  ape,  there  is  nothing  so  wonderful  in 
all  the  wide  circuit  of  science  as  that  it  should  happen 
that  in  a  world  teeming  with  injustice,  and  in  which 
Nature's  "recklessness"  is  her  prevailing  character- 
istic,* there  should  exist  a  being  whose  brain  has 
acquired  such  a  "set"  of  passionate  love  for  justice 
as  that  for  its  sake  he  is  often  ready  to  sacrifice  hap- 
piness and  life. 

And,  again,  I  think  even  the  Experience  philosophy, 
*  Essays  on  Religion,  p.  28. 


Ix  PREFACE. 


when  its  conclusions  are  reduced  to  logical  coherency, 
points  to  the  perfection  of  the  moral  attributes  of  the 
Supreme  Being.  Such  a  Being  either  has,  or  has  not, 
a  moral  nature.  If  He  have  one,  then  He  cannot  he 
partially  good  or  partially  just — half  God,  half  devil 
— with  a  fickle  or  a  chequered  character.  So  much 
as  this  is  involved  in  the  hypothesis  of  a  Creator 
transcending  all  the  wants,  pains,  weaknesses,  igno- 
rances and  passions  of  the  creature.  If  any  prepon- 
derance of  evidence  in  Nature,  then,  appears  to  shew 
that  God  has  moral  purposes,  and  that  those  purposes 
are,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  benevolent,  we  are  com- 
pelled, for  mere  coherency  sake,  to  arrive  per  saltum 
at  the  conclusion  that,  if  He  be  good  so  far.  He  must 
be  good  altogether.  On  these  grounds,  then,  even 
such  a  small  residuum  of  the  sublime  idea  of  God  as 
is  left  us  by  the  rigid  application  of  the  Experimental 
philosophy  to  theology,  may  be  made  to  harmonize 
with  and  corroborate  the  faith  derived  from  a  higher 
source  of  knowledge,  and  the  Atheistic  and  Kako- 
theistic  creeds  stand  condemned  even  in  the  court  of 
Nature. 

But  I  repeat  that  such  arguments  have  in  my  eyes 
but  little  worth  save  as  intellectual  satisfactions,  and  I 
would  as  lief,  for  my  own  part,  forego  all  such  conclu- 
sions of  my  understanding  regarding  the  Great  Power 


•  /. 


PREFACE.  Ixi 


who  dwells  behind  the  veil  of  Nature,  if  I  could  not 
find  in  my  heart  the  Lord  of  Life  and  Love,  our  all- 
holy,  all-merciful  Father  and  God. 

A  few  words  must  be  added,  in  conclusion,  respecting 
Mr.  Mill's  remarks  on  the  doctrine  with  which  this 
little  book  is  directly  concerned — that  of  the  Immor- 
tality of  the  Soul.  After  having  described  the  reasons 
which  he  conceives  have  acted  as  powerful  causes  of 
the  belief,  not  as  rational  grounds  for  it,  and  then 
stated  the  arguments  deduced  from  the  Goodness  of 
God,  he  observes : 

"These  might  be  arguments  in  a  world  the  constitution 
of  which  made  it  possible,  without  contradiction,  to  hold 
it  for  the  work  of  a  Being  at  once  omnipotent  and  benevo- 
lent. But  they  are  not  arguments  in  a  world  like  that  in 
which  we  live With  regard  to  the  supposed  improba- 
bility of  his  having  given  the  wish  without  its  gratification, 
the  same  answer  may  be  made.  The  scheme  which  either 
limitation  of  power  or  conflict  of  purposes  compelled  him 
to  adopt  may  have  required  that  we  should  have  the  wish, 

although  it  were  not  destined  to  be  gratified There  is, 

therefore,  no  assurance  whatever  of  a  life  after  death  on 
grounds  of  natural  religion.  But  to  any  one  who  feels  it 
conducive,  either  to  his  satisfaction  or  his  usefulness,  to 
hope  for  a  future  state  as  a  possibdity,  there  is  no  hindrance 
to  his  indulging  that  hope.  Appearances  point  to  the  ex- 
istence of  a  Being  who  has  great  power  over  us — all  the 

/ 


Ixii  PEEFACE. 

power  implied  in  the  creation  of  the  Kosmos,  or  of  its 
organized  being,  at  least — and  of  whose  goodness  we  have 
evidence,  though  not  of  its  being  his  predominant  attribute  ; 
and  as  we  do  not  know  the  limits  of  either  his  power  or 
his  goodness,  there  is  room  to  hope  that  both,  the  one  and 
the  other  may  extend  to  granting  us  this  gift,  provided  that 
it  would  be  really  beneficial  to  us."* 

After  having  held  before  lis  this  even  balance  of 
probabilities  that  we  shall,  or  shall  not,  live  again  after 
death,  Mr.  Mill  further  discusses  how  far  the  indul- 
gence of  hope  in  a  region  of  mere  imagination  ought 
to  be  encouraged,  or  discouraged  as  a  "  departure  from 
the  rational  principle  of  regulating  our  feelings  as 
well  as  opinions  strictly  by  evidence,"  and  gives  his 
verdict  in  favour  of  "  making  the  most  of  any  even 
small  probabilities  on  this  subject  which  furnish  ima- 
gination witli  any  footing  to  support  itself  upon."-|- 
This  observation,  again,  is  followed  up  by  many  perti- 
nent remarks  on  the  benefits  derivable  from  looking 
habitually  to  the  brighter  and  nobler  side  of  things ; 
and  with  regard  to  the  prospect  of  immortality,  he 
adds  that  the  benefit  of  the  doctrine  "  consists  less  in 
any  specific  hope  than  in  the  enlargement  of  the 
general  scale  of  the  feelings,"^  and  that  it  is  "  legiti- 
mate and  philosophically  defensible  while  we  recognize 

*  Essays  on  Eeligion,  pp.  209,  210. 
t  P.  245.  X  P.  250. 


ruEFACE.  Ixiii 


as  a  clear  truth  that  we  have  no  ground  for  more  than 
a  hope." 

Now  to  those  amonGrst  us  who  do  not  believe  that 
great  benefits  are  ever  derived  from  crediting  delusions, 
and  who  do  not  feel  in  themselves  the  inclination  to 
cultivate  and  water  a  Hope  which  they  know  to  be  a 
flower  stuck  rootless  by  a  child  in  the  ground,  this 
kind  of  exhortation  is  as  strange  as  that  which  follows 
it  on  the  "  infinitely  precious  familiarity  of  the  imagi- 
nation with  the  conception  of  a  morally  perfect  Being;' 
the  same  idealization  of  our  standard  of  excellence  in 
a  Person  "  being  quite  possible,  even  when  that  Person 
is  conceived  as  merely  imaginary."*  Meditating  upon 
imaginary  gods,  and  cherishing  hopes  which  are  known 
to  depend  on  an  even  balance  of  probabilities,  seems 
to  most  of  us  very  like  the  mournful  preservation  of  a 
casket  when  the  jewel  is  stolen,  of  a  cage  when  the 
bird  is  flown ;  for  ever  reminding  us  of  an  irreparable 
loss.  Far  better,  to  our  apprehensions,  would  it  be  to 
gather  courage  from  our  despair,  and  face  as  best  we 
may  the  facts  (if  facts  they  be)  that  we  have  either  no 
Father  above,  or  that  He  is  weak  and  unwise,  and  that 
our  hopes  beyond  the  grave  hang  on  a  straw,  than 
mock  these  solemn  trusts  of  the  human  soul  in  God 
and  Immortality  by  "  making  believe,"  like  children, 

*  Essays  on  Religion,  p.  250. 

/2 


Ixiv  '  PREFACE. 


that  we  possess  them  when  they  are  ours  no  more. 
"Si  Dieu  n'existait  pas  il  faudrait  Tin  venter,"  is  an 
epigram  which  has  now  been  paralleled  :  "  If  we  are 
not  immortal,  we  had  better  think  ourselves  so."  Yet 
there  seems  some  contradiction  in  Mr.  Mill's  view  of 
the  advantages  of  the  Hope  altogether.  In  the  pre- 
ceding essay  on  the  Utility  of  Eeligion,  he  makes  very 
light  of  it.     He  says  : 

"  When  mankind  cease  to  need  a  future  life  as  a  con- 
solation for  the  suflferings  of  the  present,  it  will  have  lost 
its  chief  value  to  them  for  themselves.  I  am  now  speaking 
of  the  unselfish.  Those  who  are  so  wrapped  up  in  self  that 
they  are  unable  to  identify  their  feelings  with  anything 
which  will  survive  them,  require  the  notion  of  another 
selfish  life  beyond  the  grave  to  keep  up  any  interest  in 
existence."* 

Here,  again,  surely  we  meet  the  singular  train  of 

misapprehensions   which   seem   to    crowd   upon  the 

writer  from  his  incapacity  to  understand  the  religious 

sentiments  of  other  men.     It  is  precisely  the  selfish 

man  who  has  had  a  comfortable  life  here  below,  who 

may  inscribe  on  his  tombstone  that  he 

"  From.  Nature's  temperate  feast  rose  satisfied, 
Thanked  Heaven  tliat  lie  had  Hved  and  that  he  died;" 

and  made  no  demand  for  further  existence  for  himself 
or  anybody  else.      But  the  unselfish  man  who  has 

*  P.  119. 


PREFACE.  IXV 


looked  abroad  with  aching  heart  upon  a  sinful  and 
suffering  world,  cannot  thus  be  content  to  rise  with  a 
sanctimonious  grace  from  the  feast  of  life  (so  richly- 
spread  for  him),  and  to  leave  Lazarus  starving  at  his 
doors.  That  his  own  life  on  earth  should  have  been 
so  happy,  so  replete  with  the  joys  of  the  senses,  the 
intellect  and  the  affections, — that  he  should  have  been 
kept  from  sinking  into  the  slough  of  vice,  and  per- 
mitted to  taste  some  of  the  unutterable  joys  of  a  loving 
and  religious  life, — all  this  makes  it  only  the  more 
inexplicable  and  the  more  agonizing  to  him  to  behold 
his  brothers  and  sisters — no  worse,  he  is  well  assured, 
and  often  far  better,  than  himself — dragging  out  lives 
of  misery  and  privation  of  all  higher  joy,  and  dying 
perhaps  at  last,  so  far  as  their  own  consciousness 
goes,  in  final  alienation  and  revolt  from  God  and 
goodness.  It  is  for  these  that  he  demands  another 
and  a  better  life  at  the  hands  of  the  Divine  Justice 
and  Love ;  and  in  as  far  as  he  loves  both  God  and 
man,  so  far  is  he  incapable  of  renouncing  that  demand, 
and  resting  satisfied  because  he  has  had  a  pleasant 
mortal  existence,  and  because  younger  men  will  enjoy 
the  like  after  him,  and,  when  he  is  gone,  help  to 
"  carry  on  the  progressive  movement  of  human  affairs." 
The  prayer  of  his  soul,  "  Thy  kingdom  come,"  includes 
indefinitely  more  than  this. 


Ixvi  PEEFACE. 


Further,  the  writer's  lack  of  the  religious  sense  is 
once  more  revealed  by  the  absence  of  any  reference 
in  the  summary  of  the  reasons  why  men  hope  for 
another  life,  of  that  which  must  always  be  to  religious 
persons  the  supreme  Hope  of  all.  Mr.  Mill  expresses, 
in  a  few  most  touching  words  (what  he,  of  all  men, 
could  not  have  failed  to  know),  how  the  sceptic  loses 
one  most  valuable  consolation — "  the  hope  of  re- 
union with  those  dear  to  him  who  have  ended  their 
earthly  life  before  him."  "That  loss,"  he  adds,  "is 
neither  to  be  denied  nor  extenuated.  In  many  cases 
it  must  be  beyond  tlie  reach  of  comparison  or  estimate 
and  will  always  suffice  to  keep  alive  in  the  more  sen- 
sitive natures  the  imaginative  hope  of  a  futurity  which, 
if  there  is  nothing  to  prove,  there  is  as  little  in  our 
knowledge  or  experience  to  contradict."  These  words 
will  find  an  echo  in  every  heart.  There  is  no  "  ex- 
tenuation" of  the  immeasurable  loss  of  the  hope  of 
meeting  once  more  with  the  beloved  dead;  and  when 
M.  Comte  sets  forth  the  satisfaction  of  being  buried 
by  their  side — that  we  may  perish  instead  of  living 
tooether — it  would  seem  as  if  he  meant  to  mock  at 
the  anguish  of  mortal  bereavement  as  some  grim 
tyrant  who  has  promised  to  release  a  captive,  and  ful- 
fils his  word  by  giving  back  his  corpse.  But  has  Mr. 
Mill,  who  so  deeply  understands  what  the  longing  for 


PllEFACE.  Ixvii 


the  rc-uniou  of  human  love  may  mean,  never  known 
the  aspiration  of  every  religious  man  for  the  com- 
munion of  Divine  Love  in  a  world  where  we  shall  sin 
against  it  no  more,  and  where  it  may  be  more  perfectly 
unbroken  than  is  possible  while  we  stand  behind  the 
veil  of  the  flesh  ?  This  longing  desire,  which  lies  at 
the  very  core  of  every  God-loving  heart,  is  surely 
worth  mention  among  the  reasons  for  hoping  for  Im- 
mortality, even  if  it  cannot  be  accepted,  according  to 
the  principle  of  Experimental  philosophy,  as  ground 
for  the  faith  that  every  son  of  God  who  has  felt  it  is, 
even  in  right  thereof,  immortal. 

But  I  quit  the  ungracious,  and,  in  my  case,  most 
ungrateful,  task  of  offering  my  feeble  protest  against 
the  last  words  given  to  us  of  a  man  so  good  and  great, 
that  even  his  mistakes  and  deficiencies  (as  I  needs 
must  deem  them)  are  more  instructive  to  us  than  a 
million  platitudes  and  truisms  of  teachers  whom  his 
transcendent  intellectual  honesty  should  put  to  the 
blush,  and  whose  souls  never  kindled  with  a  spark  of 
the  generous  ardour  for  the  welfare  of  his  race  which 
flamed  in  his  noble  heart  and  animated  his  entire 
career. 

In  conclusion,  while  commending  to  the  reader's 
consideration  what  appears  to  me  the  true  method  of 
solving  the  problem  of  a  Life  after  Death,  I  have  but 


Ixviii  PREFACE. 


to  point  out  the  fact  that  on  the  answer  to  that  great 
question  must  hang  the  alternative,  not  only  of  the 
hope  or  despair  of  the  human  race,  but  of  the  glory 
or  the  failure  of  the  whole  Kosmos,  so  far  as  our 
uttermost  vision  can  extend.  Lions  and  eagles,  oaks 
and  roses,  may  be  good  after  their  kind ;  but  if  the 
summit  aiid  crown  of  the  whole  work,  the  being  in 
vs^hose  consciousness  it  is  all  mirrored,  be  worse  than 
incomplete  and  imperfect,  an  undeveloped  monster, 
an  acorn  mouldered  in  its  shell,  a  bud  blighted  by  the 
frost,  then  must  the  entire  world  be  deemed  a  failure 
also.  Now  Man  can  only  be  reckoned  on  any  ground 
as  a  provisionally  successful  work — successful,  that  is, 
provided  we  regard  him  as  in  transitu,  on  his  way  to 
another  and  far  more  perfect  stage  of  development. 
We  are  content  that  the  egg,  the  larva,  the  bud,  the 
half-painted  canvas,  the  rough  scaffolding,  should  only 
faintly  indicate  what  will  be  the  future  bird  and 
butterfly  and  flower  and  picture  and  temple.  And  thus 
to  look  on  Man  (as  by  some  deep  insight  he  has  almost 
universally  regarded  himself)  as  a  "sojourner  upon 
earth,"  upon  his  way  to  "  another  country,  even  a 
heavenly,"  destined  to  complete  his  pilgrimage  and 
make  up  for  all  his  shortcomings  elsewhere,  is  to 
leave  a  margin  for  believing  him  to  be  even  now  a 
Divine  work  in  its  embryonic  stage.     But  if  we  close 


PREFACE.  Ixix 


out  this  view  of  the  future,  and  assure  ourselves  that 
nothing  more  is  ever  to  be  expected  of  him  than 
what  we  knew  him  to  be  during  the  last  days  of  his 
mortal  life ;  if  we  are  to  believe  we  have  seen  the 
best  development  which  his  intellect  and  heart,  his 
powers  of  knowing,  feeling,  enjoying,  loving,  blessing 
and  being  blessed,  will  ever  obtain  while  the  heavens 
endure, — then,  indeed,  is  the  conclusion  inevitable 
and  final.  Man  is  a  Failure,  the  consummate  failure 
of  creation.  Everything  else — star,  ocean,  mountain, 
forest,  bird,  beast  and  insect — has  a  sort  of  complete- 
ness and  perfection.  It  is  fitting  in  its  own  place,  and 
it  gives  no  hint  that  it  ought  to  be  other  than  it  is. 
"  Every  lion,"  as  Parker  has  said,  "  is  a  type  of  all 
lionhood ;  but  there  is  no  man  who  is  a  type  of  all 
manhood."  Even  the  best  and  greatest  of  men  have 
only  been  imperfect  types  of  a  single  phase  of  man- 
hood— of  the  saint,  the  hero,  the  sage,  the  philanthro- 
pist, the  poet,  the  friend, — never  of  the  full-orbed  man 
who  should  be  all  these  together.  If  each  perish  at 
death,  then,  as  the  seeds  of  all  these  varied  forms  of 
good  are  in  each,  every  one  is  cut  off"  prematurely, 
blighted,  spoiled.  Nor  is  this  criterion  of  success  or 
failure  solely  applicable  to  our  small  planet — a  mere 
spark  thrown  off  the  wheel  whereon  a  million  suns 
are  turned  into  space.      It  is  easy  to  believe  that 


IXX  PEEFACE. 


mucli  loftier  beings,  possessed  of  far  greater  mental 
and  moral  powers  than  our  own,  inhabit  other  realms 
of  immensity.     But  Thought  and  Love  are,  after  all, 
the  grandest  things  which  any  world  can  shew,  and 
if  a  whole  race  endowed  with  them  proves  such  a 
failure   as   death-extino-uished    mankind   would   un- 
doubtedly  be,  then  there  remains  no  reason  why  all 
the  spheres  of  the  universe  should  not  be  similar 
scenes  of  disappointment  and  frustration,  and  creation 
itself  one  huge  blunder  and  mishap.     In  vain  may 
the   President   of   the    British   Congress   of  Science 
dazzle  us  with  the  splendid  panorama  of  the  material 
universe  unrolling  itself  "  from  out  of  the  primeval 
nebula's   fiery  cloud."      Suns  and  planets  swarming 
through  the  abysses  of  space  are  but  whirling  sepul- 
chres after  all,  if,  while  no  grain  of  dust  is  shaken 
from  off  their  rolling  sides,  the  conscious   souls  of 
whom  they  have  been  the  palaces  are  all  for  ever  lost. 
Spreading  continents  and  flowing  seas,  soaring  Alps 
and  fertile  plains,  are  worse  than  failures  if  we,  even 
we,  poor,  feeble,  sinful,  dim-eyed  creatures  that  we 
are,  shall  ever  "vanish  like  the  streak  of  morning 
cloud  in  the  infinite  azure  of  the  past." 


PREFACE.  Ixxi 


For  the  concluding  Essay  in  tins  book,  wherein  I 
have  endeavoured  to  explain  what  I  deem  to  be  the 
best  Hope  of  the  Human  Eace  here  on  earth,  I  have  to 
crave  the  readers'  forgiveness  for  two  defects  of  which 
I  am  thoroughly  sensible.  One  is  that  I  have  at- 
tempted to  compress  the  statement  of  a  large  and 
somewhat  revolutionary  theory  of  human  development 
into  a  compass  far  too  small  to  do  justice  to  whatever 
claims  it  may  have  upon  acceptance.  Should  the 
psychological  fact,  which  I  imagine  myself  to  have 
for  the  first  time  brought  to  notice,  provoke  any 
discussion,  I  could  readily  double  again  and  again 
the  illustrations  of  it  given  in  these  brief  pages  ;  and 
even  since  they  were  written  I  may  boast  that  they 
have  received  singular  confirmation  (so  far  as  the 
story  of  the  Aryan  race  is  concerned)  in  the  profound 
work  of  the  Eev.  George  Cox.*  It  would,  however, 
no  doubt  require  a  somewhat  voluminous  treatise 
dedicated  to  the  purpose  to  establish  thoroughly  the 
principle  for  which  I  contend. 

Secondly,  I  must  ask  (albeit  I  scarcely  expect  to 
receive)  condonation  for  the  presumption  of  offering 
a  new  word  (JSeteropathy)  to  define  the  hitherto  un- 
noticed sentiment  to  which  I  wish  to  direct  attention. 
Between  the  inevitable  result  of  causing  every  critic 
*  History  of  Greece,  Vol.  I.  ch.  ii. 


Ixxii  PREFACE. 


to  make  merry  with  the  word  instead  of  seriously 
discussing  the  thing  it  signifies,  and  the  opposite 
danger  of  leaving  my  argument  logically  floundering 
among  terms  none  of  which  express  accurately  what 
I  mean,  I  have  chosen  the  former  alternative,  and 
must  of  course  suffer  the  consequences,  against  which, 
however,  I  now  put  forth  this  plea  in  mitigation. 
Persons  who  feel  any  genuine  interest  in  a  somewhat 
curious,  if  not  really  a  novel  or  valuable,  psychological 
inquiry,  may  perhaps,  if  they  should  come  to  the  con- 
clusion that  they  have  gained  a  new  idea,  be  willing 
to  accept  along  with  it  a  compendious  term,  having  a 
score  of  analogies  in  the  language,  to  afford  it  definite 
expression. 

Finally,  if  the  sketch  I  have  attempted  to  draw  of 
the  Evolution  of  the  Social  Sentiment  appear  to  possess 
historical  truth,  it  remains  only  to  remark — that  the 
long  progress  upward  of  mankind  which  I  have  traced 
from  the  primeval  reign  of  violence  and  antagonism 
to  that  of  sympathy  and  mutual  help,  has  not  sup- 
plied us  with  the  slightest  clue  to  the  mystery  of  how, 
at  each  successive  stage  and  as  the  higher  sentiment 
dawns,  there  is  a  corresponding  overruling  inward 
command  to  follow  the  higher  and  disregard  the  lower 
impulse.  Nothing  in  the  progress  of  the  emotion  ex- 
plains either  the  existence  or  progress  of  the  moral 


PREFACE.  Ixxiii 


sense  of  obligation  ;  any  more  than  the  anatomy  of  a 
horse  explains  how  he  is  found  with  bit  and  bridle. 
Other  things  grow,  nay,  everything  in  our  nature 
grows,  as  M'ell  as  these  emotions ;  every  taste  alters, 
every  sentiment  develops.  But  nothing  within  us 
corresponding  to  the  Moral  Sense  develops  simul- 
taneously along  side  of  them,  setting  the  seal  of 
approval  on  the  tastes  and  feelings  of  adult  life,  and 
of  disapprobation  on  those  of  childhood.  If,  then, 
this  Eegulative  Principle  or  Intuition  of  a  Duty  to 
follow  the  higher  Emotion  and  renounce  the  lower 
stand  out  no  less  inexplicable  when  we  have  traced 
the  long  history  of  one  of  the  chief  emotions  to  he 
regulated,  we  have  surely  obtained  at  least  a  negative 
reply  to  the  desolating  doctrine  recently  introduced, 
that  the  Moral  Sense  in  man  is  only  the  social  instinct 
of  the  brute  modified  under  the  conditions  of  human 
existence?  These  cultivated  instincts,  rising  into 
humane  emotions,  are  not  the  Moral  sense  itself,  but 
only  that  which  the  Moral  Sense  tvorks  upo7i, — not 
that  which,  in  any  way,  explains  the  ethical  choice 
of  good  and  rejection  of  evil,  but  merely  the  good  and 
evil  things  refrarding;  which  the  choice  is  exercised. 
Wlience  we  derive  the  solemn  sense  of  Duty  to  give 
place  to  the  higher  emotion  rather  than  to  the  lower 
(a   sense    which    undoubtedly  grows  simultaneously 


Ixxiv  PREFACE. 


with  the  growth  of  the  emotions  which  it  controls),  is 
another  problem  whose  solution  cannot  here  be  at- 
tempted.    One  remark  only  need  be  made  to  forestall 
a  commonplace  of  the  new  phase  of  Utilitarianism. 
We  are  told  that  our  personal  Intuitions  of  Duty  are 
the  inherited  prejudices  of  our  ancestors  in  favour  of 
the  kind  of  actions  which  have  proved  on  experience 
to  be  most  conducive  to  the  general  welfare  of  the 
community,  or,  as  Mr.  Martineau  well  calls  them,  "the 
capitalized  experiences  of  utility  and  social  coercion ; 
the  record  of  ancestral  fears  and  satisfactions  stored 
in  the  brain  and  re-appearing  with  divine  pretensions 
only  because  their  animal  origin  is  forgotten."     If  this 
be  the  case,howdoes  it  happen  that  we  have  all  acquired 
in  these  days  a  very  clear  Intuition  that  it  is  our  duty 
to  preserve  the  lives  of  the  aged,  of  sufferers  by  disease, 
and  of  deformed  children  ?    The  howl  of  indignation 
which  followed  the  publication  of  a  humanely-intended 
scheme  of  Euthanasia  for  shortening  tlie  existence  of 
such  persons  for  their  oion  benefit,  may  afford  us  a 
measure  of  what  the  feelings  of  modern  Christendom 
would  be  were  some  new  Lycurgus  to   propose  to 
extinguish  them  for  the  good  of  the  commonwealth. 
Yet  what,  in  truth,  is  this  ever-growing  sense  of  the 
infinite  sacredness   of  human  life  but   a   sentiment 
tending  directly  to  counteract  the  interest  of  the  com- 


PREFACE.  IXXV 


munity  at  large?  Mr.  Greg  has  clearly  expounded 
that  our  compassion  for  the  feeble  and  the  sickly 
defeats,  as  regards  the  human  race,  the  beneficent 
natural  law  of  the  "Survival  of  the  Fittest;"*  and 
Mr.  Galton  considers  it  to  involve  nothing  short  of 
a  menace  to  the  civilization  whence  it  has  sprung. 
Nature  kills  off  such  superfluous  lives  among  the 
brutes  ;  and  savages  and  Chinese  follow  Nature,  to 
their  great  advantage  and  convenience.  Yet  even  the 
Chinese  do  not  profess  to  have  any  sense  of  moral 
obligation  to  drown  their  superfluous  babies  ;  and 
we,  who  ruthlessly  entail  on  our  nation  all  the  evils 
resulting  from  allowing  diseased  and  deformed  people 
to  live  and  multiply,  have  actually  a  "set  of  the 
brain  "  in  favour  of  our  own  practice,  and  decidedly 
against  that  of  the  natives  of  the  Flowery  Land !  Till 
this  enigma  be  satisfactorily  explained,  I  think  we 
are  justified  in  assuming  that,  whencesoever  the  awful 
and  Divine  idea  of  Moral  Duty  may  have  descended 
to  us,  it  has,  at  all  events,  not  been  derived  from  the 
inherited  prejudices  of  our  ancestors  in  favour  of  the 
kind  of  actions  which  are  "  most  conducive  to  the 
general  welfare  of  the  community ;"  and  have  even 
been  recognized  so  to  be  for  thousands  of  years. 

*  See  the  whole  remarkable  chapter,  Enigmas,  iii. 


THE    LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 


Theological  Eeview,  October,  1872,  and  July,  1873. 


B 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 


I. 

Earthly  minds,  no  less  than  heavenly  bodies, 
seem  constrained  to  pursue  their  walk  by  a 
compromise  between  opposing  forces.  Our 
orbits  lie  half-way  between  the  tracks  which 
we  should  follow  did  we  obey  exclusively  cen- 
tripetal Selfishness  or  centrifugal  Love,  the 
gravitation  of  the  senses  or  the  upward  attrac- 
tions of  the  soul.  Especially  is  this  compromise 
observable  in  the  case  of  our  anticipation  of 
prolonged  existence  after  death.  !N'ot  one  man 
in  a  thousand  lives  either  as  if  he  relied  on 
these  hopes,  or  renounced  them ;  as  if  he  ex- 
pected immortality,  or  resigned  himself  to  anni- 
hilation. The  average  human  being  never  gives 
entii-e  loose  to  his  passions  on  the  principle, 
"  Let  us  eat  and  drink,  for  to-morrow  we  die ;" 

b2 


THE    LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 


but  he  constantly  attaches  to  the  transient  con- 
cerns of  earth  an  importance  which,  if  death  be 
a  prelude  to  a  nobler  existence,  is  not  merely 
disproportionate,  but  absurd.  The  sentiments 
he  entertains  towards  God  are  not  such  as  might 
befit  an  insect  towards  him  who  is  prej)aring 
to  crush  it ;  but  neither  are  they  those  of  a  son 
to  a  Father,  into  whose  home  on  high  he  is 
assured  ere  long  of  a  welcome.  He  mourns 
his  departed  friends  not  altogether  with  despair, 
but  with  very  little  of  the  confident  "hope  of 
a  joyful  resurrection"  which  his  clergyman  offi- 
cially expresses  while  he  commits  their  bodies 
to  the  ground.  He  awaits  his  own  demise  with 
regret  or  resignation  nearly  always  measured 
by  his  happiness  or  misery  in  the  world  he 
quits,  rather  than  by  his  expectations  of  one  or 
the  other  in  that  which  he  is  about  to  enter ; 
but  he  rarely  contemplates  the  possibility  of 
final  loss  of  consciousness,  or  fails  to  project 
himself  eagerly  into  interests  with  which,  in 
such  contingency,  he  can  have  no  concern  what- 
ever. In  a  word,  he  lives  and  dies  so  as  to 
secui'e  for  himself  pretty  nearly  the  maximum 
of  care  and  sorrow,  and  the  minimum  of  peace 
and  hope. 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 


It  is  in  a  certain  degree  inevitable  that  some 
such  indecision  should  pertain  to  our  feelings 
regarding  the  Life  after  Death.  Our  belief 
that  such  a  life  awaits  us  is  derived  (as  I  hope 
presently  to  shew),  not  from  any  definite  de- 
monstration such  as  is  furnished  to  us  by  the 
logical  understanding,  but  from  the  testimony 
of  our  moral  and  spiritual  faculties,  which  varies 
in  force  with  the  more  or  less  perfect  working 
condition  of  those  faculties  at  all  times.  Yet 
there  can  be  few  thoughtful  men  or  women 
amongst  us  who  do  not  desire  some  more  equa- 
ble tenure  of  the  priceless  "Hope  full  of  Im- 
mortality." If,  during  the  years  of  multifold 
youthful  enthusiasms  or  of  world -engrossed 
middle  age,  the  threat  of  death  seemed  dream- 
like— so  full  was  our  life ! — and  the  further 
Hope  beyond,  a  dream  within  a  dream  too  faint 
and  filmy  for  thought  to  seize  upon  it,  such 
capacity  for  indiff'erence  inevitably  passes  away 
with  the  shock  of  a  bereavement,  an  illness,  or 
the  symptoms  of  failing  strength,  and  we  marvel 
how  it  has  been  possible  for  us  to  forget  that 
interests  so  near  and  so  stupendous  yet  hang 
for  us  all  undetermined  in  the  balance.  Or  if 
in  the  vivid  ecstasy  of  early  religion  it  happened 


6  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

to  US  to  think  that  the  joy  of  once  beholding 
the  face  of  God  was  enough,  and  that  we  were 
content  to  die  for  ever  the  next  honr,  even  this 
experience  after  a  time  makes  annihilation  seem 
doubly  impossible,  and  prompts  the  question, 
which  has  but  one  answer, — 

"  Can  a  finite  thing,  created  in  the  hounds  of  time  and 

space, 
Can  it  live,  and  grow,  and  love  Thee,  catch  the  glory  of 

Thy  face, 
Fade  and  die,  be  gone  for  ever,  know  no  being,  have  no 

place?"* 

And  as  the  wrong  and  injustice  of  the  world 
by  degrees  force  themselves  on  our  awakening 
consciousness,  we  learn  to  appeal  with  confi- 
dence to  God,  if  not  on  our  own  behalf,  yet  for 
all  the  miserable  and  the  vice-abandoned,  that 
He  should  open  to  them  the  door  of  a  happier 
and  holier  world  than  they  have  known  below. 
And  for  mankind  at  large,  the  solution  of  the 
problem  of  Immortality  which  will  be  generally 
received  in  the  future  reconstruction  of  opinion 
must  prove  of  incalculable  importance.  Should 
the  belief  in  a  life  after  death  still  remain  an 

*  Verses,  by  E.  B.     Henry  King  and  Co.,  London. 


THE    LIFE   AFTER  DEATH. 


article  of  popular  faith  after  the  fall  of  super- 
naturalism,  then  (freed,  as  it  must  be,  of  its 
dead- weight  of  the  dread  of  Hell)  the  religion 
of  succeeding  generations  will  possess  more 
than  all  the  influence  of  the  creeds  of  old,  for 
it  will  meet  human  nature  on  all  its  noblest 
sides  at  once,  and  insult  it  on  none.  On  the 
other  hand,  if  the  present  well-nigh  exclusive 
devotion  to  physico-scientific  thought  end  in 
thi'owing  the  spmtual  faculties  of  our  nature  so 
far  into  disuse  and  discredit  as  to  leave  the  faith 
in  Immortality  permanently  under  a  cloud,* 
then  it  is  inevitable  that  religion  will  lose  half 
the  power  it  has  wielded  over  human  hearts. 
The  God  with  whom  our  relations  are  so  insig- 
nificant that  He  has  condemned  them  to  termi- 
nate at  the  end  of  a  few  short  years, — the  God 
whose  world  contains  so  many  cruel  wrongs 
destined  to  remain  unrectified  for  ever, — the 
God  who  cares  so  little  for  man's  devotion  that 
He  will  "suffer  his  Holy  One  to  see  corruption," 
— that  God  may  receive  our  distant  homage  as 
the  Arbiter  of  the  universe,  but  it  is  quite  im- 
possible that  He  should  obtain  our  love.     IsTor 

*  See  the  remarks  on  this  subject  in  "  Christ  in  Modern 
Life,"  by  the  Eev.  Stopford  Brooke,  p.  194. 


8  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

will  the  results  of  the  general  retention,  or  loss, 
of  the  faith  in  a  future  life  on  the  Morals  of 
mankind,  be  less  significant  than  those  affect- 
ing their  Eeligion.  They  will  not,  I  believe, 
be  of  the  kind  vulgarly  apprehended.  The  fear 
of  Hell  has  been  vastly  over-estimated  as  an 
engine  of  police  ;  for  the  natures  which  .are 
capable  of  receiving  a  practical  check  to  strong 
passion  from  anticipations  only  to  be  realized 
in  a  distant  world,  are  (by  the  hypothesis) 
constituted  with  singularly  blended  elements 
of  imagination  and  prudence,  the  furthest  pos- 
sible from  the  criminal  temperament.  And  the 
hope  of  Heaven  has  been  probably  even  less 
valuable  as  a  moral  agent,  having  spoiled  the 
pure  disinterestedness  of  virtue  for  thousands 
by  degrading  Duty  into  that  "  Other-worldli- 
ness"  which  is  only  harder  and  more  selfish 
than  worldliness  pui^e  and  simple.  But  though 
the  loss  of  the  bribes  and  threats  of  the  life  to 
come  would  tend  little  to  lower  the  standard  of 
human  virtue,  it  would  be  quite  otherwise  as 
regards  the  final  closing  of  all  out-look  beyond 
this  world,  and  the  shutting  up  of  morality 
within  the  narrow  sphere  of  mortal  life.  We 
need  an  infinite  horizon  to  enable  us  to  form 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  9 

any  concoptiou  of  tlic  graudcur  and  sanctity  of 
moral  distinctions ;  nor  is  it  possible  we  should 
continue  to  attach  to  Yirtue  and  Yice  the  same 
profound  significance,  could  we  believe  their 
scope  to  reach  no  further  than  our  brief  span. 
Theoretically,  Eight  and  Wrong  would  come 
to  be  regarded  as  of  comparatively  small  im- 
portance. Practically,  the  virtue  which  must 
shortly  come  to  an  end  for  ever  would  seem  to 
the  tempted  soul  scarcely  deserving  of  effort ; 
and  the  vice  which  must  lie  down  harmless  in 
the  sinner's  grave,  too  mere  a  trifle  to  waste  on 
it  remorse  or  indignation.  Life,  in  short,  after 
we  had  passed  its  meridian,  would  become  in 
our  eyes  more  and  more  like  an  autumn  garden, 
wherein  it  would  be  vain  to  plant  seeds  of  good 
which  could  never  bloom  before  the  frosts  of 
death ;  and  useless  to  eradicate  weeds  which 
must  needs  be  killed  ere  long  without  our 
labour.  Needless  to  say  that  of  that  dismal 
spot  it  might  surely  soon  be  said, 

*'  Between  tlie  time  of  the  wind  and  the  snow 
All  loathsome  tilings  began  to  grow  3" 

and  that  when  winter  came  at  last,  none  would 
regret  the  white  shroud  it  threw  over  corrup- 
tion and  decay. 


10         THE  LIFE  AETER  DEATH. 

Nor  ought  we  to  hide  from  ourselves  that, 
under  such  loss  of  hope  in  Immortality,  the 
highest  forms  of  human  heroism  must  needs 
disappear  and  cease  to  glorify  the  world.  The 
old  martyrs  of  the  stake  and  the  rack,  and 
modern  martyrs  of  many  a  wreck  and  battle- 
field and  hospital,  have  not  braved  torture  and 
death  for  the  sake  of  the  rewards  of  Paradise, 
but  they  have  at  least  believed  that  their 
supreme  act  of  virtue  and  piety  did  not  involve 
the  renunciation  on  their  part  of  all  fiu^ther 
moral  progress  and  of  all  communion  with  God 
throughout  eternity.  It  is  not  easy  to  see  how 
any  virtue  is  to  help  a  man  to  renounce  virtue, 
nor  even  how  the  love  of  God  is  to  make  him 
ready  to  renounce  the  joy  of  His  love  for  ever. 
Deprived,  then,  of  its  boundless  scope,  human 
morality  must  necessarily  be  dwarfed  more  and 
more  in  each  successive  generation,  till  in  com- 
parison of  the  mere  animal  life  (which  would 
inevitably  come  to  the  front)  the  nobler  part  in 
us  would  dwindle  to  a  vanishing  point,  and  the 
man  return  to  the  ape. 

What  are  the  probabilities  that  the  faith  in 
Immortality  may  escape  the  wreck  of  the  super- 
natui-al  creeds,  and  what  are  the  spars  and  rafts. 


THE   LIFE   AFTER  DEATH.  11 

if  any  such  there  be,  to  which  individually  we 
may  most  safely  cling  ?  To  answer  these  ques- 
tions it  is  necessary  to  cast  a  glance  around  us 
on  the  present  attitude  of  thinking  men  on  the 
matter.  A  few  books  and  articles — among 
which  I  would  specially  direct  the  reader's 
attention  to  four  of  Mr.  Stopford  Brooke's 
admirable  Discourses — give  some  hint  of  the 
currents  of  thought  now  passing  over  us ;  but 
there  is  little  doubt  that  before  long  a  much 
larger  share  of  attention  will  be  given  to  the 
subject,  and  that  it  will  form  in  truth  the  battle- 
ground for  one  of  the  most  decisive  struggles 
in  the  history  of  the  mental  progress  of  our 
race.*  Our  standpoint  at  this  moment  is  some- 
what peculiar.  We  are  losing  the  old  ground, 
and  have  not  yet  found  footing  on  the  new. 

The  delusion  which  has  prevailed  so  long  in 
England,  that  we  acquire  such  truths  as  the 
existence  of  God  and  our  own  immortality  by 
means  of  logical  demonstration,  appears  to  be 

*  A  miserable  pseudo-scientific  treatise,  Le  LencUmain 

de  la  Mart,  by  Louis  Figuier,  has  already  run  through  four 

or  five  editions  in  as  many  months.     Simple  readers  ask 

for  bread,  and  the  Frenchman  drops  into  their  mouths  a 

,  bonbon. 


12  THE   LIFE   AFTER  DEATH. 

slowly  passing  away.  We  hardly  imagine  now, 
as  English  divines  from  Paley  to  Whately  habi- 
tually took  for  granted,  that  if  we  convince  (or 
"vanquish")  a  man  in  argument  concerning 
them,  his  next  step  must  infallibly  be  to  embrace 
them  heartily,  as  the  Arabs  did  Islam,  at  the 
point  of  the  sword.  Especially  we  begin  to 
perceive  that  we  have  been  on  a  wrong  track 
in  dealing  with  the  belief  in  a  Future  Life; 
nay,  that  we  have  been  twice  misled  in  the 
matter.  The  old  popular  creed  having  pre- 
sented the  doctrine  to  us  as  a  matter  of  histori- 
cal revelation,  we  were  first  trained  to  think  of 
it  as  a  fact  guaranteed  by  a  Book,  and,  accord- 
ingly, of  course  to  be  ascertained  by  the  criti- 
cism of  that  Book.  Our  eternal  life  was  secure 
if  we  could  demonstrate  the  authenticity  and 
canonicity  of  certain  Greek  manuscripts ;  but, 
were  the  Bible  to  prove  untrustworthy,  our 
only  valid  ground  of  hope  would  be  lost,  and 
the  Immortality  (which,  in  the  face  of  Egypt 
and  India,  we  were  complacently  assured  had 
been  only  "brought  to  light  through  the  gos- 
]3el")  would  be  re-consigned  to  the  blackness 
of  darkness.  From  this  primary  mistake  those 
who  think  fi-eely  in  our  day  are  pretty  nearly 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  13 

emancipated.  The  "apocalyptic  side  of  Chris- 
tianity" has  ceased  to  satisfy  even  those  reli- 
gious liberals  who  still  take  its  moral  and  spiri- 
tual part  as  absolutely  divine ;  and  the  halting 
logic  which  argued  from  the  supposed  corporeal 
resurrection  of  the  Second  Person  of  the  Trinity 
to  the  spiritual  survival  of  the  mass  of  mankind, 
has  been  so  often  exposed,  that  it  can  scarcely 
again  be  produced  in  serious  controversy.* 

*  That  the  Death  of  Christ — not  his  supposed  Eesiarrec- 
tion — furnishes  a  strong  argument  in  favour  of  Immortality, 
will  be  shewn  by  and  by.  Is  it  not  probable  that  the 
great  myth  of  his  bodily  revival  owes  its  origin  simply  to 
the  overwhelming  impression  which  the  scene  of  the  Pas- 
sion must  have  made  on  the  disciples,  transforming  their 
hitherto  passive  Pharisaic  or  Essene  beHef  in  a  future  life, 
into  the  vivid  personal  faith  that  such  a  soul  could  not 
have  become  extinct  ?  In  a  lesser  way  the  grave  of  a 
beloved  friend  has  been  to  many  a  man  the  birthplace  of 
his  faith,  and  it  is  obvious  that  in  the  case  of  Christ  every 
condition  was  fulfilled  which  would  raise  such  sudden 
conviction  to  the  height  of  passionate  fervour.  The  first 
words  of  the  disciples  to  one  another  on  that  Easter  morn 
may  well  have  been  :  "  He  is  not  dead.  His  spirit  is  this 
day  in  Paradise  among  the  sons  of  God."  It  was  the 
sunplest  consequence  of  their  veneration  for  him  that  they 
should  feel  such  assurance  and  give  it  utterance  with  pro- 
phetic fire.  In  that  age  of  belief  in  miracles,  this  new-born 
faith  in  the  immortality  of  a  righteous  soul  was  inevitably 


14         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

"While  we  have  escaped,  however,  from  the 
error  of  supernaturalism,  a  second  and  no  less 
fatal  mistake  has  risen  in  our  way.  The  pre- 
valent passion  of  the  age  for  physical  science 
has  brought  the  relation  of  Physiology  to  the 
problem  of  a  Future  Life  altogether  into  the 
foreground  of  our  attention,  as  if  it  formed  the 
only  important  consideration ;  and  of  course  on 
this  side  there  was  never  any  hope  of  a  success- 
ful solution.  Apologists  of  vivisectors  made  it 
indeed  their  excuse  that  those  modern  Sworn 
Tormentors  were  "  seeking  the  Eeligion  of  the 

cloth.ed  almost  immediately  in  materialistic  shape,  and  by 
the  time  the  Gospels  were  written  it  had  become  stereo- 
typed in  traditions  which  we  can  class  only  as  Jewish 
ghost-stories. 

If  this  conjecture  be  admitted,  we  are  absolved  equally 
from  the  acceptance  as  historical  of  the  monster-miracle  of 
the  New  Testament,  and  from  the  insufferable  alternative 
of  recourse  to  some  hypothesis  of  fraud,  collusion  or  mis- 
take. It  cannot  have  been  on  any  such  base  or  haphazard 
incident  that  the  reliance  of  Christendom  has  rested  for 
eighteen  centuries.  Even  Avith  its  blended  note  of  human 
error,  it  is  after  aU  the  reverberation  of  that  earthquake 
which  rent  the  hearts  of  those  who  watched  on  Calvary 
and  tore  the  veil  of  mortality  from  their  eyes,  which  has 
ever  since  echoed  down  the  ages  and  still  sounds  in  our 
ears. 


THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  15 

Future"  in  the  brains  of  tortured  dogs ;  but  no 
one,  I  presume,  ever  seriously  expected  any 
other  result  than  that  which  we  behold.  'No 
ossiculum  luz^  no  "infrangible  bone"  such  as 
the  Eabbins  averred  was  the  germ  of  the  resur- 
rection-body, no  "indestructible  monad"  such 
as  Leibnitz  dreamed,  has  come  to  light;  and 
no  "grey  matter,"  or  "  hijDpocampus,"  or  mul- 
tiplied convolutions  of  the  human  brain,  are 
found  to  aiford  the  faintest  suggestion  of  a  life 
beyond  mortality.  The  only  verdict  which  can 
be  wrung  from  Science  is,  that  the  cessation  of 
all  conscious  being  at  death  is  "]N"ot  proven." 
She  recognizes  a  mysterious  somewhat  termed 
"  Life,"  whose  nature  she  has  yet  failed  to 
ascertain,  and  concerning  whose  possible  changes 
she  is  therefore  silent.  And  further,  having 
proved  that  no  force  is  ever  destroyed,  she 
admits  that  it  is  open  to  conjecture  that  the 
force  of  the  human  Will  may  have  its  "  con- 
servation" in  some  mode  whereby  conscious 
agency  may  indefinitely  be  prolonged.  But 
beyond  this  point.  Science  refuses  to  say  one 
word  to  encourage  the  hope  of  Immortality. 
She  remains  neutral  even  when  she  forbears  to 
utter  oracles  of  despair,     l^ay,  rather  is  she  no 


16  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

prophetess  at  all,  but  may  better  be  likened  to 
some  gaunt  sign-post  beside  the  highway  of 
life,  pointing  with  one  wooden  arm  to  the  deso- 
late waste,  and  with  the  other  to  fair  fields  and 
fresh  pastures,  but  giving  no  response  to  our 
cry  of  anguish,  Whither  have  our  beloved  ones 
gone? 

l*^or  will  the  analogies  of  JS'ature  help  us 
better  than  the  physiological  analysis  of  our 
own  frames.  The  "fifty" — nay,  rather  the 
five  thousand — seeds,  of  which  "  she  scarcely 
brings  but  one  to  bear,"  and  the  wrecks  of  the 
myriad  forms  of  animal  life  which  lie  embedded 
in  the  rocks  under  our  feet,  reveal  the  lavish- 
ness  of  her  waste.  All  the  sweet  old  similes 
in  which  our  forefathers  found  comfort — ^the 
reviving  grain  ''  sown  in  corruption  and  raised 
in  power" — the  crawling  larva  endued  with 
wings  as  Psyche's  butterfly — fail,  when  seri- 
ously criticised,  to  afford  any  parallel  with  the 
hoped-for  resurrection  of  the  human  soul.  IN^ay, 
Nature  seems  constantly  to  mock  us  by  reviving 
in  preference  her  humblest  products,  and  bring- 
ing up  year  after  year  to  the  sunshine  of  sj)ring 
the  clover  and  the  crocus  and  the  daisy,  while 
manly  strength  and  womanly  beauty  lie  perish- 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  17 

ing  beneath  tlic  flowers;  hid  for  ever  in  the 
hopeless  ruin  of  the  grave. 

And,  lastly,  there  are  certain  arguments 
which  may  be  classed  as  Metaphysical,  which 
were  once  generally  relied  on  as  aflbrding  de- 
monstration of  a  future  life.  The  value  of  these 
arguments,  from  Plato's  downwards, — that  the 
idea  of  a  dead  soul  is  absurd;  that  the  soul 
being  "simple"  and  "one"  cannot  be  "dis- 
solved;" that  being  "immaterial"  it  cannot 
die,  &c., — is  extremely  difficult  to  estimate. 
It  is  possible  they  may  point  to  great  truths ; 
but  it  is  manifest  that  they  all  hinge  on  certain 
assumptions  concerning  the  nature  of  the  soul 
and  the  supposed  antithesis  between  mind  and 
matter,  which  we  are  learning  each  day  to 
regard  with  more  distrust ;  in  fact,  to  treat  as 
insoluble  problems.  In  this  direction  also, 
then,  it  is  not  too  much  to  conclude,  we  can- 
not hope  to  find  a  satisfactory  answer  to  our 
inquiry. 

When  we  have  dismissed  the  expectation  of 
obtaining  the  desired  solution  either  from  a 
supernatural  revelation  or  from  physics  or  me- 
taphysics, where  do  we  stand  ?  We  are  left  to 
face,  on  one  hand,  a  number  of  very  heavy 

c 


18  THE   LIFE   AETEE  DEATH. 

presumptions  against  the  survival  of  conscious- 
ness after  death;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
sole  class  of  considerations  which  remain  to  be 
opposed  to  them. 

The  presumptions  against  survival  are  so 
plain  and  numerous,  that  none  of  us  can  fail  to 
be  impressed  with  their  force.  There  is,  first, 
the  obvious  fact  that  everything  we  have  seen 
of  a  man  perishes,  to  our  certain  knowledge,  in 
his  grave,  and  passes  into  other  organic  and 
inorganic  forms.  The  assumption  is  physio- 
logically baseless  that  something  —  and  that 
something  his  conscious  self — Kves  elsewhere. 
And  starting  from  this  baseless  assumption,  we 
find  no  foothold  for  even  a  conjecture  of  how 
he  is  transferred  to  his  new  abode,  tvhere  in  the 
astronomical  universe  that  abode  can  be,  and 
what  can  be  the  conditions  of  existence  and 
consciousness  without  a  brain  or  a  single  one 
of  our  organs  of  the  senses.  The  fact  that 
injuries  to  the  brain  in  this  life  are  capable  of 
clouding  a  man's  mind  and  distorting  his  will 
in  frenzy  or  idiotcy,  presses  severely  against 
the  assumption  that  the  entire  dissolution  of 
that  brain  will  leave  intellect  and  volition  per- 
fect and  free.     Nor  do  even  these  enormous 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  19 

difficulties  exhaust  the  obstacles  in  the  way. 
If  man  be  immortal,  he  must  have  become  an 
immortal  being  at  some  point  in  his  develop- 
ment after  the  first  beginning  of  physical  life. 
But  to  name  even  a  plausible  date  for  so 
stupendous  a  change  in  his  destiny  is  utterly 
imjDOSsible ;  and  the  new  theory  of  Evolution 
saddles  us  yet  with  another  analogous  difficulty, 
namely,  to  designate  the  links  in  the  chain  of 
generations  between  the  Ascidian  and  the  Sage, 
when  the  mortal  creature  gave  birth  to  an  heir 
of  immortality.  It  is  almost  impossible  to  over- 
state the  weight  of  these  and  other  presump- 
tions of  a  similar  kind  against  the  belief  in  a 
Life  after  Death.  Let  it  be  granted  that  they 
are  as  heavy  as  they  could  be  without  absolutely 
disproving  the  point  in  question  and  making 
the  belief  logically  absurd.  They  render  at  all 
events  the  fact  of  immortality  so  improbable, 
that  to  restore  the  balance  and  make  it  pro- 
bable an  immense  equiponderant  consideration 
becomes  indispensable. 

Where  is  that  counterweight  to  be  found? 
What  can  we  cast  into  the  scale  which  shall 
outweigh  these  presumptions?  Certainly  no- 
thing in  the  way  of  direct  answers  to  them, 

c  2 


20  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

nor  of  plausible  hypotheses  to  explain  how  the 
conditions  of  future  being  may  possibly  be 
carried  on.  Confronted  by  the  challenge  to 
produce  such  hypotheses,  we  can  but  say,  with 
one  of  the  greatest  men  of  science  of  the  -age, 
that  "the  further  we  advance  in  the  path  of 
science,  the  more  the  infinite  possibilities  of 
Nature  are  revealed  to  us;"  and  among  those 
possibilities  there  must  needs  be  the  possibility 
of  another  life  for  man.  Beyond  this,  we  can- 
not proffer  a  word ;  and  it  must  be  some  con- 
sideration altogether  of  another  character  which 
can  afford  anything  like  a  positive  reason  for 
believing  in  immortality  in  opposition  to  the 
terrible  array  of  presumptions  on  the  other  side. 
That  consideration,  so  sorely  needed,  is,  I  be- 
lieve, to  be  found — nay,  is  found  already  by 
the  great  mass  of  mankind — in  Faith, — faith 
in  its  true  sense  of  Trust  in  Goodness  and  Jus- 
tice and  Fidelity  and  Love,  and  in  all  these 
things  impersonated  in  the  Lord  of  Life  and 
Death.  Not  the  Supernatural  argument,  nor 
yet  the  Physical,  nor  the  Metaphysical,  but  the 
Moral^  is  the  real  counterpoise  to  all  the  diffi- 
culties in  the  way  of  belief  in  a  life  beyond  the 
grave. 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  21 

That  this  is  the  true  ground  of  whatever 
confidence  we  can  rationally  entertain  on  the 
subject,  is,  I  think,  clear  on  very  short  reflec- 
tion. It  has  been  but  partially  recognized, 
indeed,  that  such  is  the  case ;  and  the  teachers 
who  have  undertaken  to  demonstrate  immor- 
tality on  natiu-al  grounds,  have  very  commonly 
presented  their  moral  arguments  as  if  they  were 
purely  inductive,  and  belonged  to  the  same 
class  of  logical  proofs  as  we  have  sought  for  in 
vain  in  physics  and  metaphysics.  But  their 
syllogisms,  when  carefully  examined,  will  in- 
variably be  found  to  involve  a  major  term  which 
is  not  a  fact  of  knowledge,  but  only  a  dogma 
of  faith.  They  conduct  us  half-way  across  the 
gulf  by  means  of  stepping-stones  of  facts  and 
inductions,  and  then  invite  us  to  complete  our 
transit  by  swimming.  They  open  our  cause  in 
the  court  of  the  Intellect,  and  then  move  it  for 
decision  to  the  equity-chamber  of  the  Heart. 
A  few  pages  hence  I  shall  hope  to  give  this 
assertion  full  illustration.  For  the  present  it 
will  be  sufficient  to  remind  the  reader  that  the 
arguments  usually  drawn  from  the  general  con- 
sciousness of  mankind,  from  the  many  injustices 
of  the  world,  from  the  incompleteness  of  moral 


22         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

progress  in  this  life,  &c.  &c.,  all  involve,  at  the 
crucial  point,  the  assumption  that  we  possess 
some  guarantee  that  mankind  will  not  be  de- 
ceived, that  justice  will  triumph  eventually,  and 
that  human  progress  is  the  concern  of  a  Power 
whose  purposes  cannot  fail.  "Were  the  faith 
which  supplies  such  warrants  to  prove  irrespon- 
sive to  the  call,  the  whole  elaborate  argument 
which  preceded  the  appeal  would  be  seen  at 
once  to  fall  to  the  ground.  If,  then,  the  strength 
of  a  chain  must  be  measui-ed  by  that  of  its  most 
fragile  link,  it  is  clear  that  the  value  in  sum- 
total  of  all  such  arguments,  however  multiplied 
or  ingeniously  stated,  is  neither  more  nor  less 
than  that  which  we  may  be  disposed  to  assign 
to  simple  Faith.  It  is  a  value  precisely  tanta- 
mount to  that  of  our  moral  and  religious  intui- 
tions— to  the  value  (as  I  hope  presently  to 
shew)  of  all  such  intuitions  culminating  in  one 
point  together.  But  beyond  this,  it  is  nothing. 
This  conclusion,  however  distasteful  it  may 
be  to  us,  is  one  which  eminently  harmonizes 
with  all  we  can  learn  respecting  the  method  of 
the  Divine  tuition  of  souls.  There  is  one  kind 
of  knowledge  which  the  Creator  has  appointed 
shall  be  acquired  by  the  busy  Intellect,  and 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  23 

wliich,  wlicn  so  acquired,  is  held  in  inalienable 
possession.  There  is  another  kind  of  know- 
ledge which  He  gives  to  faithful  and  obedient 
hearts,  and  which  even  the  truest  of  them  hold 
on  the  precarious  tenure  of  sustained  faith  and 
unrelaxing  obedience.  The  future  world  as- 
suredly belongs  to  this  latter  class  of  know- 
ledge. It  is,  as  one  of  the  greatest  of  living 
teachers  has  said,  "  a  part  of  our  religion,  not  a 
branch  of  our  geography."  "Why  it  is  so,  and 
why  our  passionate  longings  for  more  sense- 
satisfying  information  cannot  be  indulged,  we 
can  even  partially  see ;  for  we  may  perceive 
that  it  would  instantaneously  destroy  the  per- 
spective of  this  life,  and  nullify  the  whole 
present  system  of  moral  tuition  by  earthly 
joys  and  chastisements.  The  mental  chaos  into 
which  those  persons  obviously  fall  who  in  our 
day  imagine  that  they  have  obtained  tangible, 
audible  and  visible  proofs  of  another  life,  sup- 
plies evidence  of  the  ruinous  results  which 
would  follow  were  any  such  corporeal  access  to 
the  other  world  actually  opened  to  mankind. 

Let  us  then  courageously  face  the  conclusion 
which  we  seem  to  have  reached.     The  key 


24  THE    LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 

which  must  open  the  door  of  Hope  beyond  the 
grave  will  never  be  found  by  fumbling  among 
the  heterogeneous  stores  of  the  logical  under- 
standing. Like  the  one  with  which  the  Pilgrim 
unlocked  the  dungeon  of  Giant  Despair's  Castle, 
it  is  hidden  in  our  own  breasts — given  to  us 
long  ago  by  the  Lord  of  the  "Way. 

This  essay  is  not  the  place,  even  were  I  pos- 
sessed of  the  needful  ability,  to  determine  the 
true  "Grammar  of  Assent"  as  regards  such 
Faith  as  is  now  in  question.  I  must  limit 
myself  to  addressing  those  readers  who  are  pre- 
pared to  concede  that  spiritual  things  are  "  spi- 
ritually discerned,"  and  moral  things  morally ; 
and  that  the  human  moral  sense  and  religious 
sentiment  are  something  more  than  untrust- 
worthy delusions.  To  those  who  doubt  all 
this,  who  believe  in  food  and  houses  and  rail- 
ways and  stocks  and  gravitation  and  electricity, 
but  not  in  self-sacrificing  Love  or  Justice  or 
God,  I  can  say  nothing.  The  argument  has 
been  shewn  to  have  no  standpoint  on  any 
grounds  they  will  admit.  That  they  should 
disbelieve  in  immortality,  is  the  perfectly  logi- 
cal outcome  of  their  other  disbeliefs.    It  would 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  25 

be  entirely  inconsequent  and  irrational  for  them 
to  believe  in  it. 

Assuming,  then,  that  I  address  men  and 
women  who  believe  in  God  and  Justice  and 
Love,  I  proceed  to  endeavour  to  shew  how — 
even  should  they  stand  appalled  by  the  diffi- 
culties of  belief  in  Immortality — they  may  yet 
oppose  to  those  difficulties  moral  arguments  so 
numerous  and  irrefragable,  that  the  scale  may 
well  turn  on  the  side  of  belief.  I  hope  to  shew 
that,  by  many  different  but  converging  lines, 
Faith  uniformly  points  to  a  Life  after  Death, 
and  that  if  we  follow  her  guidance  in  any  one 
direction  implicitly,  we  are  invariably  led  to 
the  same  conclusion.  Nay,  more :  I  think  it 
may  be  demonstrated  that  we  cannot  stop  short 
of  this  culmination  and  afterwards  retain  intact 
our  faith  in  anything  beyond  matters  of  sense 
and  experience.  Every  idea  we  can  form  of 
Justice,  Love,  Duty,  is  truncated  and  imperfect 
if  we  deny  them  the  extension  of  eternity ;  and 
as  for  our  conception  of  God,  I  see  not  how  any 
one  who  has  realized  the  ''  riddle  of  the  painful 
earth,"  can  thenceforth  call  Him  "  good,"  unless 
he  believe  that  the  solution  is  yet  to  be  given 
to  that  dark  problem  hereafter. 


26  THE    LIFE    APTER   DEATH. 

The  following  are  some  of  tlie  channels  in 
which  Faith  flows  towards  Immortality. 

I.  There  is  one  unendurable  thought.  It  is, 
that  Justice  may  fail  to  be  done  in  time  or  in 
eternity.  This  thought  makes  the  human  soul 
writhe  like  a  trampled  worm.  Other  ideas  are 
sad,  even  agonizing,  but  this  one  cannot  be 
borne.  No  courage,  no  virtue,  no  unselfishness, 
will  help  us  to  bear  it.  The  better  we  are,  the 
more  insufferable  it  is.  To  receive  it  into  the 
soul  is  madness.  On  the  other  hand,  every 
threat  besides,  however  sorrowful  or  terrible, 
if  it  be  but  overshadowed  by  the  sense,  "  It  will 
be  just,"  becomes  endurable — nay,  is  followed 
by  a  sort  of  awful  calm.  Could  we  even  feel 
certain  that  our  guilt  merited  eternal  perdition, 
then  the  doom  of  Hell  would  bring  to  us  only 
dumb  despan\  Something  greater  than  our- 
selves within  us  would  say  to-  the  wailings  of 
our  self-pity,  ''Peace!  be  stiU."  But  let  us 
only  doubt  that  there  is  any  Justice  here  or 
hereafter,  let  us  think  that  "Wrong  and  Tyranny 
may  be  finally  triumphant,  and  Groodness  and 
Heroism  ultimately  defeated,  punished  and  de- 
rided, and  lo  I  there  surges  up  fi'om  the  very 
depths  of  our  souls  a  high  and  stern  Eemon- 


THE    LIFE    AFTER    DEATH.  27 


strance,  an  appeal  which  should  make  the  hol- 
low heavens  resound  with  our  indignation  and 
our  rebellion. 

The  religions  of  the  world,  well  nigh  in  the 
proportion  in  which  they  deserve  to  be  called 
religions  and  not  mere  dreams  of  awe  and 
wonder,  are  the  expressions  of  the  universal 
human  aspiration  after  Justice.  Even  the  Budd- 
hist creed  (whose  acceptance  by  the  myriads  of 
Eastern  Asia  for  two  millenniums  gives  the  lie 
to  so  many  of  our  theories,  and  seems  to  shew 
human  nature  different  under  another  sky) — 
even  this  abnormal  creed  insists  that  Eighteous- 
ness  rules  everywhere  and  for  ever ;  even  when 
it  teaches  there  is  no  righteous  Euler  on  high, 
or  ''peradventure  he  sleepeth"  in  the  eternal 
slumber  of  l^irvana.  The  doctrine  of  "  Karma," 
— that  every  good  and  every  evil  action  in- 
exorably brings  forth  fruit  of  reward  or  fruit 
of  punishment  in  this  life  or  some  other  life  to 
come, — is  the  confession  of  three  hundred  mil- 
lion souls  that,  if  they  can  endure  to  live  with- 
out God,  they  yet  cannot  live  without  Justice. 
!N'ay,  it  is  more.  It  is  evidence  that  human 
Eeason  can  accept  such  a  blank  absurdity  as 
the  idea  that  the  unintelligent  elements  may 


28  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

bring  about  moral  order,  sooner  than  the  human 
Spirit  can  rest  satisfied  that  such  moral  order 
is  nowhere  to  be  found.  Gravitation  and  elec- 
tricity may  weigh  self-sacrifice  and  purity  in 
their  balances,  and  the  winds  and  waves  may 
measure  out  the  punishment  of  cruelty  and 
falsehood ;  but  Virtue  cannot  be  without  reward, 
nor  can  the  crimes  which  human  tribunals  fail 
to  reach,  escape  retribution  for  ever. 

The  shapes  which  this  desire  of  Justice  as- 
sumes in  the  earlier  stages  of  human  thought 
are,  of  course,  rude  and  materialistic  in  the 
extreme.  Men  cannot  expect  from  Nemesis, 
or  Karma,  or  Jehovah,  higher  justice  than  they 
have  begun  to  apprehend  as  the  law  of  their 
own  dealings.  But  everywhere  throughout 
mythology,  history  and  poetry,  we  may  trace 
the  parallel  lines  of  the  moral  growth  of  each 
nation,  and  the  corresponding  development  of 
its  belief  that  over  and  above  human  justice 
there  is  a  Justice-working  Power,  personal  or 
impersonal,  controlling  all  events,  and  making 
war  and  plague  and  famine,  the  earthquake 
and  the  storm,  the  punishments  of  crime ;  and 
health  and  victory,  length  of  days,  abundant 
wealth  and  numerous  progeny,  the  rewards  of 
vii'tue. 


THE    LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  29 

The  obvious  failure  of  the  exhibition  of  any 
such  overruling  Justice  in  multitudes  of  in- 
stances, has  commonly  driven  the  bewildered 
observers  to  devise  explanations  more  or  less 
ingenious  of  each  particular  case,  but  rarely,  if 
ever,  to  the  much  more  logical  course  of  aban- 
doning the  expectation  of  such  Justice.  Half 
the  myths  of  the  elder  nations  are  nothing 
more  than  hypotheses  invented  to  justify  Pro- 
vidence and  explain  consistently  with  equity 
some  striking  inequality  in  the  distribution  of 
prosperity  and  adversity.  As  I^egroes  and 
Canaanites  underwent  more  cruel  oppressions 
than  other  races,  their  supposed  progenitor  Ham 
must  have  incurred  some  special  curse.  As 
women  endure  peculiar  sufferings,  and  are,  in 
early  times,  altogether  enslaved  by  men,  so  Eve 
must  have  merited  the  punishment  of  bringing 
forth  children  in  sorrow,  and  being  "  ruled 
over"  by  her  husband.  As  the  cities  of  the 
Plain  were  overwhelmed  by  a  terrific  convul- 
sion, so  it  was  certain  Sodom  and  Gomorrah 
were  more  wicked  than  Memphis  or  Thebes. 
In  Grecian  fable,  the  calamities  which  befel  the 
house  of  (Edipus  presupposed 

"  The  ill-advised  transgression  of  old  Laius  ;" 


30         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

and  even  such  trivial  matters  as  the  blackness 
of  the  crow  and  the  chatter  of  the  magpie 
might  be  traced  to  the  punishment  of  a  human 
offender  transformed  into  the  bird  whose  whole 
race  thenceforward,  like  that  of  Adam,  was 
destined  to  bear  the  penalty  of  "  original  sin." 
Nor  do  the  monuments  of  the  graver  thoughts 
of  mankind  bear  less  emphatic  testimony  than 
mythology  to  the  universal  desire  to  "  see  Jus- 
tice done."  Beginning  with  the  Yedas  and 
Genesis,  Homer  and  Herodotus,  we  may  trace 
the  straining  effort  of  every  writer  to  "  point 
a  moral"  of  reward  and  punishment,  even  when 
the  facts  to  be  dealt  with  lent  but  faint  colour 
to  the  lesson  that  perfidious  chiefs  will  always 
be  defeated,  and  good  kings  crowned  with  vic- 
tory and  prosperity.  The  story  of  ruined  cities 
is  always  told  in  the  same  spirit : 

"  They  rose  while  all  the  depths  of  guilt  their  vaiii  creators 
sounded ; 
They  fell  because  on  fraud  and  force  their  corner-stones 
were  founded." 

In  every  age  and  nation,  epics,  dramas  and 
popular  legends,  wherever  they  may  be  found, 
either  directly  aim  to  represent  what  we  have 
significantly  learned  to  name  '' Poetic  Justice," 


THE   LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  31 

or  pay  the  idea  still  deeper  homage  by  founding 
the  tragedy  of  the  piece  on  the  failure  of  Justice. 
Never  is  the  notion  absent,  either  from  the 
ethical  poets,  such  as  the  author  of  "Job," 
Euripides,  Dante  or  Milton,  or  from  those  who 
have  followed  the  principle  of  Art  for  Art's 
sake  —  ^schylus,  Shakespeare  and  Goethe. 
Each  of  us  in  the  course  of  life  exemplifies  the 
cycle  of  human  thought  in  the  matter.  In  child- 
hood we  read  History  with  impatient  longing 
for  the  triumph  of  patriots  and  heroes  and  the 
overthrow  of  their  oppressors,  and  we  prefer 
ancient  history  to  modern  because  it  seems  to 
offer  a  clearer  field  for  the  vindication  of  ethical 
ideas.  In  youth  we  find  delight  in  the  romances 
which  exhibit  Virtue  as  crowned  with  success 
and  wickedness  defeated ;  and  it  is  invariably 
with  a  mingled  sense  of  surprise  and  indigna- 
tion that  we  fiing  down  the  first  tale  which 
leaves  us  at  its  conclusion  with  our  legitimate 
anticipations  of  such  a  denouement  unsatisfied. 
To  this  hour  the  play-going  public,  which  re- 
presents the  youthful- mindedness  of  the  com- 
munity, refuses  to  sanction  any  picture  of  life 
wherein,  ere  the  curtain  falls,  the  hero  is  not 
vindicated  from  all  aspersion  and  the  villain 


32         THE  LIFE  AETEE  DEATH. 

punished  and  exposed.  Only  far  on  in  life 
and  in  literary  culture  do  we  begin,  with  many 
misgivings,  mournfully  to  recognize  the  supe- 
rior verisimilitude  of  tales  which  depict  Virtue 
as  receiving  no  reward,  and  Guilt  no  punish- 
ment, in  this  world. 

The  question,  "How  mankind  has  come  to 
possess  this  confidence  in  I^emesis?"  will  of 
course  be  answered  differently  according  to  our 
various  theories  of  the  origin  of  all  moral  sen- 
timents. Dr.  Johnson  ascribes  our  passion  for 
justice  to  the  simple  source  of  Fear  lest  we 
should  personally  suffer  from  injustice, — an 
hypothesis  which  would  be  highly  satisfactory, 
provided,  in  the  first  place,  we  were  all  so  good 
that  we  had  everything  to  hope  and  nothing  to 
dread  from  justice ;  and,  secondly,  provided  our 
interest  in  justice  never  extended  backward  in 
time  and  far  off  into  distance,  immeasurably 
beyond  the  circle  of  events  in  which  we  can 
ever  have  personal  concern.  The  theory  which 
would  accord  with  the  general  neo-utihtarian 
doctrine  now  in  fashion  would  be  a  little  more 
philosophic  than  this.  Our  modern  teachers 
would  probably  tell  us  that  our  expectation  of 
justice  is  the  result  of  the  "set"  of  the  human 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.         33 

brain,  fixed  by  experience  throngh  countless 
generations.  As  our  sense  of  Duty  is,  on  their 
showing,  derived  from  the  repeated  observation 
of  the  utility  of  virtuous  actions,  so,  on  the 
same  principle,  our  expectation  of  Justice  must 
come  from  numberless  observations  of  instances 
wherein  justice  has  been  illustriously  mani- 
fested. It  is,  indeed,  easier  to  see  how  the 
constant  association  of  the  ideas  of  guilt  and 
punishment,  virtue  and  reward,  formed  by  such 
observations,  should  produce  the  expectation 
to  see  one  always  follow  the  other,  than  it  is 
to  understand  how  the  observation  of  the  Uti- 
lity of  Virtue  should  impress  upon  us  the 
solemn  categoric  imperative,  "Be  virtuous." 
The  expectation  of  Justice  might  be  merely  an 
intellectual  presumption  of  the  same  character 
as  our  anticipation  of  the  recurrence  of  day  and 
night,  or  any  other  phenomena  associated  in 
unbroken  sequence.  The  sense  of  Duty  is  a 
practical  spur  to  action,  whose  relation  to  its 
supposed  origin  of  long-observed  utility  remains, 
when  all  is  said,  a  ''mystic  extension"  of  that 
prosaic  idea  altogether  unaccountable. 

But  there  is  imfortunately  a  difficulty  in  the 
way  of  availing  ourselves  of  this  easy  solution 

D 


34  THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 

of  the  origin  of  the  universal  expectation  of 
Justice.  It  is  hard  to  see  how  the  "  set  of  our 
brains"  towards  such  expectation  could  have 
been  formed  by  experience,  considering  that 
no  generation  seems  to  have  been  favoured  by 
any  such  experience  at  all.  To  produce  such 
a  "  set,"  it  would  (by  the  hypothesis)  be  neces- 
sary that  the  instances  wherein  Justice  was 
plainly  exhibited  should  be  so  common  as  to 
constitute  the  rule,  and  those  wherein  it  failed 
exceptions  too  rare  to  hinder  the  solid  mass  of 
conviction  from  settling  in  the  given  direction. 
Like  a  sand-bar  formed  by  the  action  of  the 
tides  and  currents,  our  ''  set  of  brain"  can  only 
come  from  uniform  impressions,  and  were  the 
angle  of  pressure  to  shift  continually,  it  is  clear 
it  could  take  no  permanent  shaj)e  whatever. 
Now,  does  any  one  imagine  that  such  uniform 
and  perspicuous  vindication  of  Justice  in  the 
course  of  events,  has  been  witnessed  by  mankind' 
at  any  age  of  the  world's  history  ?  Is  there  any- 
thing like  it  impressed  upon  our  own  minds  as 
we  read  day  after  day  of  public  affairs,  or  reflect 
on  the  occurrences  of  private  life?  Are  we 
accustomed  to  see  well-meant  actions  always 
followed  by  reward,   and  evil  ones  infallibly 


THE   LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  35 

productive  of  failure  or  disgrace  ?  Even  at 
the  present  stage  of  moral  advance  in  public 
opinion  and  in  righteous  legislation,  can  we 
flatter  ourselves  that  things  are  so  arranged  as 
to  secure  the  unvarying  triumph  of  probity, 
veracity,  modesty,  and  all  the  other  virtues, 
and  the  exemplary  overthrow  of  fraud,  impu- 
dence and  selfishness?  Suppose  a  cynic  to 
hold  the  opposite  thesis,  and  maintain  that  we 
are  continually  punished  for  our  generosity  and 
simplicity,  and  rewarded  for  cunning  and  hypo- 
crisy. Should  we  be  able  to  overwhelm  him 
with  a  mass  of  instances  to  the  contrary,  ready 
at  a  moment's  notice  in  our  memory  ?  Can  we 
imagine  (as  a  single  illustration  of  the  subject) 
that  the  thousands  of  adulterating  tradesmen 
and  fraudulent  merchants  in  England  at  this 
moment  would  pursue  their  evil  courses  so 
consistently,  did  daily  experience  really  warn 
those  sagacious  persons  that  "Honesty  is  the 
best  policy"  ?  Of  course,  as  we  recede  towards 
times  when  laws  were  far  less  just  than  they 
are  now,  and  oppression  and  violence  were  far 
more  common,  the  scene  becomes  darker  and 
less  hopeful.  Looking  back  through  the  vista 
of  the  historic  and  pre-historic  ages,  the  proba- 

d2 


36  THE    LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 

bility  of  finding  a  reign  of  Astreea  when  Eight 
always  triumplied  over  Might,  becomes  neces- 
sarily "fine  by  degrees  and  beautifully  less," 
till  we  are  driven  to  the  conclusion,  that,  if  yf^e 
owe  the  set  of  our  brains  towards  Justice  to  the 
experience  of  our  ancestors,  that  "set"  must 
have  been  given  when  Justice  was  rarely  mani- 
fest at  all,  "and  the  earth  was  full  of  violence 
and  cruel  habitations."  The  share  which  the 
purely  physical  laws  have  had  in  punishing 
moral  ofiences  has  doubtless  been  always  what 
it  is  now,  and  that  share,  to  all  our  knowledge, 
is  extremely  obscure.  If  health  and  longevity 
are  the  frequent  accompaniment  of  one  class  of 
virtues,  disease  and  death  are  equally  often 
incurred  by  another ;  nor  is  there  any  sort  of 
token  that  abundant  harvests  or  blighted  fields, 
prosperous  voyages  or  tempest-driven  wrecks, 
have  any  relation  to  the  moral  character  of  the 
mariner  or  the  agriculturist ;  or  that  from  the 
observation  of  such  events  for  sixty  centuries, 
a  theory  of  morals  could  possibly  have  been 
evolved.  Practically,  it  is  obvious  that  men 
do  not  see  wickedness  and  infer  punishment, 
but  rather  when  they  see  punishment  they  infer 
wickedness.    A  thousand  tyrants  had  been  more 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  37 

cruel  than  Herod,  and  yet  had  never  been 
"  smitten  by  God"  with  the  portentous  disease 
of  which  the  Idumsean  died.  A  hundred  in- 
vaders before  Xerxes  had  trampled  on  the  necks 
of  conquered  nations,  but  no  I^emesis  had  de- 
served a  temple  for  rebuking  their  pride ;  no 
Hellespontine  waves  had  risen  in  tempest  to 
destroy  their  fleets. 

It  is  not  Experience,  then,  it  never  could  be 
experience  gained  in  such  a  world  as  ours, 
which  has  impressed  on  the  brain  of  man  its 
"set"  towards  the  expectation  of  Justice,  or 
inspired  its  string  of  accordant  aphorisms,  that 
"  the  wicked  will  come  to  a  fearful  end,"  that 
"murder  will  out,"  that  "honesty  is  the  best 
policy,"  and  that  "  the  righteous"  man  is  never 
forsaken,  nor  his  seed  destined  to  "beg  their 
bread."  From  some  other  source  remote  from 
experience  we  must  have  derived  an  impression 
which  we  persistently  maintain,  and  endeavour 
to  verify  in  defiance  of  ever-recurring  failure 
and  disappointment.  What  that  source  may 
be,  it  does  not  vitally  concern  the  present  argu- 
ment to  determine.  Probably  the  expectation 
may  most  safely  be  treated  as  the  imperfect 
intellectual  expression  of  a  great  moral  intui- 


38  THE    LIFS    AFTER   DEATH. 

tion,  forming  an  ultimate  fact  of  our  moral 
constitution.  All  such  deep  but  dim  intuitions, 
wlien  rendered  into  definite  ideas,  are  necessa- 
rily imperfect  and  liable  to  error.  "We  err  both 
as  to  the  time  and  the  form  in  which  they  are 
to  be  fulfilled.  We  feel  that  Justice  ought  to 
be  supreme ;  but  when  we  translate  that  senti- 
ment into  an  idea,  we  fondly  picture  the  great 
scheme  of  the  universe  developed  within  the 
sphere  of  our  vision.  Like  children  possessed 
of  a  magnet,  we  imagine  the  pole  to  which  it 
points  may  be  found  in  the  neighbouring  field. 
Our  magnet  is  true  enough ;  but 

" the  far-off  Divine  Event 

Towards  wliicli  the  whole  creation  moves," 

is  beyond  our  horizon.  And,  similarly,  we  give 
to  our  spiritual  intuitions  materialistic  forms 
which  are  far  from  rendering  them  voraciously. 
The  concrete,  the  visible,  the  tangible,  are  in- 
evitably the  earliest  expressions  even  of  our 
highest  sentiments.  We  feel  the  Majesty  of 
God,  and  picture  Him  seated  on  a  throne.  We 
feel  His  Justice,  and  the  myth  of  a  Day  of 
Judgment  rises  before  us.  In  like  manner, 
our  intuitive  expectation  that  virtue  will  be  re- 
warded, clothes  itself  in  all  manner  of  carnal 


THE    LIFE   AFTER  DEATH.  39 

shapes  of  crowns  and  riches ;  and  our  expecta- 
tion that  vice  will  be  punished,  in  similar  shapes 
of  pain  and  infamy.  At  a  further  stage  of 
human  thought,  when  the  anticipation  of  phy- 
sical reward  and  punishment  in  this  life  has 
been  of  necessity  postponed  to,  or  supplemented 
by,  those  of  another  world,  we  substitute  the 
almost  equally  materialistic  rewards  of  Elysium 
and  Paradise,  or  penalties  of  Jehanum  and  Hell. 
It  needs  a  long  course  of  progress  to  get  beyond 
such  ideas,  and  learn  to  render  spiritual  senti- 
ments spiritually,  and  moral  ones  morally  only. 
It  militates  nothing  against  the  veracity  of  the 
origmal  profound  intuition  of  Justice,  that 
hitherto  men  have  thus  mistranslated  it  into 
the  promise  of  a  speedy  settlement  of  the  Great 
Account  in  the  gross  earthly  coin  of  physical 
good  or  evil,  here  or  hereafter.  That  intuition 
will  doubtless  be  far  more  perfectly  fulfilled  in 
the  grander  scope  of  eternity,  and  by  means 
of  the  transcendent  joys  and  sorrows  of  the 
spiritual  life.  When  we  have  advanced  far 
enough  to  feel  that  all  other  good  and  evil  are 
as  nothing  in  comparison  of  these,  it  will  be 
easy  to  see  how  the  Supreme  Justice  may  use 
those  tremendous  instruments  in  its  ultimate 


40  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

dealings  with  merit  and.  demerit;  and  reward 
Yirtiie — not  with  the  dross  of  earthly  health  or 
wealth,  or  of  celestial  crowns  and  harps — but 
with  the  only  boon  the  true  saint  desires,  even 
the  sense  of  union  with  God ;  and  punish  Yice 
— not  with  disease  and  disgrace,  nor  with  the 
fire  and  worms  of  hell — but  with  the  most 
awful  of  all  penalties,  the  severance  of  the  soul 
from  Divine  light  and  love.  'No  one  who  has 
obtained  even  a  glimmering  of  the  meaning  of 
these  spiritual  realities  can  hesitate  to  confess 
that  his  soul's  most  passionate  craving  after 
Justice  may  be  superabundantly  fulfilled  in 
such  ways ;  even  in  worlds  not  necessarily 
divided  into  distinct  realms  of  reward  and  pun- 
ishment, but  where,  as  in  another  school  and 
higher  stage  of  being,  our  spiritual  part  shall 
have  freer  scope  and  leave  the  carnal  in  the 
shade. 

We  now  proceed  to  the  next  step  of  the  argu- 
ment, which,  as  yet,  makes  no  appeal  beyond 
experience.  "We  assume  that  mankind  at  large 
anticipates  and  desires  that  Justice  may  be 
done.  Is  it  done  in  this  world?  We  have 
seen  that  it  is  not  outwardly  or  perspicuously 
vindicated, — is  there,   nevertheless,  room  left 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.         41 

to  suppose  that  it  possibly  may  have  been  ful- 
filled in  ways  hidden  from  us,  such  as  the 
satisfaction  of  a  mens  eonseia  rectij  or  the  misery 
of  secret  remorse  ? 

The  answer  to  this  question  has  been  com- 
monly evaded,  or  the  question  itself  blinked, 
under  what  I  conceive  to  be  a  most  mistaken 
sense  of  reverence  to  God.  Sometimes  we  are 
told  it  is  not  for  us  to  say  what  is  Justice ;  and 
sometimes  we  are  reminded  how  little  we  can 
guess  the  hidden  joys  and  pangs  of  our  fellow- 
creatures,  and  how  easily  these  may  counter- 
balance all  external  conditions.  I  do  not  think 
the  case  is  so  obscure  as  is  alleged,  and  I  am 
quite  sure  that  reverence  for  God  never  requires 
us  to  close  our  eyes  to  facts.  What  is  in  ques- 
tion is  not  any  abstract  or  occulta  Justitia^  but 
precisely  our  idea  of  Justice — that  expectation 
which,  by  some  means  or  other,  has  been  raised 
in  the  hearts  of  men  from  the  beginning  of 
history  till  now.  Is  that  fulfilled,  or  room  left 
for  its  fulfilment,  in  this  world?  I  do  not 
hesitate  to  affirm  that  it  is  not  fulfilled — and 
that  in  thousands  of  cases  there  is  no  room  left 
wherein  it  can  possibly  be  fulfilled  up  to  the 
hour  of  death.     No  retribution  which  could 


42  THE   LIFE   AFTEK   DEATH. 

satisfy  it  has  had  space  to  be  exhibited.  The 
tyrant  with  his  last  breath  has  crowned  the 
pyramid  of  his  crimes  and  died  with  the  smile 
of  gratified  cruelty  on  his  lips.  The  martyr 
has  expired  in  tortures  of  body  and  of  mind. 
Nothing  that  can  be  imagined  to  have  been 
experienced  of  remorse  in  the  one  soul,  or  of 
joy  in  the  other,  would  rectify  the  balance. 

Two  classes  of  readers  will  demur  to  what  I 
have  to  say  on  this  topic.  One  will  take  the 
injustice  of  the  world  to  be  so  notorious  a  fact 
as  to  need  no  elaborate  proof,  and  will  resent 
as  superfluous  any  attempt  to  establish  it.  The 
other  will  be  shocked  by  the  naked  statement, 
and  may  even  contradict  it  with  impatience. 
Let  us  clear  up  our  position  a  little.  What  a 
well- developed  sense  of  Justice  requires  for  its 
satisfaction  is,  that  no  one  being  shall  suff'er 
more  than  he  has  deserved,  or  undergo  the 
penalty  of  another's  guilt.  It  is  nothing  to 
the  satisfaction  of  such  Justice  that  nine  hun- 
dred and  ninety-nine  persons  are  treated  with 
exactest  equity,  if  the  humblest  and  meanest 
bears  sufferings  disproportioned  to  his  deserts ; 
nor  if  the  punishment  which  A  has  merited 
falls  upon  B,  and  the  reward  of  the  virtue  of 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  43 

C  be  enjoyed  by  D.  A  single  instance  of  posi- 
tive injustice  done  to  a  single  individual  would 
siiffice  to  decide  the  point.  Justice  is  not  ful- 
filled on  earth  if  there  has  been  one  such  case 
since  creation. 

I^ow  will  any  one  dispute  that  such  cases 
have  occiuTcd,  not  singly,  but  by  hundreds  and 
thousands?  Of  course  there  are  innumerable 
instances,  seemingly  of  crying  injustice,  in 
which,  could  we  see  behind  the  scenes  and 
know  all  the  bearings  of  the  matter,  we  should 
find  no  injustice  at  all.  But  there  are  also 
other  instances  in  which,  rationally  speaking, 
it  is  certain  there  was  injustice,  and  no  further 
knowledge  conceivable  could  alter  our  judg- 
ment. With  all  reverence  I  will  endeavour  to 
state  one  such  case,  about  which  there  can  be 
little  obscurity. 

Jesus  Chi'ist  was  assuredly  one  of  the  holiest 
of  men.  He  died  in  undeserved  tortui-es,  and 
at  the  supreme  hour  of  his  agony  he  cried  out 
in  despair,  "My  God,  why  hast  thou  forsaken 
me?"  Instead  of  flooding  his  departing  soul 
with  the  raptui'ous  vision  which  might  have 
neutralized  all  the  horrors  of  the  cross,  it 
pleased  the  Father,  whom  he  loved  as  no  man 


44         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

had  loved  Him  before,  to  withdraw  all  con- 
sciousness of  His  presence,  and  to  leave  him. 
to  expire  in  darkness  and  doubt.  That  ancient 
story,  stripped  of  all  its  misleading  supernatu- 
ralism,  seems  to  me  the  sufficient  evidence  that 
God  reserves  His  justice  for  eternity. 

It  is  not  only  the  crimes  and  merits  of  the 
death-hour  to  which  Justice  fails  to  mete  due 
measure  upon  earth.  ISTothing  is  more  obvious 
than  that  men  are  continually  doomed  to  suffer 
for  the  evil-doing  of  others,  and  that  the  good 
which  one  has  sown  another  reaps.  Health 
and  disease,  honour  and  ignominy,  wealth  and 
poverty,  everything  we  can  name  in  the  way 
of  external  good  and  evil,  come  to  us  more 
often  by  the  virtue  and  vice  of  our  parents  and 
neighboui's  than  by  any  merit  or  demerit  of  our 
own. 

Again,  the  enormous  inequality  in  the  dis- 
tribution of  penalties  for  similar  offences,  leaves 
a  huge  mass  of  injustice  which  it  is  impossible 
to  suppose  is  often  providentially  rectified  in 
this  life.  For  myself,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  say 
that  the  intolerable  cruelty  with  which  sins  of 
unchastity  in  women  are  visited  all  over  the 
world,  in  comparison  of  the  immunity  from  dis- 


THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  45 

grace  enjoyed  by  profligate  men,  decides  for 
me  the  question.  Could  we  realize  the  reflec- 
tions of  many  a  poor  wretch  banished  from  her 
home  for  her  first  transgression,  and  driven  on 
helplessly,  scoui'ged  by  hunger  and  infamy, 
deeper  and  deeper  into  ruin,  till  she  lies  wrecked 
in  body  and  soul, — could  we  understand  her 
feelings  as  she  compares  her  lot  with  that  of 
the  man  who  first  tempted  her  to  sin,  and 
whose  fault  has  never  stood  in  the  way  of  his 
prosperity  or  reputation, — we  should  then  learn 
somewhat  of  how  the  supposed  Justice  of  the 
world  appears  from  another  side  from  that  on 
which  the  haj)py  behold  it. 

In  a  world  where  such  things  happen  every 
day,  is  it  possible  to  maintain  that  Providence 
trims  the  balance  of  Justice  on  this  side  the 
grave,  or  that  the  inner  life's  history,  if  revealed 
to  us,  would  rectify  any  apparent  outward  in- 
equality? The  horror  of  such  cases  lies  pre- 
cisely in  this :  that  the  hideously  excessive 
punishment  of  the  one  sinner  consists  in  the 
fact  that  she  is  forced  helj)lessly  into  the  deepest 
moral  pollution ;  while  the  light  penalty  of  the 
other  leaves  him  life-long  space  for  restoration 
to  self-respect  and  virtue. 


46         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

When  we  go  back  from  our  own  age  of  com- 
parative equity  to  darker  times,  or  pass  to  the 
contemjDlation  of  the  wrongs  suffered  in  semi- 
harbarous  countries,  the  impressions  of  injustice 
multij)ly  and  deepen.  We  think  of  the  hundred 
thousand  helpless  creatures  burnt  to  death  for 
the  impossible  crime  of  witchcraft ;  the  victims 
of  bigotry  or  statecraft  who  have  languished 
out  their  lives  in  the  dungeons  of  the  Inqui- 
sition, of  the  Bastille,  of  every  castle  which 
frowned  over  the  plains  of  mediaeval  Europe; 
of  the  myriads  who  suffered  by  that  huge 
"mockery  of  justice,  the  question  by  torture ;  of 
the  untold  miseries  of  the  slaves  and  serfs  of 
classic  and  modern  times;  and,  finally,  of  the 
crowning  mystery  of  all,  the  woful  sufferings 
of  innocent  little  babes  and  harmless  brutes ; — 
and  as  these  things  pass  before  us,  instead  of 
doubting  whether  Justice  sometimes  fails,  we 
begin  to  doubt  whether  all  history  be  not  the 
record  of  its  failure,  and,  like  Shelley,  we  are 
ready  to  talk  of  "  this  ivrong  world." 

What  does  Faith  say  now  ?  Surely  she  stakes 
her  whole  authority  on  the  assertion  that  there 
is  another  life  where  such  failures  of  justice 
will  be  rectified?     The  moral  argument  for 


THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  47 


Immortality  drawn  from  the  consideration  of  its 
necessity  to  give  ethical  completion  to  the  order 
of  Pjovidence,  is  quite  irrefragable.  Either 
moral  arguments  have  no  practical  validity,  or 
in  this  case,  at  all  events,  we  may  rely  upon 
the  conclusion  to  which  they  point.  Man's 
noblest  and  most  disinterested  passion — a  pas- 
sion which  may  well  be  deemed  the  supreme 
manifestation  of  the  Divine  element  in  his 
nature — will,  if  death  be  the  end  of  existence, 
have  proved  a  miserable  delusion;  while  God 
Himself  will  prove  to  have  created  us,  children 
of  the  dust,  to  love  and  hope  for  Justice ;  but 
Himself  to  disregard  Justice  on  the  scale  of  a 
disappointed  world. 

I  have  devoted  so  large  a  space  to  this  parti- 
cular line  of  considerations  in  favour  of  a  Life 
after  Death,  because  I  conceive  that  it  has 
hardly  received  all  the  attention  it  deserves,  or 
been  generally  stated  as  broadly  as  is  requisite 
to  exhibit  its  enormous  force.  We  are  not  un- 
frequently  reminded  that  our  personal  sense  of 
Justice  is  unsatisfied  in  this  world ;  but  it  is 
rarely  set  forth  that  it  is  the  sacred  thirst  of 
the  whole  human  race  for  Justice  which  is  de- 
frauded if  there  be  no  world  beyond.     We  are 


48  THE   LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

often  exhorted  to  hope  that  the  Lord  of  Con- 
science will  not  prove  Himself  less  just  towards 
ns  than  He  requires  us  mortals  to  he  to  one 
another.  But  we  are  not  bidden  resolutely  and 
with  filial  confidence  to  say — the  more  boldly 
so  much  the  more  reverently — Either  Man  is 
Immortal  or  Grod  is  not  Just. 

II.  Another  line  of  thought  leading  to  the 
same  conclusion  lies  parallel  with  the  above,  but 
can  here  be  only  briefly  indicated.  Creation, 
as  we  behold  it,  presents  a  scene  in  which  not 
only  Justice  fails  to  be  completed,  but  no  single 
purpose,  such  as  we  can  attribute  for  a  moment 
to  a  good  and  wise  Creator,  is  thoroughly  worked 
out  or  fulfilled.  If  we  take  the  lowest  hypo- 
thesis, and  say  He  meant  us  merely  to  be  happy 
— to  have  just  such  a  preponderance  of  pleasure 
over  pain  as  should  make  existence  on  the  whole 
a  boon  and  not  a  curse — then  it  is  clear  that 
there  are  multitudes  with  regard  to  whom  His 
purpose  fails;  as,  for  example,  the  poor  babes 
who  come  into  the  world  diseased,  and  who 
die  after  weeks  or  months  of  pain,  without 
enjoyment  of  any  kind.  And  if  we  take  a  more 
worthy  view  of  the  purpose  of  creation,  and 
suppose  that  God  has  made  us  and  placed  us  in 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  49 

this  world  of  trial  to  attain  the  highest  end  of 
finite  beings,  namely,  virtue  and  union  with 
His  own  Divine  spirit,  then  still  more  obviously, 
for  thousands  of  men  and  women,  this  blessed 
purjiose  is  abortive ;  for  their  mortal  life  has 
ended  in  sin  and  utter  alienation  from  God  and 
goodness.  If  God  be  wise.  He  cannot  have 
made  His  creatures  for  ends  He  knew  they 
would  never  reach ;  nor  if  He  be  good,  can  He 
have  made  them  only  for  suffering,  or  only  for 
sin.  There  is  no  escape  from  the  conclusion  to 
which  Faith  points  unhesitatingly,  namely,  to 
a  world  wherein  the  beneficent  designs  of  God 
will  finally  be  carried  out. 

As  the  preceding  argument  appealed  to  the 
Justice  of  God,  so  this  one  hinges  on  His 
Goodness  and  His  Wisdom.  It  is  essentially  a 
Theistic  argument,  as  distinguished  from  the 
Pantheistic  glorification  of  intellectual  great- 
ness. The  Pantheist  says  that  a  philosopher 
ought  to  be  immortal,  for  he  is  the  crown  of 
things.  The  Theist  says  that  a  tortured  slave, 
a  degraded  woman,  must  be  immortal,  for  God's 
creature  could  not  have  been  made  for  torture 
and  pollution.  To  minds  which  have  been 
wont  to  ponder  on  the  theme  of  the  meaning 

E 


50  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

and  purpose  of  creation,  this  ground  of  faith  in 
Immortality  is  perhaps  the  most  broadly  satis- 
factory of  any.  Having  once  learned  to  think 
of  God  as  the  Almighty  Guide  who  is  leading 
every  soul  He  has  made  to  the  joy  of  eternal 
union  with  Himself,  it  becomes  simply  impos- 
sible to  lower  that  conception,  and  think  of  Him 
as  content  to  "  let  him  that  is  ujijust  be  unjust 
still,"  and  permit  His  rebellious  child  to  perish 
for  ever  with  a  blasphemy  on  his  lips. 

III.  Again,  the  incompleteness  and  imper- 
fection of  the  noblest  ])avt  of  man,  compared 
to  the  finished  work  which  creation  elsewhere 
presents,  affords  ground  for  the  presumption 
that  that  noblest  j)art  has  not  yet  reached  the 
development  it  is  intended  to  attain.  The  green 
leaf  gives  no  promise  of  becoming  anything  but 
a  leaf,  and  in  due  time  it  withers  and  drops  to 
the  ground  without  exciting  in  the  beholder 
any  sense  of  disappointment.  But  the  flower- 
bud  holds  out  a  different  prospect.  If  the 
canker-worm  devour  it  ere  it  bloom  into  a 
rose,  we  are  sensible  of  grievous  failure;  and 
a  garden  in  which  all  the  buds  should  so  perish 
would  be  more  hideous  than  any  desert.  The 
body  of  a  man  grows  to  its  full  stature  and 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  51 

complete  development;  but  no  man  lias  ever 
yet  reached  his  loftiest  mental  stature,  or  the 
plenitude  of  moral  strength  and  beauty  of  which 
he  is  capable.  If  the  simile  be  just  which 
compares  the  physical  nature  to  a  scaffolding, 
and  the  spiritual  to  the  temple  built  up  within 
it,  then  we  behold  the  strange  anomaly  of  a 
mere  framework  made  so  perfect  that  it  could 
gain  nothing  were  it  preserved  to  the  fabulous 
age  of  the  patriarchs,  while  the  temple  within 
is  never  finished,  and  is  often  an  unsightly 
heap.  The  "City  of  God"  cannot  be  built  of 
piles  never  to  be  completed,  nor  His  Garden  of 
Souls  filled  with  flowers  destined  all  to  canker 
ere  they  bloom. 

IV.  Human  love  also  urges  on  us  an  appeal 
to  Faith  which  has  probably  been  to  millions 
of  hearts  the  most  conclusive  of  all.  We  are 
fond  of  quoting  the  assertion,  that 

"  'Tis  better  to  have  loved  and  lost 
Than  never  to  have  loved  at  all." 

But  its  truth  may  very  much  be  questioned, 
unless  we  can  trust  that  the  "many  waters" 
of  the  Dark  Eiver  "  cannot  quench  love,"  and 
that  we  shall  surely  rejoice  still  in  that  light 

E  2 


52  THE   LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

of  life  upon  the  further  shore.  Intense  love 
becomes  torture  if  we  believe  it  to  be  a  transient 
joy,  the  ''  meteor  gleam  of  a  starless  night," 
and  fear  that  it  must  soon  go  out  in  unfathom- 
able gloom.  To  think  of  the  one  whose  inner- 
most self  is  to  us  the  world's  chief  treasure, 
the  most  beautiful  and  blessed  thing  God  ever 
made,  and  believe  that  at  any  moment  that 
mind  and  heart  may  cease  to  le,  and  become 
only  a  memory,  every  noble  gift  and  grace 
extinct,  and  all  the  fond  love  for  ourselves  for- 
gotten for  ever, — this  is  such  agony,  that  having 
once  known  it  we  should  never  dare  again  to 
open  our  hearts  to  affection,  unless  some  ray  of 
hope  should  dawn  for  us  beyond  the  grave. 
Love  would  be  the  curse  of  mortality  were  it 
to  bring  always  with  it  such  unutterable  pain 
of  anxiety,  and  the  knowledge  that  every  hour 
which  knitted  our  heart  more  closely  to  our 
friend  also  brought  us  nearer  to  an  eternal 
separation.  Better  never  to  have  ascended  to 
that  high  Vita  Nuova  where  self-love  is  lost 
in  another's  weal,  better  to  have  lived  like  the 
cattle  which  browse  and  sleep  while  they  wait 
the  butcher's  knife,  than  to  endure  such  despair. 
But  is  there  nothing  in  us  which  refuses  to 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  63 

believe  all  this  nightmare  of  the  final  sundering 
of  loving  hearts  ?  Love  itself  seems  to  announce 
itself  as  an  eternal  thing.  It  has  such  an  ele- 
ment of  infinity  in  its  tenderness,  that  it  never 
fails  to  seek  for  itself  an  expression  beyond  the 
limits  of  time,  and  we  talk,  even  when  we  know 
not  what  we  mean,  of  "undying  aff'ection," 
"  immortal  love."  It  is  the  only  passion  which 
in  the  nature  of  things  we  can  carry  with  us 
into  another  world,  and  it  is  fit  to  be  prolonged, 
intensified,  glorified  for  ever.  It  is  not  so 
much  a  joy  we  may  take  with  us,  as  the  only 
joy  which  can  make  any  world  a  heaven  when 
the  affections  of  earth  shall  be  perfected  in  the 
supreme  love  of  God.  It  is  the  sentiment  which 
we  share  with  God,  and  by  which  we  live  in 
Him  and  He  in  us.  All  its  beautiful  tender- 
ness, its  noble  self-forgetfulness,  its  pure  and 
ineffable  delight,  are  the  rays  of  God's  Sun  of 
Love  reflected  in  our  souls. 

Is  all  this  to  end  in  two  poor  heaps  of  silent 
dust  decaying  slowly  in  their  coffins  side  by 
side  in  the  vault  ?  If  so,  let  us  have  done  with 
prating  of  any  Faith  in  heaven  or  earth.  We 
are  mocked  by  a  fiend.  Mephistopheles  is  on 
the  throne  of  the  universe. 


64         THE  LIFE  AETER  DEATH. 

Y.  Another  and  very  remarkable  moral  argu- 
ment for  Immortality  was  put  forth,  some  years 
ago  by  Prof.  Newman,  and  has  never  (to  my 
knowledge)  attracted  the  attention  it  deserves. 
It  cannot  be  stated  more  succinctly  than  in  his 
own  volume  of  "Theism"  (p.  75).  After  de- 
scribing our  pain  at  the  loss  of  a  friend,  he 
continues : 

"  But  if  Virtue  grieve  thus  for  lost  virtue  justly, 
How  then  must  God,  the  Fountain  of  Virtue,  feel  1 
If  our  highest  feelings,  and  the  feelings  of  all  the  holy, 
Guide  rightly  to  the  Divine  heart,  then  it  would  grieve 

likewise. 
And  grieve  eternally,  if  Goodness  perish  eternally. 
'Naj,  and  as  a  man  who  should  live  ten  thousand  years, 
Sustained  miraculously  amid  perishing  generations. 
Would  sorrow  perpetually  in  the  perpetual  loss  of  friends, 
Even  so,  some  might  judge  the  Divine  heart  likewise 
Would  stint  its  affections  towards  the  creatures  of  a 

day 

Would  it  not  be  a  yawning  gulf  of  ever-increasing  sorrow 
Losing  every  loved  one,  just  when  virtue  was  ripening. 
And  foreseeing  perpetual  loss,  friend  after  friend,  for 

ever, 
So  that  all  training  perishes  and  has  to  be  begun  anew, 
Winning  new  souls  to  virtue,  to  be  lost  as  soon  as  won  1 
If  then  we  must  not  doubt  that  the  Highest  has  deep 

love  for  the  holy. 
Such  love  as  man  has  for  man  in  pure  and  sacred  friend- 
ship, 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  65 

We  seem  justly  to  infer  that  those  whom  God  loves  are 

deathless ; 
Else  would  the  Divine  blessedness  be  imperfect  and 

impaired. 
N'or  avails  it  to  reply  by  resting  on  God's  infinitude, 
Which  easily  supports  sorrows  which  would  weigh  us 

do^vn ; 
For  if  to  promote  Virtue  be  the  highest  end  with  the 

Creator, 
Then  to  lose  His  own  work,  not  casually  and  by  exception, 
But  necessarily  and  always,  agrees  not  with  his  Infinitude 
More  than  with  his  Wisdom,  nor  more  than  with  his 

Blessedness. 
In  short,  close  friendship  between  the  Eternal  and  the 

Perishing 
Appears  unseemly  to  the  nature  of  the  Eternal, 
Whom  it  befits  to  keep  his  beloved,  or  not  to  love  at  all. 
But  to  say  God  loveth  no  man,  is  to  make  religion  vain  ; 
Hence  it  is  judged  that  '  whatsoever  God  loveth,  liveth 

with  God.'" 

lu  the  five  ways  now  specified,  the  moral 
arguments  drawn  from  the  phenomena  of  human 
life  and  sentiment,  and  from  all  that  we  may 
conjecture  of  the  Divine  purposes,  lead  up  in- 
directly to  the  conclusion  that  there  must  be 
another  act  of  the  drama  after  that  on  which 
the  curtain  falls  at  death. 

There  remain  some  other  lines  of  thought 
converging  towards  the  same  end  which  cannot 


56  THE    LIFE    AETER   DEATH. 

now  be  followed  out ;  as,  for  example,  the  en- 
nobling influence  of  the  belief  in  Immortality  ; 
which  Faith  refuses  to  trace  to  a  delusion. 
Space  only  can  be  reserved  to  touch  briefly  on 
the  two  forms  in  which  mankind  possesses 
something  like  a  direct  consciousness  of  a  Life 
after  Death,  and  in  which  Faith  therefore  speaks 
immediately  and  without  any  preliminary  argu- 
ment. These  two  forms  are :  1st,  the  general 
dim  consciousness  of  the  mass  of  mankind  that 
the  soul  of  a  man  never  dies ;  2nd,  the  specific 
vivid  consciousness  of  devout  men  that  their 
spiritual  union  with  God  is  eternal. 

YI.  The  first  of  these  forms  of  direct  faith  is 
too  familiar  a  topic  to  need  much  elucidation. 
The  extreme  variability  of  its  manifestations  in 
nations  and  individuals  makes  it  difficult  to 
estimate  its  just  value,  and  to  decide  whether 
we  have  a  right  to  treat  it  as  a  mere  tradition, 
or  as  the  quasi-umvQv^^i  testimony  of  the  soul 
to  its  own  natural  superiority  to  death.  It  may 
be  remarked,  however,  that  the  belief,  when 
examined  carefully  (e.  g.  as  in  Alger's  admira- 
ble History  of  the  Doctrine  of  a  Future  Life), 
bears  very  much  the  characteristics  we  should 
attribute  to  a  real  and  spontaneous  instinct,  and 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  57 

not  to  any  common  tradition, — such  as  that 
of  a  Deluge,  —  disseminated  by  the  various 
branches  of  the  human  family  in  their  migra- 
tions. 1st.  The  belief  begins  early,  though 
probably  not  in  the  very  earliest  stage  of 
human  development.  2nd.  It  attains  its  maxi- 
mum among  the  highest  races  of  mankind  in 
the  great  primary  forms  of  civilization  (e.  g.  the 
Egyptian,  Yedic-Aryan  and  Persian).  3rd.  It 
projects  such  various,  and  even  contrasted  ideals 
of  the  future  world  (e.  g.  Yalhalla  and  ISTirvana), 
that  it  must  be  supposed  to  have  sprung  up 
indigenously  in  each  race,  and  by  no  means  to 
have  been  borrowed  by  one  from  the  other. 
4th.  Finally,  the  instinct  begins  to  falter  at  a 
later  stage  of  civilization,  when  self-conscious- 
ness is  more  developed,  and  the  practice  of 
arguing  about  our  beliefs  takes  the  place  of 
more  simple  habits  of  mind, — a  stage  which  we 
may  perhaps  exactly  mark  in  Eoman  history 
when,  as  Cicero  tells  us,  "there  were  some  in 
his  day  who  had  begun  to  doubt  of  Immortal- 
ity." All  these  characters  would  certainly  form 
"notes"  of  an  original  instinct  in  the  human 
soul  testifying  to  its  own  undyingness,  and  are 
not  easily  accounted  for  on  any  other  hypothesis. 


58  THE   LIFE    AFTER    DEATH. 

It  will  be  observed  that  this  Consciousness 
of  Immortality,  and  the  Expectation  of  Justice, 
spoken  of  above,  are  entirely  distinct  things. 
Though  confluent  at  last,  they  have  remote 
sources.  It  is  at  a  comparatively  late  stage  of 
history  that  the  Expectation  of  Justice  projects 
itself  beyond  the  horizon  of  this  world,  and  at 
an  equally  late  one  when  the  Consciousness  of 
Immortality  crystallizes  into  a  definite  idea  of 
a  state  of  Eewards  and  Punishments! 

Direct  reliance  on  this  Consciousness  of  Im- 
mortality, when  it  happens  to  be  strongly  deve- 
loped in  the  individual,  is  probably  the  origin 
of  that  robust  faith  which  we  still  find,  not 
rarely,  among  persons  of  warm  and  simple 
natures.  Those  amongst  us  who  lack  such  vivid 
instinct  may  yet  obtain,  indirectly,  a  ground  of 
confidence  from  the  observation  of  its  almost 
universal  prevalence,  implying  its  Divine  origin 
and  consequent  veracity.  That  the  Creator  of 
the  human  race  should  have  so  formed  our 
mental  constitution  as  that  such  a  belief  should 
have  sprung  up  and  prevailed  over  the  whole 
globe,  and  yet  that  it  should  be  from  first  to 
last  a  mistake,  is  an  hypothesis  which  Faith 
cannot  endure.     The  God  of  Truth  will  have 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  59 

deceived  the  human  race  if  the  soul  of  a  man 
dies  with  his  body. 

VII.  Lastly :  the  most  perfect  and  direct 
faith  in  Immortality  is  assuredly  that  which  is 
vouchsafed  to  the  haj)py  souls  who  personally 
feel  that  they  have  entered  into  a  relation  with 
God  which  can  never  end.  It  is  hard  to  speak 
on  this  sacred  theme  without  appearing  to  some 
irreverent,  to  others  fanatical.  I  can  but  say 
that  there  are  men  and  women  who  have  given 
their  testimony  in  this  matter  whom  I  think 
we  do  well  to  trust,  even  as  prophets  who  have 
stood  on  Pisgah.  "  Faith  in  God  and  in  our 
eternal  union  with  Him,"  said  one  of  them, 
"are  not  two  dogmas  of  our  creed,  but  one." 
That  inner  experience  which  is  the  living  know- 
ledge of  the  one  truth,  brings  home  also  the 
other.  At  a  certain  stage  of  religious  progress, 
we  cannot  doubt  that  the  man  learns  by  direct 
perception  that  God  loves  him,  and  that  "he 
is  in  God  and  God  in  him,"  in  a  sense  which 
conveys  the  warrant  of  eternal  life.  As  hum- 
bler souls  find  their  last  word  of  faith  to  be 
that  of  Marcus  Aurelius,  "  Thou  wilt  do  well 
for  me  and  for  the  world," — such  a  man  has 
the  loftier  right  to  say  with  assurance  :   "  Thou 


60         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

wilt  guide  me  by  Thy  counsel  and  afterwards 
receive  me  to  glory.  Thou  wilt  not  leave  my 
soul  in  hell,  nor  suffer  Thine  holy  one  to  see 
corruption." 

Perhaps  the  knowledge  of  his  immortality 
has  come  to  the  saint  in  some  supreme  hour  of 
adoring  happiness.  Perhaps  it  has  come  when 
the  clouds  of  death  seemed  to  close  round  him, 
and,  instead  of  darkness,  lo  !  there  was  a  great 
light,  and  a  sense  of  Life  flowing  fresh  and 
strong  against  the  ebbing  tide  of  mortality ;  a 
life  which  is  the  same  as  love,  the  same  as 
infinite  joy  and  trust.  It  matters  not  whence 
or  how  it  came.  Thenceforth  there  is  for  him 
no  more  doubt.  The  next  world  is  as  sure  as 
the  present,  and  Grod  is  shining  over  all. 

Such,  for  a  few  blessed  souls,  seems  to  be 
the  perfect  ''  evidence  of  things  not  seen."  But 
can  their  full  faith  supply  our  lack  ?  Can  we 
see  with  their  eyes  and  believe  on  their  report  ? 
It  is  only  possible  in  a  very  inferior  measure. 
Yet  if  our  own  spiritual  life  have  received  even 
some  faint  gleams  of  the  "light  which  never 
came  from  sun  or  star,"  then,  once  more,  will 
our  faith  point  the  way  to  Immortality ;  for  we 
shall  know  in  what  manner  such  truths  come 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  61 

to  the  soul,  and  be  able  to  trust  that  what  is 
dawn  to  us  may  be  sunrise  to  those  who  have 
journeyed  nearer  to  the  East  than  we;  who 
have  surmounted  Duty  more  perfectly,  or  passed 
through  rivers  of  affliction  into  which  our  feet 
have  never  dipped.  God  cannot  have  deluded 
them  in  their  sacred  hope  of  His  eternal  love. 
If  their  experience  be  a  dream,  all  prayer  and 
all  communion  may  likewise  be  dreams.  In  so 
far  as  we  have  faith  in  such  prayer  and  commu- 
nion, we  can  believe  in  the  high  experience  of 
the  saints ;  and  so  in  the  immortal  life  to  which 
it  witnesses. 


62         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 


II. 


The  immense  growth  which,  has  taken  place 
in  the  moral  consciousness  of  mankind  within 
historical  times  may  be  estimated  by  a  simple 
observation.  The  Future  Life,  which  was  once 
altogether  uncoloured  by  moral  hues,  has  for 
ages  been  painted  as  if  it  were  a  Moral  Life 
only ;  all  its  happiness  Eeward,  and  all  its 
suffering  either  Eetribution  or  Purification. 
In  the  preceding  paper,  it  was  remarked  in 
passing  that  the  consciousness  of  Immortality 
and  the  expectation  of  Justice  are  totally  dis- 
tinct things,  and,  though  confluent  at  last, 
arise  in  remote  sources.  It  is  at  a  compara- 
tively late  historical  era  that  the  expectation 
of  Justice  projects  itself  beyond  the  horizon 
of  this  world;  and  equally  late  when  the 
consciousness  of  Immortality  takes  shape  as 
an  ideal  state  of  rewards  and  punishments 
beyond  the  grave.  But  having  once  passed 
into  this  phase,  it  is  astonishing  how  rapidly 


THE    LIFE    AFTER    DEATH.  63 

the  Moral  aspect  of  the  future  world  begins  to 
occupy  the  minds  of  men,  almost  to  the  exclu- 
sion of  every  other.  The  analogies  of  our  pre- 
sent existence  (if  they  might  be  accounted  in 
any  measure  as  guides)  would  lead  us  to  infer 
that  hereafter,  as  here,  the  moral  life  will  be 
only  one  of  the  elements  of  existence;  and 
though  the  most  important  of  all  (and  therefore 
more  discernible  at  a  higher  elevation),  yet 
never  absolutely  bare  and  alone,  but  rather, 
like  the  granite  foundations  of  the  eternal  hills, 
clothed  with  forests  of  usefulness  and  flowery 
meads  of  beauty  and  affection.  Instead  of  this, 
the  popular  idea  for  millenniums  has  been,  that 
the  moment  a  man  dies,  he  goes,  not  into  a 
higher  School  with  its  lessons  and  its  play 
(often  the  most  instructive  of  lessons),  but  into 
a  Divine  Police-court,  where  the  presiding 
Magistrate,  —  Minos  or  Osiris,  or  He  who 
frowns  behind  the  altar  of  the  Sistine, — is 
always  sitting  in  readiness  to  send  him  to  the 
dread  prison  on  one  hand,  or  to  dole  him  out 
the  arrears  of  pay  for  his  faith  and  virtues  on 
the  other.  When  that  sentence  has  been  passed, 
all  that  follows  throughout  eternity  is  (accord- 
ing to  the  same  conception)  merely  a  sequel 


64  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

thereof — either   punishment  or  reward  under 
diiFerent  forms  of  suffering  or  enjoyment. 

Of  course  among  persons  accustomed  to  think 
freely  for  themselves,  such  views  as  these  carry 
no  authority;  but  it  would  be  well  if,  before 
tui'ning  our  attention  to  a  study  of  the  pro- 
blems connected  with  the  possible  conditions  of 
a  future  life,  we  could  shake  ourselves  alto- 
gether free  of  them  and  start  afresh.  That 
which  the  past  has  really  bequeathed  to  us  is 
an  immense  consensus  of  the  human  race  in 
favour  of  the  two  opinions,  "  that  the  Soul  of  a 
man  never  dies,"  and  that  "  Justice  will  be  done 
hereafter,  if  not  here."  The  value  of  this  almost 
universal  testimony  is  (as  I  have  endeavoured 
to  shew  in  the  preceding  part  of  this  essay) 
very  great  indeed.  But  beyond  these  two  great 
general  affirmations,  the  voice  of  the  ages  can 
say  nothing  to  us  of  the  smallest  weight  con- 
cerning either  the  details  of  the  life  to  come, 
or  of  the  special  form  in  which  justice  is  to 
be  fulfilled.  The  soul  may  have  consciousness 
of  its  own  immortality,  and  the  moral  sense 
may  point  to  the  final  triumph  of  justice  as 
the  needle  points  to  the  magnetic  pole.  But 
the    details    of   how,    when  and   where,    the 


THE    LIFE    AFTEK   DEATH.  65 

future  life  is  to  be  spent,  or  how  justice  is 
to  be  fulfilled,  are  matters  regarding  whicli  it 
is  inii^ossible  that  we  can  have  any  conscious- 
ness ;  and  such  ideas  as  we  inherit  concerning 
them  must  needs  have  come  to  us  tlurough  the 
exercise  of  the  mytho^^oeic  faculty  of  men  of 
old,  elevated  as  time  went  on  to  the  rank  of 
Divine  revelations.  And  it  is  to  be  remarked 
that  as  these  ideas  (e.g.  that  of  a  New  Jeru- 
salem) were  evolved  in  accordance  with  the 
psychology,  politics,  aesthetics,  and  all  other 
conditions  of  the  community  which  gave  them 
birth,  so  they  inevitably  bear  the  stamp  of  their 
age,  and  we  entangle  ourselves  in  endless  ana- 
chronisms by  retaining  them  now,  even  with 
widest  latitude  of  Swedenborgian  tyjDe-making. 
Few  readers  of  Gibbon  will  forget  the  scorn 
wherewith  that 

"  Lord  of  irony,  the  master-spell 
Which  stung  his  foes  to  hate  which  grew  from  fear," 

describes  the  origin  of  the  Apocalyptic  vision. 
In  the  state  of  society  in  the  Eoman  empire  in 
the  first  and  second  centuries,  a  town  was  the 
centre  of  all  delights,  and  the  country  was  con- 
sidered a  place  of  banishment.     "A  City,"  he 

F 


66         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

says,  ''was  accordingly  constrnctecl  in  the  skies 
of  gold  and  jewels."  l^ow,  in  England,  on  the 
contrary,  in  the  nineteenth  century,  nothing 
can  be  further  from  our  notions  of  peace  and 
repose  than  a  walled  town,  even  if  provided 
with  gates  of  the  singularly  incongruous  mate- 
rial of  pearls.  Eather,  when  Martin  some  years 
ago  desired  to  paint  the  "Plains  of  Heaven," 
he  innocently  sketched  a  handsome  English 
pleasure-ground,  with  a  distant  view — let  us 
say  of  the  "Weald  of  Kent,  or  of  the  Shropshire 
woodlands  with  the  Welsh  niountains  in  the 
horizon.  Had  he  attempted  to  depict  the  Blessed 
walking  up  and  down  on  the  trottoirs  of  a 
gold-paved  street,  his  critics  would  have  treated 
him  as  a  caricaturist  of  the  legend  of  Whit- 
tington,  rather  than  as  an  illustrator  of  the 
Vision  of  the  Seer  of  Patmos.  And  yet  it  may 
be  questioned  whether,  in  the  minds  of  thou- 
sands amongst  us,  orthodox  and  heterodox, 
some  dim  idea  of  the  Apocalyptic  City  does 
not  even  yet  arise  whenever  we  think  of  another 
life ;  an  idea  perhaps  more  directly  derived  in 
our  case  from  Bunyan  than  from  St.  John.  It 
would  be  superfluous  to  remark  further,  how 
the  doctrine  of  the  Eesurrection  of  the  Body, 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.         67 

which  accommodated  itself  to  the  pneumatology 
of  the  Egyptians  and  Jewish  Pharisees,  still 
colours  the  notions  of  persons  who  have  (so  far 
as  they  are  conscious)  entirely  renounced  any 
such  belief,  and  who  are  quite  aware  of  the 
insolubility  of  the  problems  concerning  Spirit 
and  Matter,  of  which  the  ancients  cut  the  knot 
with  so  much  decision.  If  we  would  avoid 
following  in  the  wake  of  perfectly  unseaworthy 
speculations,  we  must  needs  let  all  these  notions 
di'ift  away  from  us  at  once  and  for  ever. 

Another  order  of  errors  from  which  it  is  also 
very  desirable  we  should  clear  our  minds  are 
those  which  arise  from  the  old  view  of  the 
Creator  as  a  Dens  ex  Macliina^  always  ready 
miraculously  to  interfere  with  the  order  of 
things,  and  bring  His  moral  will  suddenly  to 
bear  upon,  and  snap  the  chain  of  physical 
events.  If  the  soul  does,  as  we  believe,  survive 
the  dissolution  of  the  body,  then  that  survival 
is  assuredly  a  natural  event,  prepared  for  even 
from  the  first  beginnings  of  our  physical  exist- 
ence, and  taking  place  normally  as  the  new- 
born child  enters  the  world.  The  child  comes 
into  the  light  out  of  darkness,  and  we  seem  to 
pass  into  darkness  out  of  light,  but  the  one 

f2 


68  THE    LIFE   AETEE   DEATH. 

transition  must  be  as  natural  as  the  other.  It 
is  among  the  "infinite  possibilities  of  l^ature" 
■ — IN'ature,  whose  Laws  are  the  changeless  Habits 
of  God — that  the  Immortality  of  the  human 
soul  must  be  henceforth  anticipated ;  not  among 
the  beneficent  freaks  of  an  erratic  OmnijDotence. 
Excluding  these  ancient  misleadings,  and 
endeavouring  to  stand  face  to  face  with  the 
bare  fact  that  the  Self  of  man  must  be  disem- 
bodied if  it  survive  death,  what  are  the  con- 
ditions of  existence  conceivable  under  such 
severance  ?  It  is  a  truism  all  too  familiar,  that 
an  unborn  babe  might  projDhesy  of  the  flowers 
and  stars  which  are  shortly  to  meet  its  eyes,  as 
well  as  a  living  man  tell  of  the  things  which  lie 
beyond  the  tomb.  But  I  apprehend  that  the 
utter,  unilluminable  darkness  which  conceals 
the  whole  outer  environment  of  the  future  life 
(a  darkness  which  no  apocalypse  could  lighten), 
does  not  close  quite  so  imj)enetrably  as  has 
been  generally  supposed  over  the  conditions  of 
the  inner  world  which  we  must  needs  carry 
with  us.  Our  position  is  in  a  measure  like  that 
of  a  blind  man  who  should  be  told  that  on  a 
certain  day  he  should  both  receive  his  sight 
and  suffer  amputation  of  his  arms.     What  re- 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.         69 

ceiving  his  sight  may  be,  he  cannot  in  the 
remotest  degree  guess  or  understand,  but  he 
may  form  some,  not  wholly  false,  conception  of 
what  it  will  be  to  lose  his  limbs.  At  death,  a 
portcullis  falls  on  the  senses,  the  appetites  are 
cut  off  at  their  roots,  and  the  affections  are  sub- 
jected to  a  strain  of  changed  conditions  hitherto 
untried.  Perhaps  still  more  intimate  changes 
may  be  involved,  and  with  the  loss  of  its  brain- 
tablet,  Memory  may  alter  its  character.  In  any 
case,  our  whole  past  world  is  gone,  whatever 
new  one  may,  either  immediately  or  at  a  remoter 
future,  take  its  place  and  supply  us  with  fresh 
sensations  and  ideas.  Like  creatures  which 
have  hitherto  inhabited  the  waters,  we  quit  the 
element  in  which  we  have  lived  and  moved 
and  had  our  being;  and  whatever  we  have 
henceforth  to  experience  must  come  from  ano- 
ther. Yet  we  carry  ouf^selves  into  the  new  ele- 
ment,— selves  which  must  be  affected  most 
importantly  by  the  transition,  but  which  can- 
not, in  the  nature  of  things,  lose  their  indivi- 
duality, or  change  instantaneously  their  ethical 
status.  In  the  following  pages  regard  will  be 
paid  exclusively  to  those  problems  which  arise 
on  contemplating  the  simple  fact  of  disembodi- 


70  THE   LIFE   AETER   DEATH. 

ment  and  its  consequences;  and  no  attempt 
whatever  will  be  made  to  construct  any  theory 
of  the  ouUuard  conditions  of  the  surviving  Self 
or  its  possible  environment.  Further,  it  must 
be  understood  that  it  is  rather  with  the  hope  of 
stating  such  problems  with  some  fresh  clear- 
ness, and  leaving  the  reader  to  choose  between 
the  dilemmas  which  arise,  than  with  the  bolder 
ambition  of  offering  a  solution  of  them,  that  I 
have  engaged  in  this  task.  Only  in  a  few  cases 
has  it  seemed  to  me  that  there  are  indications 
sufficiently  obvious  to  enable  us  to  decide  with 
some  degree  of  confidence  regarding  the  true 
answers  to  the  eager  questions  of  our  hearts. 
To  avoid  perpetual  circumlocutions,  I  shall 
speak  generally  of  the  disembodied  Self  as  the 
"  Soul,"  without  thereby  intending  to  commit 
myself  to  any  particular  theory  associated  with 
the  word,  either  as  distinguished  from  Matter 
or  (according  to  the  ancient  pneumatology)  from 
that  much-misleading  term,  "Spirit."* 

*  It  may  perhaps  aid  a  little  to  bring  reader  and  writer 
to  mutual  comprehension  in  these  obscure  researches,  if  I 
say  that  such  idea  as  I  have  been  able  to  form  of  the 
rationale  of  Immortality  is,  that  Life,  vegetative,  animated, 
conscious  and  self-conscious,  forms  a  series  of  evolutions. 


THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  71 

I.  With  regard  to  the  Intellectual  part  of  us 
which  may  survive  dissolution,  the  difficulties 
seem  even  more  abstruse  and  insoluble  than 
those  which  concern  the  Love  which  may  be 
renewed,  or  the  Justice  which  may  be  fulfilled 
hereafter.  Is  Knowledge,  such  as  we  gain  on 
earth,  an  everlasting  treasure  ?  Can  we  lose  it, 
any  more  than  we  can  lose  the  food  which  we 
have  swallowed,  and  which  has  gone  to  make 

not  merely  in  the  sense  of  a  higher  and  more  elaborate 
organization,  but  of  a  subtler  essence, — a  series  of  sheaths 
out  of  which  finer  and  finer  shoots  grow  successively,  till 
at  last  comes  the  Flower  of  full  Consciousness,  into  whose 
heart  the  Divine  Sun  pours  His  beams  directly,  and  wherein 
is  formed  a  Seed  which  does  not  perish  when  the  petals 
fall  in  the  dust.  The  stage  of  being  at  which  something, 
self-conscious  or  otherwise,  survives  the  dissolution  of  the 
body  may  be — nay  (in  my  humble  oj)inion),  is  almost  cer- 
tainly— a  lower  one  than  we  have  been  accustomed  to 
consider.  A  few  only  out  of  the  grounds  of  faith  in  human 
immortality  apply  to  the  immortality  of  the  higher  brutes  ; 
but  human  immortality  being  assumed  as  a  given  fact,  and 
a  future  life  for  man  being  predicated  as  normal,  the  phy- 
siological laws  (whatever  they  may  be)  under  which  such 
survival  takes  place  in  our  case,  are  almost  sm'e  to  apply 
to  creatures  many  of  whom  possess  intelligence  and  senti- 
ment far  surpassing  those  of  human  infants.  The  great 
argument  of  Justice  of  course  applies  to  ill-used  and  inno- 
cent beasts  with  even  greater  force  than  to  similarly  ill-used 
but  more  or  less  guilty  men. 


72  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

up  the  tissue  of  our  frames  ?  Or,  on  the  other 
hand,  can  we  keep  it,  and  carry  it  with  us, 
entering  the  higher  state,  one  of  us  as  a  philo- 
sopher, and  the  other  as  a  boor  ?  If  this  last 
hypothesis  be  the  nearest  to  the  truth,  then  we 
ask.  Whether  all  kinds  of  knowledge,  or  only 
the  knowledge  which  deals  with  l^ature  or 
eternal  things,  have  value  in  the  other  world  ? 
Thus  we  find  ourselves  conducted  to  the  prac- 
tical query,  Whether  the  education  of  earth 
ought  not  to  be  carried  on  with  reference  to 
the  probable  value  of  mental  acquirements  be- 
yond the  sjDhere  of  human  concerns?  The 
common  and  orthodox  notion  of  Immortality 
seems  to  be,  that  the  silliest  or  most  ignorant 
person  admitted  into  heaven  instantly  becomes 
wiser  than  Plato,  and  far  better  acquainted 
with  science  than  Humboldt.  But  even  new 
organs,  new  capacities,  new  revelations,  can 
scarcely  convey  such  knowledge  and  wisdom 
instantaneously.  The  philosopher  who  has 
eagerly  sought  some  hidden  truth,  may  find 
the  light  immediately  break  on  his  soul;  the 
man  of  science  who  has  thoroughly  understood 
and  ardently  endeavoured  to  untie  the  knots  of 
creation's  mysteries,  may  be  enabled  to  loosen 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  73 

them  by  the  help  of  fresh  faculties  and  wider 
vision.  But  it  seems  well-nigh  nonsense  to 
talk  of  a  clown  who  has  no  notion  that  there 
are  hidden  truths  or  mysteries  waiting  explana- 
tion, to  receive  the  whole  flood  of  quasi-omni- 
science  into  the  narrow  mill-dam  of  his  soul. 
"To  him  that  hath  shall  be  given."  For  him 
that  hath  not,  some  rudiments  and  dawning 
rays  of  knowledge  seem  all  that  he  is  cajDable 
of  receiving.  The  Hottentot  who  died  in  his 
kraal  an  hour  before  Sir  John  Herschel,  did  he 
learn  in  that  hour  more  about  the  laws  and 
motions  of  the  heavenly  bodies  than  Herschel 
knew  ?  Or  were  Herschel' s  illumined  eyes  able 
to  take  in  at  a  glance  what  the  Hottentot  will 
take  years  to  learn,  when,  as  the  old  Greek 
epitaph  on  Thales  has  it,  "he  was  removed  on 
high  because  his  eyes,  dimmed  by  age,  could 
no  longer  from  afar  behold  the  stars"  ? 

The  difficulty  of  conceiving  how  any  mental 
act  is  hereafter  to  be  performed  tvithout  a  brain 
which  hitherto  has  been  performed — if  not  "  ^^," 
yet  invariably  "  wiW^  and  "  through''''  the  brain 
— has  been  undoubtedly  immeasurably  height- 
ened by  recent  physiological  discoveries  which 
have  tended  more  and  more  at  each  step  to  con- 


74  THE    LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 

nect  both.  Thought  and  Memory  with  changes 
in  cerebral  matter.  Dr.  Carpenter's  very  re- 
markable paper  in  the  Contemporary  Eeview 
for  May,  1873,  "On  the  Hereditary  Transmis- 
sion of  acquired  Psychical  Habits,"  goes  very 
far  indeed  towards  identifying  alike  the  con- 
sciousness of  present  sensorial  impressions  and 
the  memory  of  past  ones,  with  physical  changes 
in  the  brain ;  and,  however  willing  we  may  be 
to  retain  the  notion  that  there  is  a  Soul  in  all 
cases  (except  perhaps  those  of  unconscious  or 
involuntary  cerebration),  present  and  active, 
using  the  brain  as  its  instrument,  and  no  more 
identifiable  therewith  than  the  organist  with 
his  organ,  we  still  find  ourselves  face  to  face 
with  an  appalling  problem  when  we  try  to  ima- 
gine any  way  in  which  a  Brainless  Soul  can 
Think  or  Eemember.  The  two  hypotheses  open 
to  us  in  the  matter  are,  to  suppose  either,  first, 
that  the  thing  which  we  speak  of  as  the  Soul 
has  many  powers  undisclosed  now,  while  it  is 
wrapped  in  the  sheath  of  the  body — ^powers  to 
Perceive  (as  magnetized  persons  have  been  sup- 
posed to  do)  without  use  of  eyes  or  ears,  and 
corresponding  powers  to  Eemember  without  a 
Note-book  Brain ;  or,  second,  that  (as  Leibnitz 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.         75 

insisted  with  regard  to  every  finite  intelligence) 
the  Soul  is  necessarily  always  clothed  with  a 
material  body  more  or  less  rarefied,  and  that  it 
finds  in  its  future  "spiritual  body"  of  the  old 
Pauline  type,  fresh  organs  of  consciousness.  Of 
these  abysses  of  speculation  the  present  writer 
has  no  intention  to  do  more  than  skirt  the  edge, 
merely  refusing  to  cover  them  up,  as  is  too 
often  done,  with  cut -and -dried  phrases,  like 
traps  awaiting  us  in  the  hours  of  doubt  and 
darkness.  The  strain  on  moral  and  religious 
Faith  caused  by  the  difficulties  attendant  on 
every  theory  of  a  Life  after  Death  is  simply  enor- 
mous ;  and  the  more  plainly  we  recognize  that 
it  is  so,  the  safer  we  are.  He  is  a  foolish  en- 
gineer who  refuses  to  test — lest  it  should  break 
down  under  the  strain — the  strength  of  the 
bridge  over  which  ere  long  everything  dear  to 
him  must  pass.  One  point,  however,  regarding 
these  solemn  problems  may,  I  think,  here  be 
justly  noted,  having  in  effect  come  out  into  much 
clearer  light  than  heretofore  in  consequence  of 
the  physiological  discoveries  above  mentioned. 
The  hypothesis  of  a  re-clothing  of  the  disem- 
bodied Soul  with  a  new  body  is  now  the  less 
tenable  of  the  two,  unless  we  are  prepared  to 


76         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

anticipate  an  obliteration  of  Memory.  It  will 
not  suffice  to  believe  that  fresb  senses  may  be 
developed  in  a  future  frame.  Such  senses  might 
properly  reveal  to  us  our  future  surroundings, 
as  our  present  ones  reveal  those  which  are  now 
present.  But  it  is  not  conceivable  that  they 
should  reveal  the  Past;  and  if  the  memorial 
tablet  of  the  brain  be  lost,  it  would  appear  that 
we  must  needs  find  our  new  organ  of  thought 
a  tabula  rasa.  Thus  we  are  shut  up  in  the 
dilemma  that  either  the  Soul  carries  its  own 
Memory  with  it  (in  which  case  it  would  seem 
as  if  it  may  as  naturally  retain  all  other  facul- 
ties, and  so  need  no  fresh  body) ;  or  that  it  does 
not  carry  its  Memory,  and  so,  when  re-embodied, 
lives  beyond  Lethe,  utterly  unaware  of  what 
has  passed  in  this  state  of  existence.  I  am 
not  disj)Osed  to  insist  that  there  could  be 
absolutely  no  fulfilment  of  Justice,  no  satis- 
faction of  the  unquenched  thirst  of  Love,  in  a 
world  between  which  and  our  own  had  fallen 
a  veil  of  Oblivion.  The  consequences  of  our 
acts  (as  I  shall  by-and-by  attempt  to  shew) 
may  bring  about  sure  retribution  by  working 
themselves  into  the  very  tissue  of  our  souls; 
and  Love  may  draw  once  more  together  and 


THE   LIFE   AFTER  DEATH.  77 

perfect  the  friendsliip  of  spirits  whose  affinity 
first  proclaimed  itself  here  below.  But,  un- 
doubtedly, so  far  as  we  can  yet  grasp  such 
thoughts,  the  retention  or  restoration  of  Memory 
is  almost,  if  not  absolutely,  a  sine  qua  non  among 
the  conditions  of  such  a  Life  after  Death  as 
shall  altogether  fulfil  those  aspirations  which 
(God-given  as  we  believe  them  to  be)  are  our 
chief  pledge  that  such  a  Life  awaits  us. 

11.  Yery  interesting,  though  less  important, 
are  the  speculations  regarding  another  world 
which  refer  to  that  side  of  our  intellectual  nature 
which  we  call  the  Esthetic.  How  will  the 
beauty  of  our  new  habitations  touch  us  ?  Or 
will  it  be  the  yet  unexplored  loveliness  of  our 
own  planet  which  we  shall  behold  at  last,  and 
no  longer  with  care-worn  hearts  or  tear-dimmed 
eyes  ?  To  how  many  of  the  sick  and  sufi'ering, 
the  narrow-fortuned,  the  toil-enslaved,  have  the 
scenes  of  Alps  and  Andes,  Grecian  isles  and 
Yosemite  valleys,  been  dreams  of  longing  never 
appeased  ere  death  closed  their  unsatisfied  eyes  ? 
What  bliss  might  be  given  to  many  of  the 
purest  of  souls,  who  have  passed  whole  years 
imprisoned  in  sordid  streets,   or  amid  all  the 


78  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

Ugliness  of  a  sick  chamber,  by  merely  permit- 
ting them  ''to  see  those  things  which  we  see," 
of  woods  and  hills  and  waters,  the  sumise  and 
the  moon  walking  in  glory  amid  the  clouds? 
We  dare  not  say  it  is  a  debt  owing  to  such 
souls  that  they  should  one  day  behold  God's 
beautiful  world ;  but  assuredly  it  would  be  no 
improbable  display  of  His  love  to  shew  it  to 
them. 

All  these  questions,  however,  and  all  which 
concern  the  mental  faculties  in  another  life,  are 
(as  I  said  a  few  pages  back)  even  more  rebuff- 
ing to  our  poor  thoughts  and  speculations  than 
those  which  concern  the  future  of  the  Affections 
and  the  Conscience ;  and  to  these  I  hasten,  as 
also  infinitely  the  most  interesting. 

III.  If  there  be  a  Life  after  Death,  it  can 
scarcely  be  but  that  Love  will  assume  therein 
a  much  higher  place  than  it  holds  here.  What 
gifts  of  tongues  and  proj)hecy  may  cease,  what 
wit  and  learning  and  science  may  "vanish 
away,"  we  cannot  define.  But  that  Love 
"never  faileth"  is  no  less  sure  than  that  we 
ourselves  shall  continue  to  be.  God  cannot — 
it  is  reverence  itself  that  makes  us  say  it — God 


THE    LIFE    AFTER    DEATH.  79 


cannot  have  made  our  human  hearts  as  if  ex- 
pressly to  contain  and  feed  that  light  of  a  world 
else  so  dark,  and  yet  permit  the  gleam  to  be 
extinguished  like  the  toy-lamps  launched  on 
the  Ganges,  leaving  them  to  go  down  the  stream 
of  eternity  in  the  blackness  of  night.  If  He 
can  and  does  so  ordain  it,  He  is  not  the  God 
who  has  given  us  the  law  of  justice  and  fidelity, 
nor  the  adored,  all-merciful  One  whom  we  have 
found  in  life's  supremest  hours  in  the  Holy  of 
Holies  of  Prayer.  He  is  not  our  God ;  and  even 
if  He  (or  It?)  be  a  "  Stream  of  Tendency,"  an 
"  TJniversum,"  or  the  "  Deity  of  the  Eeligion  of 
Inhumanity,"  which  our  various  new  teachers 
would  have  us  recognize,  Eeligion  is  evermore 
closed  to  us,  for  we  cannot  love  Him,  and  the 
hope  of  Immortality  vanishes  as  a  dream.  As 
Florence  ^Nightingale  recently  wrote,  "  Our 
ground  for  believing  in  a  future  life  is  simply 
Because  God  isy  His  character  is  the  pledge 
of  our  Immortality,  and  it  is  quite  as  much  the 
pledge  that  the  Love  which  is  the  most  godlike 
thing  in  us  shall  be  immortal  too.  Our  di\dnes 
are  so  jealous  of  what  they  have  deemed  to  be 
God's  "glory"  as  the  Judge  of  all  the  earth, 
that  they  have  supposed  Judging  to  be  altoge- 


80         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

ther  His  chief  concern,  and  that  He  calls  us 
from  the  grave  expressly  to  punish  us  or  to 
reward.  But  beside  these  royal  functions  of 
Deity  (if  we  may  so  express  it),  there  must 
remain  the  cares  of  the  tender  Father,  the  divine 
Friend ;  and  it  would  be  strange  indeed  if  these 
should  not  be  vindicated  by  that  Good  One 
quite  as  surely  and  perfectly  as  the  others. 

One  of  the  many  questions  which  crowd  on 
us  when  we  attempt  to  construct  any  theory  of 
what  the  future  of  the  Affections  may  be,  has 
doubtless  made  the  hearts  of  the  bereaved  ache 
whenever  it  has  occurred  to  them.  What  war- 
rant  have  we  that,  dying  long  years  after  our 
lost  ones,  perchance  in  wholly  different  spiritual 
and  moral  conditions,  we  shall  ever  meet  or 
overtake  them,  and  not  rather  remain  "  ever- 
more a  life  behind,"  "through  all  the  secular 
to  be"  ?  Even  granting  that  they  live  and  we 
live,  who  has  told  us  that  our  paths,  which 
haj^pened  to  approach,  like  those  of  a  comet 
and  a  planet,  for  the  mere  moment  of  earthly 
existence,  will  ever  touch  again  throughout  the 
cycles  of  eternity  ?  In  view  of  these  agonizing 
questions,  we  can  scarcely  wonder  at  those  who 
have  killed  themselves  with  their  beloved  ones. 


THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  81 

rather  than  allow  them  to  go  out  alone  into  the 
darkness,  striving  thus  to  secure  a  natural  prox- 
imity, even  while  they  madly  placed  the  moral 
distance  of  a  great  crime  between  them.  The 
supreme  kindness  of  Providence  would  seem  to 
be  shewn  when  it  suffers  two  loving  spirits  to 
pass  linked  in  inseparable  embrace  through  the 
awful  portals  of  the  unknown  world.  Could 
we  anticipate  such  a  lot  with  certainty,  Death 
would  lose  half  its  terrors  and  all  its  sadness. 

And  again,  another  painful  doubt  is.  How 
shall  we  recognize  our  friends  in  a  disembodied 
or  re-embodied  state?  Suppose  that  we  both 
live  again  and  meet  again,  how  shall  we  be 
sure  that,  in  some  strange  glorified  form  which 
passes  us  by  all  unwittingly  and  luu-ecognized, 
we  shall  not  miss  the  being  whom  we  would 
traverse  half  eternity  to  find  ?  These  are  the 
anxious,  but  after  all  somewhat  childish,  ques- 
tions which  the  restlessness  of  severed  affection 
naturally  suggests.  But  in  truth  we  are  quite 
as  sure  of  re-union  with  our  beloved  ones,  and 
of  mutual  recognition,  as  of  the  immortal  life 
itself.  As  we  have  just  observed,  the  ground 
of  our  belief  in  that  Life  is  the  same  which 
guarantees  the  restoration  of  Love,  and  there - 

G 


82         THE  LIFE  AFTEE  DEATH. 

fore,  implicitly,  some  sure  method  of  re-union. 
How  it  is  to  be  brought  about  is  the  concern  of 
Him  who  will  lead  us  into  that  unseen  Land 
partly  for  that  very  purpose.  Perhaps  we  may 
most  readily  conceive  of  it  by  supposing  (what 
is  for  all  other  reasons  most  probable)  that  in 
another  life  we  shall  be  indefinitely  more  free 
than  we  are  now,  more  able  to  move  and  to 
communicate  through  space,  and,  having  per- 
haps no  physical  wants,  being  at  length  disen- 
thralled from  the  endless  Liliputian  cords  which 
bind  us  here  and  often  keep  apart  the  tenderest 
friends.  And  again,  as  to  the  mutual  recogni- 
tion of  departed  spirits,  the  question  really  is 
not.  How  should  we  know — but,  How  should 
we  not  know — the  one  who  has  been  soul  of  our 
soul,  in  any  form,  or  in  formless  spiritual  exist- 
ence ?  Even  through  the  thick  veil  of  the  flesh 
we  are  always  dimly  conscious  of  the  presence 
of  Love.  One  sympathizing  heart  amid  a  crowd 
of  enemies  makes  itself  felt  and  gives  strength 
unspeakable.  To  suppose  that  we  could  ever 
at  any  time  be  brought  into  contact  with  the 
spiiit  which  has  been  nearest  to  our  own,  and 
not  recognize  it  under  any  disguise,  is  wholly 
gratuitously  to  doubt  our  instincts.     But  why 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.         83 

should  wc  even  postulate  that  a  disguise  of  any- 
kind  is  to  be  anticipated  ?  If  the  spirit  wear 
any  frame,  however  ethereal,  it  must  bear  some 
resemblance  to  the  first,  since  both  were  the 
fitting  shell  of  the  same  soul.  Such  a  portrait 
as  Titian  made  of  a  man  may  well  stand  for 
ever  at  once  for  the  glorified  image  of  what  he 
was  on  earth,  and  the  faint  and  imperfect  adum- 
bration of  what  he  is  in  heaven.  Our  pitiful 
grief  for 

"  —  the  garments  by  tlie  soul  laid  by," 

which  we  have  placed  folded  upon  the  narrow 
shelves  of  the  tomb,  the  agony  with  which  we 
have  thought  of  the  grave-damp  marring  what 
was  so  beautiful  and  so  dear,  will  be  soothed 
perchance  at  last  when  we  behold  the  yet  love- 
lier raiment  of  the  same  beloved  soul,  alike  in 
all  that  we  loved  so  fondly,  unlike  inasmuch  as 
every  token  of  weakness  and  pain  and  age  and 
care  will  for  ever  have  disappeared. 

Again,  there  are  problems  of  another  kind 
which  sometimes  cloud  the  hopes  of  renewed 
affection  in  another  world.  How,  for  example, 
are  we  to  reconcile  the  conflicting  claims  of 
relatives  and  friends  whom  we  have  loved,  each 

g2 


84  THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 

supremely  in  his  turn,  but  who  now  await  us 
together  in  the  "  land  of  the  leal"  ?  Supposing 
there  has  been  no  failure  of  fidelity,  but  only 
that,  as  the  years  flowed  on,  the  love  of  the 
parent,  over  whose  grave  the  grass  has  many 
times  sprung  and  withered,  has  been  replaced  (so 
far  as  one  affection  ever  replaces  another,  which 
is  but  little)  by  the  love  of  a  child;  and  as  friends 
have  drifted  away,  new  attachments  have  caught 
the  tendrils  of  our  hearts  ;  and  when  the  wife 
or  husband  of  youth  has  long  left  the  earth,  we 
have  formed  new  ties  no  less  sacred  and  near  ? 
It  is  a  part  of  the  beneficent  order  of  things 
that  such  transitions  should  take  place ;  and 
looking  back  over  life,  it  is  impossible,  without 
ruthless  violence  to  oui'selves,  to  give  the  pre- 
ference to  one  over  the  other,  or  to  be  willing 
to  renounce  one  for  the  other.  If  the  love  of 
youth  were  more  vehement,  that  of  middle  life 
is  more  strong ;  sweet  as  were  the  affections  of 
early  years,  still  more  tender  and  grave  and 
noble  are  the  friendships  of  age.  But  how  is 
it  possible  for  us  to  renew  simultaneously  these 
relations,  which  followed  each  other  succes- 
sively? This  is  the  old  Sadducean  question 
under  a  more  refined  form,  and  the  answer. 


THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  85 

that  ''in  heaven  there  is  neither  marrying  nor 
giving  in  marriage,"  is  as  little  satisfactory  a 
solution  to  us  as  it  can  have  been  to  the  disci- 
ples of  Antigonus.  The  later  doubt  as  well  as 
the  earlier  seems  to  have  sprung  out  of  the 
same  inveterate  propensity  for  transferring  the 
limitations  and  negations  as  well  as  the  affirma- 
tions of  this  life  to  a  higher  sphere.  Why  is 
it  we  cannot  love  now  many  friends  with  equal 
intensity  ?  It  is  only  because  we  are  so  limited, 
our  time  and  thoughts  are  so  bounded,  and 
(what  is  far  worse)  our  hearts  are  so  cold  and 
narrow,  that  even  when  we  recognize  that  A, 
B  and  C,  are  all  deserving  of  our  uttermost 
love,  we  must  needs  make  one  supreme,  and 
give  the  others  only  the  residue  of  our  ten- 
derness and  remembrance.  This  is  the  true 
rationale  of  the  limits  of  love  on  earth;  and 
those  who  treat  them  as  if  they  were  in  them- 
selves good  and  desii-able  things,  and  who 
would  prefer  to  give  or  receive  only  a  narrow 
and  exclusive  affection,  have  hardly  yet  learned 
the  real  sense  of  unselfish  attachment. 

"  That  love  for  one,  from  which,  there  doth  not  spring 
True  love  for  aU,  is  but  a  worthless  thing."* 

*  Mrs.  Browning's  Sonnets. 


86         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

But  in  a  state  of  existence  in  whicli  we 
should  be  altogether  nobler,  larger,  wider- 
hearted,  and  pressed  on  no  longer  by  the  end- 
less claims  which  break  up  our  present  time 
into  fragments,  could  we  not  also  love  more 
than  we  do  now?  Eelieved  from  fears  of 
wretched  jealousies,  with  the  cycles  of  immor- 
tality before  us,  and  with  the  whole  scope  of 
our  natures  widened,  what  should  hinder  but 
that  we  should  be  able  in  the  same  happy 
hearts  to  hold  at  once  the  love  of  all  whom  we 
have  ever  loved  truly  on  earth — aye,  and  of 
new  friends  found  in  heaven  ?  Even  conjugal 
love,  fitting  and  inevitable  as  it  is  that  there 
should  be  exclusiveness  in  it  now,  niay  be  as 
tender  hereafter,  though  no  longer  passionate, 
when  the  wife  meets  again  the  husband  whom 
in  dying  she  prayed  should  find  another  to  love 
him  as  well.  She  will  not  be  less  generous 
there  than  here ;  nor  will  the  bitter  thought 
that  affection  given  to  another  is  robbed  from 
ourselves,  prevail  more  in  such  connections 
hereafter  than  it  does  now  in  happy  households 
where  the  children  love  the  parents  the  more 
because  they  love  each  and  all,  and  where  the 


THE    LIFE   AFTER  DEATH.  87 

father's  and  mother's  hearts  have  widened  with 
every  child  born  to  their  arms. 

Yet  no  one  can  seriously  believe  on  reflec- 
tion (what  many  assume  without  it)  that  the 
next  life  will  be  occupied  by  a  continual  return 
upon  the  present.  It  cannot  be  that  all  our 
earthly  friendships  and  acquaintances  will  be 
renewed,  or  that  every  one  with  whom  we  have 
had  a  few  moments'  intercourse  in  the  course 
of  our  threescore  years  and  ten  will  certainly 
meet  us  again  hereafter.  Such  re-unions  would 
be  in  thousands  of  cases  wholly  purposeless, 
and  only  the  old  narrow  Heaven  could  be  ima- 
gined to  secure  such  an  end.  Where  will  the 
line  be  drawn  if  we  are  sure  to  meet  some  and 
by  no  means  sure  to  meet  others  ?  The  answer 
is  hard  to  find ;  yet  I  think  two  obvious  prin- 
ciples must  prevail.  One  is,  the  liberty,  of 
which  we  have  spoken,  the  freedom  of  the  dis- 
embodied soul  to  seek  out  its  own  affinities  in 
the  spiritual  world ;  and  the  other  is,  the  moral 
necessity  which  will  be  laid  on  us  to  redeem 
the  unatoned  offences  and  shortcomings  of  earth 
towards  those  from  whom  we  have  parted  in 
anything  short  of  right  relations.  It  could  be 
no  realm  of  peace  to  many  of  us  if  we  could 


88  THE    LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 

not  at  last  say  those  words,  "Forgive  me," 
which  have  been  on  our  lips  ever  since  the 
hour  when  we  learned  that  the  doors  of  the 
grave  had  closed  between  us  and  one  whom  we 
had  wronged,  misconstrued,  failed  to  love  as  he 
deserved. 

"  The  riglit  ear  which,  is  filled  with  dust 
Hears  little  of  the  true  or  just." 

But  if  we  could  not  hope  to  speak  hereafter, 
''spirit  to  spirit,  ghost  to  ghost,"  and  let  the 
dead  know  all  our  repentance.  Immortality 
would  cease  to  represent  the  completion  of  the 
web  of  existence.  Some  of  the  thi-eads  which 
we  most  desire  to  take  up  would  remain  for 
ever  ravelled.  And  we,  too,  for  our  share, 
must  receive  the  atonements  of  love  and  regret 
for  the  pangs  which  unkindness,  mistrust,  mo- 
roseness,  and  perchance  cruelty,  have  given  us, 
from  the  unjust  severity  and  repression  which 
crushed  the  joy  of  childhood,  to  the  last  neglect 
of  tedious  age.  'Not  necessarily  or  even  pro- 
bably need  there  be  any  revision  of  special  acts, 
only  (what  we  need  so  sorely)  the  admission 
that  the  wrongs  done  to  us  are  felt  to  have  been 
wrongs  indeed,  and  the  establishment  evermore 
of  truer  and  more  just  relations.     These  reflec- 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.         89 

tions  belong  more  properly  to  the  succeeding 
portion  of  this  paper,  wherein  the  moral  state 
of  departed  souls  will  be  considered ;  but  I 
cannot  but  add  one  word  here  of  the  over- 
whelming impressiveness  of  the  view  opened 
to  us  through  such  a  conception  of  Justice  as 
this.  Not  by  the  arbitrary  sentence  of  an 
Omnipotent  Judge,  dismissing  the  persecutor 
to  the  dungeons  of  hell  and  seating  the  martyr 
on  the  thrones  of  Paradise,  would  our  highest 
thought  be  fulfilled,  while  the  Damned  one 
should  for  ever  curse  and  hate,  and  the  Glorified 
know  that  he  had  an  enemy  even  in  the  nether- 
most vaults  of  death.  Only  by  the  subduing 
of  the  heart  of  the  wrong-doer,  the  vanquishing 
not  of  him,  but  of  his  hate,  and  the  me-lting  of 
his  spirit  in  remorse  and  penitence  at  the  feet 
of  his  victim,  can  we  conceive  of  the  fitting 
close  of  the  awful  drama.  The  penitence  of  an 
enemy  which  shall  be  his  salvation  as  well  as 
his  atonement  to  us,  that  we  may  accept  with 
solemn  joy  even  when  risen  a  hundred-fold 
nearer  to  God  than  we  are  now.  But  his  phy- 
sical torture,  "  where  the  worm  dieth  not  and 
the  fire  is  not  quenched,"  that  we  could  not 
endure  even  were  we  to  remain  poor  and  im- 


90         THE  LIFE  AFTEE  DEATH. 

perfect  human  creatures  still.  All  the  glory  of 
the  skies  would  be  blackened  by  the  smoke  of 
the  Pit,  and  through  the  anthems  of  the  arch- 
angels our  ears  would  catch  the  discord  of  the 
wail  of  the  lost. 

In  brief,  then,  the  persons  with  whom  we 
may  confidently  expect  to  have  relationships  in 
the  world  to  come  are — 

1.  Those  whom  we  have  loved. 

2.  Those  whom  we  have  hated. 

3.  Those  who  have  hated  us. 

I  leave  the  reader  to  draw  the  very  obvious 
conclusions  regarding  the  influence  which  such 
expectations  ought  to  have  upon  our  present 
feelings.  To  look  on  those  whom  we  love  as 
ours  for  ever — ours  in  a  purer  sphere  than  this 
— is  to  ennoble  and  sanctify  our  love.  To  look 
on  those  whom  we  hate,  or  on  those  who  hate 
us,  as  beings  with  whom  some  day  or  other  we 
must  be  reconciled,  is  to  deprive  hatred  of  its 
sting,  and  almost  to  transform  it  into  love. 

But,  admitting  that  our  hearts  in  another 
life  may  be  wide  enough  to  gather  into  them 
every  affection  of  the  past  at  once,  it  would 
still  seem  hard  to  guess  how  the  natural  ties 
of  our  human  nature  will  bind  us  hereafter. 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.         91 

There  are  friendships  which  seem  obviously 
made  for  an  eternal  world,  which  have  had 
their  roots  in  religious  sympathies  or  the  inter- 
change of  moral  help,  and  which  would  scarcely 
need  any  modification  to  be  transferred  to  the 
spiritual  realms.  They  have  been  a  part  of  our 
heaven,  always.  But,  on  the  other  hand,  there 
are  affections,  if  not  more  tender,  yet  more 
human  than  these,  which  when  they  are  severed 
by  death  seem  almost  irreparably  snapped  asun- 
der. We  and  the  departed  may  meet  again  as 
Spiiits  in  a  world  of  spirits,  but  never  more  (so 
our  hearts  moan  in  their  despair) — ^never  more 
as  mother  and  child,  son  and  father,  husband 
and  wife.  All  the  infinite  sweetness  of  those 
purely  human  ties  seems  as  if  it  must  exhale 
and  be  lost  when  the  last  act  of  mortal  compa- 
nionship has  been  accomplished,  and  the  kindred 
dust  has  been  laid  side  by  side.  And  yet  need 
we  be  so  sure  it  is  so  ?  Are  not  our  thoughts 
of  these  temples  of  flesh  wherein  God  has  caused 
us  to  dwell,  far  too  little  reverent,  and  too  much 
tinged  even  yet  with  the  old  Gnostic  notions  of 
the  impurity  of  matter,  the  unholiness  of  I^a- 
ture,  which  have  pervaded  all  post -Pauline 
Christianity  ?     I  cannot  but  think  that  it  is  in 


92         THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

a  true  direction  modern  sentiment  is  growing, 
while  it  tends  continually  to  dignify  and  hallow 
the  body,  and  to  find  infinite  beauty  and  sacred- 
ness  in  the  relations  which  spring  out  of  its 
mysterious  laws.  So  long  as  men  and  women 
deemed  themselves  holier  as  celibates  than  as 
husbands  and  wives,  and  that  the  laws  of  nature 
were  supposed  to  have  been  set  aside  to  give 
Christ  an  immaculate  Mother  (as  if  natural 
Motherhood  were  not  the  divinest  thing  God 
has  made), — so  long  as  this  was  the  case  it 
was  inevitable  that  the  bonds  of  consanguinity 
should  be  supposed  to  be  finally  unloosed  by 
death.  But  with  other  thoughts  of  our  sacred 
human  rights,  of  all  the  depth  of  meaning  which 
lies  (rarely  half-fathomed  here)  in  the  names  of 
Father  and  Mother,  Brother  and  Sister,  Hus- 
band and  Wife,  Son  and  Daughter,  shall  we 
have  no  hope  that  when  our  spirits  meet  again, 
it  will  be  in  such  sort  as  that  the  old  beloved 
ties  shall  never  be  forgotten,  but  rather  that 
what  fell  short  in  our  comprehension  and  enjoy- 
ment of  them  will  yet  be  made  up  ?  It  seems 
to  me  almost  to  follow  from  the  very  statement 
of  the  problem  that  it  must  be  so. 

But  Sin?    What  can  we  hope  or  think  of 


THE    LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  93 

future  re-union  when  heinous  guilt  has  been 
incurred  on  one  side  or  the  other  ?  How  are 
relations  and  friends,  once  dear  to  each  other, 
to  meet  after  the  revelation  of  this  gulf  between 
their  feet  ? 

I  confess  that  it  has  been  with  great  surprise 
that  I  have  read  the  eloquent  words  on  this 
subject  of  a  distinguished  living  writer,  with 
whose  scheme  of  theology  in  general  I  have 
almost  entire  sympathy,  and  for  whose  manly 
honesty  and  powerful  grasp  of  thought  I  enter- 
tain sincere  admiration.  In  speculating  on  the 
awful  probabilities  of  "Elsewhere,"  Mr.  Greg 
lays  it  down,  as  if  it  were  an  obvious  truth, 
that  love  must  retreat  from  the  discovery  of  the 
sinfulness  of  the  person  hitherto  beloved,  and 
that  both  saint  and  sinner  will  accept  as  inevi- 
table an  eternal  separation.*  Further,  Mr.  Greg 
thinks  it  possible  that  at  the  highest  summit  of 
finite  existence,  the  souls  which  have  ascended 
together  through  all  the  shining  ranks  for  half 
an  eternity  of  angelic  friendship,  will  part  com- 
pany at  last ;  Thought  for  ever  superseding 
Love.  "  Farewell,  we  lose  ourselves  in  light." 
It  would,  perhaps,  be  wrong  to  say  that  the 
*  Enigmas,  1st  edition,  p.  263. 


94  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

two  views  hang  logically  together,  and  that  the 
mind  which  (with  all  its  capacity  to  understand 
and  express  the  tenderest  feelings)  yet  holds 
that  there  may  even  possibly  be  something  more 
divine  than  Love,  may  well  also  imagine  that 
Love  cannot  conquer  Sin.  But  is  it  not  only 
by  a  strange  transposition  in  the  true  table  of 
precedence  of  human  faculties  that  either  doc- 
trine can  be  accepted?  Let  us  suppose  two 
persons  loving  each  other  genuinely  and  ten- 
derly in  this  life  (so  much  is  granted  in  the 
hypothesis).  The  very  power  of  the  worse  to 
love  the  better  truly  and  unselfishly,  is  ipso 
facto  evidence  of  his  being  love-worthy,  of  his 
having  in  him,  in  the  depth  of  his  nature,  the 
kernel  of  all  goodness,  the  seed  out  of  which 
all  moral  beauty  springs,  and  which  whosoever 
sees  and  recognizes  in  his  brother's  soul  cannot 
choose  but  love.  ''  Spirit,"  says  the  Bhagvat 
Ghita  in  one  of  its  deepest  utterances, — ''  Spirit 
is  always  lovely."  There  is  something  at  the 
very  root  of  our  being  which,  when  revealed  to 
any  other  spirit,  calls  forth  spontaneously  sym- 
pathy and  affection.  It  is  because  we  do  not 
commonly  see  this  innermost  core  of  our  fellow- 
men,  because   it  is  hidden   under  a  mass  of 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.         95 

fleshly  lusts  and  worldly  ambitions,  or  because 
they  cover  it  up  carefully  in  a  thousand  folds 
of  artificial  and  secondhand  sentiments,  that 
they  are  so  little  interesting  to  us.  But  let 
chance  blow  aside  the  mantle  for  an  instant, 
let  us  see  a  human  heart  in  the  moment  of  its 
supreme  joy  or  agony,  remorse  or  victory,  and, 
hard  as  the  nether  mill-stone  as  our  own  hearts 
may  be,  they  will  vibrate  like  the  Lia-Fail 
when  the  true  king  stood  on  it  to  be  crowned. 
"When  we  conceive  of  a  holy  God  loving  such 
creatures  as  ourselves,  it  is  only  by  the  help 
of  the  faith  that  His  eye  can  see  this  "lovely 
spiiit"  beneath  all  its  coverings  and  conceal- 
ments. Whether  there  exists,  or  has  ever  ex- 
isted, a  rational  creature  of  God  in  whom  there 
was  no  such  germ  of  goodness  and  innermost 
core  of  loveliness,  it  is  impossible  to  say.  Hide- 
ous tales  there  are  of  men,  with  the  hearts  of 
tigers  and  the  brains  of  murderers,  who  have 
passed  through  childhood  and  youth  without 
once  displaying  a  trait  of  infant  tenderness  or 
boyish  affection,  and  who  seem  utterly  incapa- 
ble of  understanding  what  self-sacrificing  love 
may  mean.  The  dog  which  dies  to  save  his 
master  is  a  million-fold  more  human  than  they. 


96  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

What  may  he  the  key  to  the  horrible  mystery 
of  such  lives  of  moral  idiotcy,  whether,  indeed, 
they  ever  really  exist  in  all  the  deformity  which 
has  been  painted,  and  if  so,  whether  fearful 
physiological  malformations  of  brain  and  the 
negation  of  every  good  influence  in  childhood 
are  not  to  be  held  accountable  for  the  monsters' 
growth,  I  cannot  now  argue.  But  one  thing  is 
certain  from  the  very  statement  of  the  case  :  a 
man  who  has  ever  once  truly  loved  anyhody  is 
no  such  creature.  The  poor  self  -  condemned 
soul  whom  Mr.  Greg  images  as  turning  away 
in  an  agony  of  shame  and  hopelessness  from 
the  virtuous  friend  he  loved  on  earth,  and  loves 
still  at  an  immeasurable  distance, — such  a  soul 
is  not  outside  the  pale  of  love,  divine  or  human. 
Nay,  is  he  not,  even  assuming  his  guilt  to  be 
black  as  night,  only  in  a  similar  relation  to  the 
purest  of  created  souls,  which  that  purest  soul 
holds  to  the  All-holy  One  above  ?  If  God  can 
love  us^  is  it  not  the  acme  of  moral  presumption 
to  think  of  a  human  soul  being  too  pure  to  love 
any  sinner,  so  long  as  in  him  there  remains  any 
vestige  of  affection?  The  whole  problem  is 
unreal  and  impossible.  In  the  first  place,  there 
is  a  potential  moral  equality  between  all  souls 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  97 

capable  of  equal  love,  and  the  one  can  never 
reach  a  height  whence  it  may  justly  despise 
the  other.  And  in  the  second  place,  the  higher 
the  virtuous  soul  may  have  risen  in  the  spiri- 
tual world,  the  more  it  must  have  acquired  the 
godlike  Insight  which  beholds  the  good  under 
the  evil,  and  not  less  the  godlike  Love  which 
embraces  the  repentant  Prodigal.* 

*  It  is  vnth.  sincere  pleasure  that  I  add,  on  the  re-pub- 
lication of  this  paper,  the  following  generoiis  admission  and 
candid  revision  of  his  judgment  which  Mr.  Greg  has  ap- 
pended to  the  last  (7th)  edition  of  his  Enigmas  of  Life. 
After  quoting  some  observations  of  the  Eev.  J.  Hamilton 
Thom  and  the  above,  he  says : 

"  The  force  of  these  objections  to  my  delineation  cannot 
be  gainsaid,  and  ought  not  to  have  been  overlooked.  No 
doubt,  a  soul  that  can  so  love  and  so  feel  its  separation 
from  the  objects  of  its  love,  cannot  be  wholly  lost.  It  must 
still  retain  elements  of  recovery  and  redemption,  and  qua- 
lities to  win  and  to  merit  ansAvering  affection.  The  loving- 
ness  of  a  nature — its  capacity  for  strong  and  deep  attach- 
ment— must  constitute,  there  as  here,  the  most  hopeful 
characteristic  out  of  which  to  elicit  and  foster  all  other 
good.  ITo  doubt,  again,  if  the  sinful  continue  to  love  in 
spite  of  their  sinfulness,  the  blessed  will  not  cease  to  love 
in  consequence  of  their  blessedness.  If  so,  it  is  natural, 
and  indeed  inevitable,  to  infer  that  a  chief  portion  of  their 
occupation  in  the  spiritual  world  will  consist  in  comforting 
the  misery,  and  assisting  in  the  restoration  of  the  lost  whom 
they  have  loved.     We  shall  pursue  this  work  with  aU  the 

H 


98  THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 

But  if  such  a  dream  of  future  separation  for 
loving  souls  be  wholly  baseless,  what  can  we 

aid  wliicli  oux  augmeBted  powers  on  the  one  side,  and  tlieir 
purged  perceptions  on  tlie  otlier,  will  combiae  to  gather 
round  the  task, — and  in  the  success  and  completion  of  that 
task,  and  in  that  alone,  must  lie  the  consummation  of  the 
bliss  of  Heaven. 

"  But  this  is  not  the  only,  nor  perhaps  the  most  irresis- 
tible inference  forced  upon  us  by  the  above  considerations. 
If  so  vast  an  ingredient  in  the  misery  of  the  condemned 
consist  in  the  severance  from  those  they  love,  this  same 
severance  must  form  a  terrible  drawback  from  the  felicity 
of  the  redeemed.  How,  indeed,  can  they  enjoy  anything 
to  be  called  happiness  hereafter,  if  the  bad — their  bad,  not 
strangers,  but  their  dearest  intimates,  those  who  have  shared 
their  inmost  confidences,  and  made  up  the  intensest  inte- 
rests of  their  eartlily  life — are  groaning  and  writhing  in 
hopeless  anguish  close  at  hand?  (for  everything  will  be 
close  to  us  in  that  scene  where  darkness  and  distance  are 
no  more).  Obviously  only  in  one  way, — by  ceasing  to  love : 
that  is,  by  renouncing,  or  losing,  or  crushing  the  best  and 
purest  part  of  their  nature,  by  abjuring  the  most  specific 
teaching  of  Christ,  by  turning  away  from  the  worship  and 
imitation  of  that  God  who  is  Love.  Or,  to  put  it  in  still 
terser  and  bolder  language,  How,  given  a  Hell  of  torment 
and  despair  for  millions  of  our  friends  and  fellow-men,  can 
the  good  enjoy  Heaven  except  by  becoming  bad?  without 
becoming  transformed,  miraculously  changed,  and  changed 
deplorably  for  the  worse  ?  without,  in  a  word,  putting  on, 
along  with  the  white  garments  of  the  Eedeemed,  a  coldness 
and  hardness  of  heart,  a  stony,  supercilious  egotism,  which 
on  earth  would  have  justly  forfeited  all  claim  to  regard, 


THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  99 

imagine  of  the  real  relation  which  may  subsist 
hereafter  between  souls  attached  in  faithful 
friendship,  but  of  which  one  is  of  far  higher 
moral  standing  than  the  other  ?  It  is  a  very- 
hard  thing  to  conceive  how  the  guilt  of  a 
beloved  soul  would  look  from  the  regions  of 

endurance,  or  esteem  ?  Our  affections  are  probably  the  best 
things  about  us — the  attributes  through  which  we  most 
approach  and  resemble  the  Divine  nature ;  yet,  assuming 
the  Hell  of  Theologians,  those  affections  must  be  foregone 
or  trampled  do^vn  in  Heaven,  or  else  Heaven  will  itself 
become  a  Hell.  As  a  condition,  or  a  consequence,  of  being 
admitted  to  the  presence  of  God,  we  should  have  to  for- 
swear the  little  that  is  Godlike  in  our  composition.  Do 
not  these  simple  reflections  suffice  to  disperse  into  thin  air 
the  current  notions  of  a  world  of  everlasting  pain  ? 

"  One  further  corollary  may  be  briefly  indicated.  Hell, 
if  there  be  such  a  place  or  state,  though  a  scene  of  merited 
and  awfid.  suffering,  must  be  full  of  the  mighty  mitigations 
which  Hope  always  brings,  and  can  scarcely  be  devoid  of 
an  element  of  sweetness  which  might  almost  seem  like  joy, 
if  the  consciousness  be  permitted  and  ever  present  to  its 
denizens,  that  '  elsewhere '  Guardian  Angels — parents  who 
have  'entered  into  glory,'  wives  who  cluster  round  the 
Throne,  sisters  and  friends  who  have  *  emerged  from  the 
ruins  of  the  tomb,  and  the  deeper  ruins  of  the  Fall' — are 
for  ever  at  work,  with  untiring  faithfulness  and  the  sure 
instincts  of  a  perfected  intelligence,  for  the  purification  of 
the  stained,  the  strengthening  of  the  weak,  the  softening 
of  the  fierce  and  hard,  and  the  final  rescue  of  them  all." 
Postscriptuin,  p.  311. 

h2 


100  THE   LIFE   AFTER  DEATH. 

celestial  purity;  but  I  think  something  may 
be  done  to  help  ourselves  if  we  endeavour  to  fix 
our  attention  steadily  on  what  would  probably 
hold  an  analogous  position  in  our  eyes,  namely, 
the  sins  of  our  own  long  past  years.     Passing 
over  the   mere  faults  of  childhood,   many  of 
us  can  unhappily  remember  committing  very 
serious  errors  at  a  period  of  youth  when  we 
had  attained  to  full  responsibility.     Looking 
back  to  one  of  these  sins,  say  after  twenty  or 
forty  years,  how  does  it  strike  us?     We  do 
not,  I  apprehend,  feel  much  of  the  indignation 
against  ourselves  which  in  a  certain  measure 
warps  our  judgment  of  offences  still  recent,  the 
disgust  of  sloughs  into  which  even  now  we  do 
not  feel  safe  but  that  our  foot  again  may  slip. 
"We  can  think  of  the  old  faults,  long  lived  over 
or  conquered,  calmly  as  of  the  faults  of  another 
person.     But  it  is  of  another  whose  inmost 
mind  and  all  whose  antecedents  are  intimately 
known  to  us.     Yery  commonly  we  feel  that 
we  deserved  the  heaviest  punishment  for  our 
misdeeds,  that  what  did  befal  us  of  evil  was 
perfectly  merited,  and  that  much  heavier  chas- 
tisement would  not  have  exceeded  our  deserts. 
Yet  we  never  feel  that  we  were  deserving  of 


THE    LIFE    AFTER    DEATH.  101 

reprobation^  of  being  finally  abandoned  by  God 
or  man.  "We  say  to  ourselves,  "  I  was  odious 
at  that  age.  How  heartless,  self-engrossed, 
false,  sensual,  ungenerous  I  was  !  Truly  there 
was  hardly  a  spark  of  good  in  me,  and  I  wonder 
my  friends  bore  me  any  afiection."  But  even 
while  we  thus  condemn  ourselves,  there  is  a 
latent  comprehension  of  how  it  all  came  about ; 
how  we  had  slipped  into  this  fault,  or  been  led 
into  that  one ;  found  ourselves  entangled  by  a 
preceding  act  and  driven  into  the  third;  and 
how,  all  through,  there  was,  at  bottom,  the  pos- 
sibility of  becoming  better,  the  seed  of  some- 
what which  God's  kind  Hand  has  since  planted 
in  a  happier  soil.  Probably  few  of  us  turn  ffom 
such  memories  save  with  the  thanksgiving  of 
the  Psalmist  to  Him  who  has  taken  our  feet 
out  of  the  net,  out  of  the  mire  and  clay,  and 
set  them  on  a  rock  and  ordered  our  goings. 
But  while  we  bless  God  for  His  mercy  to  our 
sinfulness,  that  mercy  only  seems  to  us  the 
natural  act  of  a  Divine  Creator  who  penetrates 
all  the  depths  of  His  creature's  soul,  and,  with 
a  compassion  all-forgiving  because  all-knowing, 
pities  and  helps  oiu-  helplessness.  The  creeds 
which  have  taught  men  that  God  first  gives 


102        THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

over  His  children  to  a  reprobate  mind  and  then 
consigns  them  to  a  world  of  reprobation,  find 
nothing  to  countenance  them  in  the  experience 
of  the  heart.  They  teach,  strictly  speaking,  an 
unnatural  God.  The  natural  Father-God  is  a 
very  different  Person.  Now,  in  a  certain  faint 
and  far-off  way,  we  can  imagine  (not  presump- 
tuously, I  think)  the  sympathy  of  God  for  the 
struggling  soul  to  be  like  that  which  we  should 
feel  for  a  beloved  child  whose  faults  we  under- 
stood better  than  any  earthly  parent,  and  even 
better  than  we  understand  the  faults  of  our  own 
youth.  There  is  no  abatement  needful  of  the 
fall  measure  of  condemnation  for  the  sin.  There 
is  only  the  reservation  (never  forgotten  in  our 
own  case)  that  the  sinner  was  something  else 
besides  a  sinner,  that  there  were  outlying  tracts 
of  his  nature  over  which  the  blight  never  wholly 
prevailed ; — that  he  was,  after  all,  worth  saving. 
And  like  this  sympathy  of  God  for  us  in  our 
worst  and  darkest  hours,  must  surely  be  the 
sympathy  of  a  glorified  soul  for  its  sinful  bro- 
ther. Like  Him,  he  must  hate  the  sin  which 
stands  revealed  in  the  blaze  of  heaven  in  blacker 
hues  than  moral  realities  ever  wear  in  the  dim 
twilight  of  earth.    But,  like  Him,  he  must  feel 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  103 

ineffable  tenderness  and  pity  for  the  spirit  wear- 
ing that  foul  stain,  and  a  godlike  will  to  help 
him  to  perfect  purification.  It  would  not  be 
too  much,  indeed,  to  imagine  the  very  converse 
of  the  eternal  parting  of  "  Elsewhere,"  even  the 
self-losing  of  the  purer  soul  in  its  infinite  long- 
ing for  the  pardon  of  the  sinful  one,  and  its 
flight  through  all  the  worlds  of  space,  locked  in 
an  embrace,  not, — like  Paolo  and  Francesca's, — 
of  a  common  guilt,  but  of  a  common  prayer. 

And,  again,  at  the  summit  of  existence,  far 
up  above  the  clouds  and  storms  of  sin  and  peni- 
tence, in  the  high  realm  of  everlasting  Peace, 
will  Love  have  no  more  place?  Then  the 
greatness  of  man  must  consist  in  somewhat  else 
than  the  greatness  of  God  !  God  has  not  been 
content  to  "lose  Himself  in  light,"  and  live 
alone  in  His  ineffable  radiance  throughout 
eternity.  He  has  filled  the  universe  with  life 
and  love,  and  His  own  awful  joy,  so  far  as  we 
may  catch  the  glitter  of  its  sheen,  must  consist 
in  Love — in  loving  those  whom  He  blesses, 
and  blessing  those  whom  He  loves.  Whatever 
other  mysteries  of  joy  are  hidden  in  Him,  what 
delight  He  may  take  in  the  beauty  of  His 
glorious  works  or  the  rhythmic  dance  of  the 


104  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

clusters  of  suns,  or  yet  in  sources  of  happiness 
utterly  inconceivable  and  unknown  to  us,  there 
must  remain  eyen  for  Him  one  joy  greater  than 
these,  the  joy  of  infinite  love  and  eternal  bene- 
diction. As  we  climb  up,  age  after  age,  the 
steps  of  the  interminable  ascent,  nearer  and 
more  like  to  Him, 

"  Aloft,  aloft,  from  terrace  to  broad  terrace  evermore," 

we  must  share  that  joy ;  and  if  we  could  ''  lose 
ourselves"  at  all,  it  would  rather  be  in  the 
ocean  of  Love  than  in  the  unbreathable  ether 
of  a  purely  intellectual  existence.  Christ  must 
have  become  more  godlike,  and  therefore  more 
loving,  during  the  millenniums  since  he  trod 
the  Yia  Dolorosa.  Assuredly  he  has  not  attained 
a  stage  whereunto  Goethe  might  fitly  have  pre- 
ceded him. 

There  is,  however,  no  greater  mistake,  I 
imagine,  than  the  fandamental  one  of  supposing 
that  any  "self-losing,"  "absorption,"  or  merg- 
ing of  personality  of  one  kind  or  another,  can 
possibly  form  a  step  oi progress  hereafter.  The 
advance  through  inorganic,  vegetative,  ani- 
mated, conscious  and  self-conscious  existence, 
and  again  from  the  lowest  savage  to  the  loftiest 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  105 

philosopher  or  heroic  martyr,  is  all  in  the  direc- 
tion of  a  more  and  more  perfect,  complete  and 
definite  personality.  The  severance  of  the  Ego 
from  the  Non-ego  may  indeed  be  held  in  one 
sense  to  be  the  supreme  result  of  all  the  ma- 
chinery of  the  physical  life;  and  the  whole 
history  of  Thought  tends  to  shew  that  a  better 
recognition  of  the  distinction  has  been  at  the 
root  of  the  superiority  of  the  Western  over  the 
Eastern  and  classic  nations.  Morality,  of  course, 
is  grounded  in  it;  and  the  ages  before  Per- 
sonality was  clearly  self-conscious,  were  neces- 
sarily, like  the  years  of  infancy,  ages  before 
Morality.  To  suppose  that  there  is  a  height 
in  the  range  of  Being,  whereto  having  attained, 
this  supreme,  slowly-evolved  Personality  sud- 
denly collapses  like  a  volcanic  island,  and  sub- 
sides into  the  ocean  of  impersonal  being,  in 
which  "He"  becomes  "It,"  is  to  suppose  that 
the  whole  scheme  of  things  is  self-stultifying — 
a  great  "  much  ado  about  nothing" — the  build- 
ing up  of  a  tower  which  should  reach  to  heaven, 
but  which  is  in  truth  only  a  child's  house  of 
cards,  to  be  swept  flat  as  soon  as  the  coping  is 
laid  on  it. 

The  meeting  of  two  souls  here  or  hereafter 


106  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

in  perfect  affection  is  not,  as  our  inadequate 
and  misleading  metaphors  often  seem  to  imply, 
a  blending  in  which  personality  is  lost,  but 
rather  the  act  wherein  personality  comes  out 
into  most  definite  form.  As  in  strong  moral 
effort  or  vivid  religious  consciousness,  so  in  the 
not  less  sacred  outburst  of  pure  human  love,  the 
intensity  with  which  we  admire,  revere,  sym- 
pathize with,  embrace  soul  to  soul,  the  soul  of 
a  friend,  is  like  the  heat  which  brings  out  all 
the  hidden  scriptures  on  our  hearts.  We  are 
never  so  truly  ourselves  as  when  we  go  out  of 
ourselves.  And  as  Emerson  says  that  "the 
first  requisite  for  friendship  is  to  be  able  to  do 
without  friendshi}),"  so  it  is  those  natures  which 
are  most  self- sustained,  and  possess  the  most 
vigorous  and  defined  personality,  with  smallest 
of  blurred  and  slovenly  margins,  which  are 
most  capable  of  vivid  and  stringent  friendship. 
And,  on  the  other  hand,  there  are  people  who 
may  rather  be  said  to  slop  over  into  each  other, — 
to  invade  each  other's  personality  and  lose  their 
own, — than  to  be  united,  as  true  friends  ought 
to  be,  like  the  Ehone  and  the  Arve,  absolutely 
clear  and  distinct,  even  when  running  side  by 
side  in  the  same  channel. 


THE    LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  107 

IV.  The  Moral  Condition  of  the  Dead  is  (as 
I  have  remarked)  the  one  point  concerning 
them  on  which  the  thought  of  Christendom  has 
persistently  fostened.  Yet  it  has  fixed  on  a 
view  of  that  moral  state  which  originated  in  a 
comparatively  dark  and  rude  age  of  ethical 
feeling,  and  must  necessarily  have  given  place 
long  ago  to  higher  conceptions,  were  it  not  for 
the  stereotyping  process  by  which  the  Cyclo- 
paedia of  Eeligious  Knowledge  supposed  to 
be  contained  in  the  two  Testaments  has  been 
closed  against  either  correction  or  amendment 
for  eighteen  centuries.  While  our  clergy  say 
as  little  as  they  can  help  about  the  eternity 
of  torment,  we  are  all  aware  that  any  serious 
attempt  to  remove  the  doctrine  from  the  Church 
formularies,  or  even  to  place  the  dogmas  of  the 
Eesurrection  of  the  Body,  and  the  physical 
penalties  with  which  it  is  threatened,  in  the 
category  of  open  questions,  would  be  met  by 
invincible  opposition.  We  have  conquered 
from  the  adherents  of  the  Book  of  Genesis 
the  million  ages  of  past  geologic  time ;  but 
the  million  millions  of  ages  of  future  torment 
in  the  Lake  of  Fii'e  we  have  by  no  means 
won  from   the  disciples  of  the  Book  of  the 


108  THE    LIPE    AFTER   DEATH. 

Apocalypse.  They  will  give  up  almost  any 
doctrine  sooner  tlian  this.  As  Theodore  Parker 
said,  they  cry  out  in  dismay  when  such  a  thing 
is  named — "What!  give  up  Hell?  our  own 
eternal  Hell?     IN'ever,  I^ever,  I^ever!" 

We  shall  accomplish  very  little,  however, 
towards  the  removal  of  this  dreadful  cloud  from 
the  souls  of  men,  by  merely  pointing  out  how 
gloomy  it  is,  or  even  by  proving  how  it  darkens 
the  face  of  the  Sun  of  Eighteousness.  Con- 
sciously or  unconsciously,  it  is  felt  by  the  ortho- 
dox to  be  a  necessary  part  of  their  whole  scheme 
of  theology ;  and  the  Atonement,  which  is  their 
Eainbow  of  Hope,  would  fade  and  disappear 
were  that  black  cloud  to  pass  away  from  behind 
it.  Our  only  course  is  to  do  justice  to  the  pro- 
found sentiment  of  the  infinite  solemnity  of 
moral  realities,  the  "exceeding  sinfulness  of 
sin,"  out  of  which  sprung  such  ideas;  and 
then,  if  possible,  shew  how  the  same  sentiment, 
guided  by  the  calmer  reflection  and  more  re- 
fined ethical  judgment  of  a  later  age,  may  pro- 
ject other  ideas  of  the  future  world,  vindicating 
the  Divine  Justice  and  Love,  no  longer  as  in 
the  awful  diptych  of  an  eternal  Heaven  and  an 
eternal  Hell,  but  in  one  harmonious  pictui-e  of 


THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH.        109 

a  world  of  souls  all  ascending  by  various  paths, 
thorny  or  flower-strewn,  towards  the  Father's 
Throne.  It  cannot  be  doubted,  I  apprehend, 
that  it  was  the  intense  sense  of  the  horror  and 
ill-desert  of  sin  which  impressed  itself  on  the 
minds  of  the  first  teachers  of  Christianity  as 
the  correlative  of  their  new-born  sense  of  the 
love  of  God,  which  drove  them  to  make  the 
future  world  of  retribution  darker,  more  hope- 
less, and  embracing  a  larger  class  of  souls,  than 
any  other  prophets  ever  painted  it.  Christianity 
is  nearly  the  only  religion  in  the  world  which 
teaches  that  there  is  such  a  thing  as  eternal 
torture,  and  that  it  awaits  ordinary  sinners. 
The  paradox  that  this  should  be  the  lesson  of 
the  creed  which  also  teaches  more  clearly  than 
any  other  that  "  God  is  Love,"  is  explicable 
only  on  the  hypothesis,  that  with  the  fresh  con- 
viction of  God's  goodness  came  likewise  to  the 
early  Christians  a  fresh  conviction  of  the  hei- 
nousness  of  human  guilt.  They  could  actually 
see  no  light  through  it  at  all.  Christ  himself 
never  said  a  word  implying  that  Dives  would 
ever  taste  one  cooling  drop;  that  the  ''worm" 
would  ever  die,  or  the  fire  of  hell  ever  be 
quenched.     But,  then,  there  is  no  token  in  the 


110        THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH. 

JN'ew  Testament  that  he  or  any  of  his  apostles 
dreamed  of  composing  a  Scheme  of  Theology 
such  as  Calvin  and  Jonathan  Edwards  delighted 
to  construct,  each  doctrine  dovetailing  neatly 
into  the  next,  till  the  whole  terrible  "Puzzle" 
is  square  and  complete.  Had  they  done  so,  it 
could  hardly  have  been  but  that  most  merciful 
heart  which  uttered  such  tender  words  of  peace 
and  pardon  to  Magdalen,  and  the  adulteress,  and 
the  crucified  thief, — or  even  his  who  wrote  the 
Epistles  to  Timothy  and  to  Philemon, — would 
have  thrilled  with  horror  at  the  thought  that 
they  were  practically  bequeathing  to  Christen- 
dom for  eighteen  centuries  the  idea  of  a  God 
whose  cruelty  should  exceed  that  of  all  the 
tyrants  of  Persia  or  of  Rome,  and  towards 
whom  men  should  lift  their  tear-worn  eyes, 
divided  ever  between  natural  fihal  trust  and 
the  abject  terror  of  slaves  awaiting  their  doom. 
Yiewed  from  the  side  of  man,  and  man's  guilt, 
they  could  threaten  limitless  punishment  of  sin. 
Had  they  looked  at  it  from  the  side  of  God, 
and  thought  what  the  character  of  the  Creator 
involved  and  guaranteed,  it  would  have  been, 
I  venture  to  affirm,  impossible  for  Christ  or  his 
followers  to  have  left  this  hideous  dogma  of  a 


THE   LIFE   AFTER  DEATH.  Ill 

world  of  perdition,  unrelieved  by  the  assui-ance 
that  even  into  the  lowest  pit  of  sin  and  suffering 
the  Father's  Love  should  penetrate  and  the 
Father's  Arm  lift  up  the  fallen.* 

But  if,  on  the  one  hand,  human  guilt  must 
remain  for  us,  as  for  the  greatest  souls  of  the 
past,  an  abyss  of  darkness  we  cannot  fathom ; 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  the  goodness  of  God 
stands  out  rounded  into  such  an  orb  that  we 
know  evermore  that  "in  Him  is  no  darkness 
at  all,"  nor  in  His  universe  any  final  evil, — 
how  are  the  two  truths  to  be  reconciled  ?  How 
are  we  to  avoid  subtracting  somewhat  from  our 
sense  of  the  ill-desert  of  Sin,  while  affirming 
with  fearless  confidence  that  it  is  finite  and 
evanescent  ?   I  believe  this  is  a  problem  having 


*  A  MS.  sermon  by  an  old  divine,  Arclabisliop  Cobbe, 
affirms  tliat  tlie  Greek  words  in  St.  Matthew  signifying 
"  Tbon  fool,"  were  probably  translated  from  tbe  Aramaic 
original,  and  might  be  rendered  more  accurately,  "  Thon 
reprobate."  I  know  not  on  what  authority  the  Archbishop 
made  tliis  statement,  but  if  verifiable  it  would  mark  a  very 
curious  anomaly  in.  the  teaching  of  Cluist.  He  condemned 
it  as  a  mortal  sin,  deserving  of  hell-fire,  for  a  man  to  treat 
his  brother  as  hreclaimable  and  morally  worthless.  Yet  he 
taught  that  the  Father  would  actually  consign  that  brother, 
as  such,  to  eternal  perdition  ! 


112        THE  LIFE  AFTER  DEATH, 

a  very  practical  bearing  on  the  religious  life  of 
the  time,  and  I  doubt  very  much  whether  the 
common  substitute  for  the  doctrine  of  the  eter- 
nity of  future  physical  pain — namely,  a  definite 
period  of  such  pain  after  death — will  at  all 
meet  the  requirements  of  the  case.  Whatever 
be  the  relations  of  Pain  and  Sin  (and  I  am  far 
from  denying  that  they  exist),  they  are  not  of 
a  kind  which  wholly  satisfy  the  mind.  They 
seem  to  offer  a  form  of  Eetribution  and  a  method 
of  Eestoration,  but  not  necessarily  to  constitute 
one  or  the  other.  Something  different  from 
mere  suffering  is  needful  to  complete  an  "  atone- 
ment" (or  renewal  of  union)  between  the  sinful 
soul  and  the  Divine  Holiness.  Not  every  ' '  fire ' ' 
would  be  a  "Purgatory."  In  fact,  among  the 
mysterious  uses  of  Pain  it  is  hardly  possible 
to  reckon  it  as  a  simple  counterpoise  thrown 
into  the  scale  against  guilt,  and  of  itself  adjust- 
ing the  balance  of  Justice.  Those  who  hold 
that  there  is  no  such  thing  as  Punishment  in 
the  Divine  order,  and  those  who  hold  that  a 
certain  definite  modicum  of  pain  apportioned 
to  each  sin  fulfils  that  order,  seem  to  me  equally 
to  err. 

Surely  the  clue  to  the  truth  must  lie  in  some 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  113 

other  direction  ?  Our  bodies,  witli  their  plea- 
sures and  pains,  are  so  much  a  part  of  ourselves 
now,  that  our  moral  lessons  must  necessarily 
come  to  us  joartly  through  them.  Yery  natu- 
rally, that  intimate  union  and  its  consequences 
was  transferred  in  the  imagination  of  the  men 
of  old  to  another  world,  and  the  doctrine  of 
the  Eesurrection  of  the  Flesh  (which  happened 
to  descend  to  us  with  more  valuable  heirlooms 
in  one  line  of  our  mental  pedigree)  has  served 
to  give  some  sort  of  coloiu'  to  our  persistence 
in  their  ideas.  But  looking  at  the  matter  from 
the  standpoint  of  modern  psychology,  it  is  hard 
to  see  what  we  can  have  to  do  beyond  the  grave 
with  physical  pains  of  any  kind.  Of  course  it 
is  possible  to  imagine  that  the  new  bodies  with 
which  we  may  (or  may  not)  be  clothed  should 
from  the  first  be  inlets  of  suffering.  But  as 
they  can  hardly  be  supposed  to  receive  the 
taint  of  the  diseases  of  the  poor  sin-stained 
frames  left  in  the  grave,  whatever  pains  they 
may  endure  must  be  conceived  of  as  purely 
arbitrary,  and  of  a  kind  bearing  no  analogy  to 
any  order  of  the  Divine  government  with  which 
we  are  acquainted. 

But  though  it  is  most  difficult  to  conceive  of 

I 


114  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

^physical  suffering  under  the  conditions  of  a  new 
life  (unless  as  the  reflex  of  more  sensitive  frames 
with  the  sufferings  of  the  soul),  it  is,  on  the 
contrary,  almost  saliently  obvious  that  the  dis- 
embodied soul  must  immediately  pass  into  a 
state  wherein  mental  pain  proportioned  to  its 
moral  guilt  will  be  unavoidable.  We  have  no 
need  to  imagine  a  burning  vault.  Pit  of  Devils, 
or  any  other  machinery  of  the  Divine  Inquisi- 
tion. The  mere  fact  of  disembodiment,  it  would 
seem,  must  adequately  account  for  all  that  is 
needed  to  work  out  the  ends  of  justice.* 

In  those  rare  hours  when  the  claims  of  the 
body  are  for  a  time  partially  suspended, — when 
we  are  neither  hungry  nor  thirsty,  nor  somno- 
lent nor  restless, — when  no  objects  distract  our 

*  "Wlaen  tlie  portals  of  this  world  have  been  past, 
wlien  time  and  sense  have  been  left  behind,  and  this  '  body 
of  death'  has  dropped  away  from  the  liberated  soul,  every- 
thing which  clouded  the  perception,  which  duEed  the 
vision,  which  drugged  the  conscience  while  on  earth,  will 
be  cleared  off  like  the  morning  mist.  We  slicdl  see  tilings 
as  they  really  are,  ourselves  and  our  sins  among  the  number. 
ISTo  other  punishment,  Avhether  retributive  or  purgatorial, 
is  needed.  leaked  truth,  unfilmed  eyes,  will  do  all  that 
the  most  righteous  vengeance  could  desire." — Enigmas, 
p.  260.  The  following  two  pages  of  this  essay  are  among 
the  most  beautiful  and  striking  in  the  range  of  literature. 


THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH.  115 

eyes  and  no  sounds  play  upon  the  ear, — when 
we  feel,  in  a  word,  neither  Pain,  nor  Want,  nor 
Pleasure,  from  our  corporeal  frames,  we  obtain 
in  a  few  moments  more  self-insight  than  in 
weeks  and  months  of  ordinary  life.  A  prolon- 
gation of  such  a  condition  under  disease,  wherein 
(in  some  rare  cases)  the  body's  wants  are  reduced 
to  a  minimum  without  such  positive  pain  as  to 
occupy  the  mind, — in  interminable  sleepless 
nights,  and  days  when  in  solitude  and  silence 
the  hours  go  by  almost  uninterrupted  by  those 
changes  of  sensation  produced  in  healthy  life 
by  food,  ablutions  and  exercise, — then,  it  would 
seem  (from  the  testimony  of  those  who  have 
passed  through  such  experience),  the  soul  be- 
comes self-conscious  to  a  degree  quite  inconceiv- 
able under  ordinary  conditions.  The  physical 
life  falls  comparatively  into  the  background,  the 
spiritual  and  moral  life  come  forward ;  and  the 
facts  of  our  relations  towards  God,  our  sense  of 
past  transgressions,  and  our  hopes  of  existence 
beyond  the  nearly-opened  grave,  become  real- 
ities quite  as  sensibly  felt  as  those  of  our  bodily 
surroundings.  We  have  but  to  imagine  one 
degree  more  of  such  separation  from  physical 
interruptions  and  sensations,  and  conceive  our- 

i2 


116  THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH. 

selves  as  actually  severed  from  the  body,  and 
it  becomes  clear  that  we  should  instantly,  and 
from  that  circumstance  alone,  pass  into  a  Pur- 
gatory. Even  if  we  should  retain  no  recollection 
of  the  special  sins  of  earth,  their  consequences^ 
sensible  at  last  in  our  degraded  natures,  our 
mean  and  malignant  sentiments,  our  withered 
hearts,  would  be  the  heaviest  curse.  Every- 
thing we  have  ever  done  of  evil  has  undoubtedly 
left  its  stain  on  us  in  ways  like  these,  even 
should  the  actual  recollection  of  it  be  effaced 
with  the  brain-record  of  Memory.  We — our 
very  selves,  whatever  in  us  can  possibly  survive 
the  dissolution  of  the  body — must  carry  with 
us — nay,  rather  in  us,  these  dreadful  results. 
As  Theodore  Parker  says  quaintly,  '^The  sad- 
dler does  not  remember  every  stitch  he  took 
when  a  'prentice,  but  every  stitch  served  to 
make  him  a  saddler."  So  every  act  we  have 
done  of  good  or  evil,  every  sentiment  we  have 
indulged  of  loving  or  hateful,  has  gone  to  make 
us  saints  or  sinners.  "We  may  repent  the  past, 
abhor  it,  renounce  it,  with  the  whole  force  of 
God -supported  will.  But,  as  even  Aristotle 
knew,  "of  this  even  God  is  deprived,  to  make 
the  Past  not  to  have  been."    The  sins  have  been 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  117 

committed,  and  the  trail  of  them  over  our  souls 
must  remain,  even  if  we  forget  them  one  by 
one. 

But  if  (as  seems  infinitely  more  consonant 
with  the  Divine  order)  we  pass  through  no 
river  of  oblivion  on  leaving  the  world,  but,  on 
the  contrary,  find  all  the  Past  unrolling  itself 
in  one  long  unbroken  panorama  from  the  hour 
of  Death  backward  to  the  first  hours  of  childish 
consciousness,  —  then  will  our  Purgatory  be 
complete  indeed  !  Then,  as  we  look,  unhurried, 
dispassioned,  at  one  hour  of  mortal  life  after 
another,  remembering  all  we  felt  and  did  in  it, 
all  the  weaknesses  and  mixed  motives  which 
spoiled  our  purest  moments,  all  the  selfishness, 
the  bitterness,  the  ingratitude,  perchance  the 
sensual  vice  or  cruel  vindictiveness  which  black- 
ened the  worst — ^then  in  very  truth  shall  we 
learn  at  last — what  it  has  been  idly  di-eamed 
that  only  Hell  could  teach — "the  exceeding 
Sinfulness  of  Sin."  The  thought  is  almost  too 
tremendous  to  dwell  upon,  yet  it  is  but  the 
simplest  consequence  from  the  laws  of  Mind, 
as  we  know  them.  There  is  no  need  for  the 
Almighty  to  bare  His  arm  and  hurl  us  into  the 
Lake  of  Fire.     He  has  only  to  leave  us  alone 


118  THE   LIFE   AFTER   DEATH. 


with  our  sins ;  to  draw  the  curtain  between  us 
and  the  world ;  and  our  punishment  must  come 
with  unerring  certainty. 

This  is  the  awful  Purgatory  which  I  believe 
awaits  us  all.  Is  there  nothing  but  terror  in  it 
for  the  sinner  and  sadness  for  the  saint  ?  I^ay, 
but  is  there  not  also  somewhat  of  deep  and 
stern  satisfaction?  At  the  best  moments  of 
life,  have  we  not  longed  for  such  an  insight 
into  our  own  dark  souls,  such  a  sense  of  the 
guilt  which  we  dimly  knew  existed,  but  under 
which  our  hardened  consciences  remained  numb"? 
Will  it  not  be  something  gained  when  the 
scales  which  ever  cover  our  eyes  when  we 
strive  to  look  inward  shall  fall  from  them  at 
last?  "We  shall  then  know,  and  be  sure  we 
know  truly,  what  is  the  whole  evil  of  our 
hearts,  the  sinfulness  of  our  acts.  There  will 
be  no  more  uncertainty  and  fear  of  self-delusion, 
of  walking  in  a  vain  shadow  of  self-acquittal, 
or,  it  may  be,  of  ill-allotted  self-condemnation. 
We  shall  know  our  true  place  in  the  moral 
world,  our  true  relation  to  the  all-holy  God. 
And  we  shall  not  only  know  what  is  true,  but 
suffer  what  is  just.  We  shall  endure  all  the 
agony,  and  also  learn  the  infinite  relief,  of  a 


THE    LIFE    AFTER   DEATH.  119 

repentance  at  last  adequate  and  proportioned 
to  our  sinfulness.  The  pain  will  fall,  where  it 
ought  to  fall,  upon  oui'  hearts  themselves ;  and, 
as  Cranmer  held  his  ''  guilty  hand"  to  the  fire, 
so  perchance  shall  we,  instead  of  striving  to 
escape,  even  desire  to  hold  them  to  their  tor- 
ture. That  entire,  absolute,  perfect  Eepentance 
will  be  the  great  and  true  Expiation ;  and  when 
it  has  been  accomplished,  the  blessed  Justice  of 
God  will  be  vindicated,  and  all  will  be  well. 

Is  there  an  outlook  beyond  this  Purgatory, 
wherein  Time  can  have  no  meaning  ?  Assuredly 
there  must  be.  There  yet  must  remain  for  the 
souls  which  God  has  made  and  purified  both 
work  to  do  for  Him  and  joy  in  Him  and  in  one 
another.  There  must  be  the  service  of  His 
creatures ;  the  learning  of  His  truth ;  the  recon- 
ciliation with  every  foe;  the  re-union  of  im- 
mortal affection ;  and  the  everlasting  approach, 
nearer  and  nearer  through  the  infinite  ages,  to 
perfect  goodness  and  to  Him  who  is  supremely 
good.  But  these  things  lie  afar  off,  where  eye 
hath  not  seen,  nor  ear  heard,  nor  the  heart  of 
man  conceived,  the  things  which  God  hath 
prepared  for  those  who  love  Him — aye,  and  for 
those,  also,  who  now  love  Him  not. 


/ 


DOOMED    TO    BE    SAVED. 


An  Address  read  at  Clerkenwell  Unitarian  Church, 
October  5,  1873. 


DOOMED    TO    BE    SAVED. 


— f- 


In  old  times,  two  or  three  centuries  ago,  men 
believed  that  they  could  sell  their  souls  to  the 
Devil.  N'o  one  seems  to  think  such  a  bargain 
possible  now,  though  the  belief  in  the  existence 
of  the  strange  Incarnate  Evil,  the  Great  Bad 
God,  with  whom  it  was  supposed  to  be  trans- 
acted, still  forms  part  of  the  accepted  creed  of 
Christendom.  I  am  not  concerned  now  to  dis- 
cuss the  absurdity"  and  blasphemy  involved  in 
this  doctrine  of  a  cruel  and  relentless  Wolf  left 
freely  by  the  Shepherd  of  Souls  to  prowl  for 
ever  through  His  hapless  fold.  But  I  shall  ask 
of  you  to  dwell  in  imagination  for  a  few  mo- 
ments on  the  state  of  one  of  the  hundreds  of 
men  and  women  who  formerly  believed,  with 
unhesitating  credulity,  that  they  had  bartered 
their  existence  to  the  Fiend,  and  were  hence- 


124  DOOMED   TO   BE    SAYED. 

forth  for  evermore,  and  without  hope  of  escape, 
the  sworn  servants  of  Satan. 

Probably  such  imaginary  transactions  gene- 
rally happened  somewhat  in  this  way.  A  man 
was  violently  goaded  by  vindictiveness  to  desire 
the  ruin  of  an  enemy,  or  by  want  or  avarice  to 
long  for  gold,  or  by  passionate  love  to  covet  the 
possession  of  the  person  he  loved.  At  the  same 
time  he  entertained,  undoubtingly,  the  dangerous 
belief  that  there  was  a  Power  always  at  hand 
ready  to  gratify  his  desires  at  the  price  of  a 
penalty  to  be  paid  only  in  the  distant  future. 
If  we  attempt  to  realize  the  terrible  ever-present 
temptation  which  such  a  belief  would  offer,  I 
think  it  will  apj)ear  only  too  natural  that  in 
some  moment  when  his  longings  were  most 
vehement,  the  tempted  wretch  should  say,  "/ 
will  be  revenged" — or  "J  ivill  be  rich" — or 
"  /  will  gain  the  woman  I  love — even  if  I  lose 
my  soul !  I  will  give  myself  to  the  Devil  for 
ever,  if  he  will  do  for  me  what  I  want !"  Sup- 
posing after  this,  by  some  perfectly  natural 
chance,  the  man  did  obtain  his  end,  his  enemy 
fell  sick  or  died,  a  little  money  unexpectedly 
came  in  his  way,  or  the  woman  he  loved  returned 
his  passion,  from  that  moment  he  would  inevi- 


DOOMED   TO    BE    SAVED.  125 

tably  conclude  Satan  had  accepted  the  bargain, 
and  fulfilled  his  part  of  the  contract.  There 
was  no  more  retrocession  possible.  He  was  no 
more  free  to  draw  back  and  give  up  his  coveted 
gains.  Hell  had  hold  of  him  by  a  bond  which 
could  never  be  broken.  He  was  the  servant  of 
Sin,  outlawed  from  God  and  Heaven  and  the 
society  of  the  good  and  innocent,  and  destined, 
without  hope  of  pardon  or  reprieve,  to  pass, 
whenever  his  new  Master  chose  to  call  him,  to 
the  realms  of  everlasting  torture  and  despair. 
What,  I  ask,  would  be  the  result  on  a  man's 
character  of  finding  himself  so  doomed?  I 
think  that  after  the  first  flush  of  gratified  pas- 
sion had  subsided,  the  poor  deluded  wretch 
must  always  have  felt  creeping  over  him  a 
horror  such  as  no  experience  of  our  lives  can 
render  altogether  comprehensible.  Even  the 
fact  of  his  success  (being  at  the  same  time  the 
pledge  that  the  barter  was  actually  made)  must 
have  brought  with  it  a  thrill  of  unspeakable 
awe.  Then  as  time  went  on,  and  the  gratified 
desire  sank  down  among  his  passions,  while 
natural  affections  and  harmless  interests  re- 
sumed their  ordinary  sway,  there  would  begin 
a  period  of  unmitigated  agony.     No  innocent 


126  DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED. 

pursuit  could  be  followed,  no  pure  affection 
cherished,  no  kindly  action  performed,  for  the 
man  would  know  that  he  would  be  an  object  of 
loathing  and  horror  to  the  nearest  and  dearest 
did  they  understand  his  real  condition,  and  that 
none  would  take  a  gift  from  his  hand.  Every 
allusion  made  by  those  aroimd  him  to  religion, 
the  memory  of  his  own  innocent  childhood,  the 
spectacle  of  death  and  interment,  would  each 
be  like  a  fresh  lash  of  despair.  By  degrees,  I 
believe,  even  a  very  bad  and  irreligious  man, 
finding  thus  every  avenue  to  good  closed  to 
him,  would  begin  to  envy  every  beggar  by  the 
wayside,  every  dying  sufferer  in  the  hospital, 
nay,  every  criminal  going  to  the  gallows,  who 
was  not  like  himself  utterly  and  eternally  shut 
out  from  God  and  goodness.  Of  course  the 
belief  in  the  futility  and  hopelessness  of  any 
repentance  on  his  part,  the  idea  that  the  Fiend 
would  laugh  were  he  to  attempt  to  pray,  would 
finally  drive  him  into  absolute  recklessness  and 
hardness  of  heart.  He  would  say,  "Evil,  be 
thou  my  good,"  and  give  himself  up  to  such 
gross  pleasures,  such  malignity,  cruelty,  per- 
fidy and  blasphemy,  as  his  miserable  heart  might 
choose  in  its  despair.     Looking  back  after  the 


DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED.  127 

lapse  of  ages  to  the  historical  proofs  that  our 
fellow -men  have  actually  gone  through  this 
hideous  torture,  we  feel  now  as  if  the  nightmare 
must  have  been  more  than  the  brain  of  man 
could  bear,  and  that  the  ha^ang  caused  such 
direful  woe  must  be  added  to  the  long  list  of 
terrors,  persecutions  and  asceticisms,  which  go 
farther,  perhaps,  than  Christians  commonly  ima- 
gine, to  counterbalance  the  benefits  which  hu- 
manity has  received  from  their  creed.  If  the 
faith  which  had  its  origin  in  the  pure  spirit  of 
Christ,  but  which  so  soon  became  corrupted, 
has  indeed  bound  up  many  a  broken  heart,  it 
has  also  assuredly  broken  many ;  in  monasteries 
and  nunneries,  in  the  dungeons  of  the  Inquisi- 
tion— aye,  and  in  Protestant  homes,  whence 
guiltless  and  believing  souls  have  been  driven 
into  mad-houses  under  the  terrors  of  the  Unpar- 
donable Sin. 

But  for  us,  who  neither  believe  it  possible  to 
sell  our  souls  at  all,  nor  in  a  Devil  to  whom  we 
might  sell  them,  is  there  any  lesson  in  this  sad 
old  story  ?  I  think  there  must  be  one,  for  we 
hQliOiYQ  exactly  the  reverse  of  that  hideous  doctrine 
which  drove  these  poor  wretches  to  destruction. 
Our  faith  teaches  us  that  our  only  Lord  is  Good- 


128  DOOMED   TO    BE    SAVED. 

ness  itself  impersonated ;  and  that  we  are  not 
"  sold"  to  Him  by  any  act  of  our  own,  not  even 
'' reconciled "  to  Him  by  any  Atonement  or 
Mediator,  but  are  His  by  birthright  and  by 
nature.  His  as  the  child  belongs  to  its  parent, 
His  as  a  man's  thought  is  his  own.  We  are 
each  of  us  Thoughts  of  God.  We  owe  our 
being  to  having  heen  in  that  Infinite  Mind ;  and, 
as  the  author  of  the  Book  of  Wisdom  says, 
^'I^ever  wouldst  Thou  have  made  anything 
hadst  Thou  not  loved  it."  The  Creator  cannot 
be  disgusted  with  His  creature's  infirmities,  or 
wearied  of  his  weakness,  or  ready  to  abandon 
him  because  of  his  sin,  for  He  has  understood 
it  all  from  the  first,  and  in  His  book  were  all 
our  transgressions  written  when  as  yet  there 
were  none  of  them,  and  we  hung  as  innocent 
babes  upon  our  mothers'  breasts. 

I  know  that  this  faith  is  held  by  us  in  the 
very  teeth  of  scores  of  passages  in  the  Bible, 
and  of  the  denunciation  of  ten  thousand  ortho- 
dox divines.  Nay,  there  are  some  even  among 
those  who  have  left  orthodoxy  far  behind,  who 
yet  hold  that  it  is  both  a  false  and  especially  a 
dangerous  creed  to  teach  men  that  God  loves 
them  always,  and  that  they  are  certain  to  be 


DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED.  129 

saved  (to  use  the  much  misapplied  old  phrase) 
at  last.  Let  us  inquire  more  carefully  how  this 
may  be,  seeing  that,  in  a  great  measure,  the 
practical  side  of  our  religion  depends  on  our 
sense  of  the  matter. 

I  think  it  will  be  found  that  Sin  looks  very 
differently  in  proportion  as  we  regard  it  from 
its  own  level,  or  from  a  little  higher  up,  or  from 
a  region  still  farther  above  it.  The  man  who 
is  quite  on  a  level  with  the  sin,  who  is  himself 
cruel,  unchaste,  deceitful,  dishonest,  drunken, 
hears  always  of  another  falling  into  his  sin  with 
a  certain  evil  pleasure.  As  we  say,  it  "keeps 
him  in  countenance,"  and  prevents  him  feeling 
shame.  He  finds  no  jests  so  diverting  as  those 
which  tell  of  cheats  and  drunken  brawls,  adul- 
teries and  filth.  A  large  mass  of  literature, 
from  the  old  story  of  Gil  Bias  and  Fielding's 
novels  down  to  the  latest  French  romances, 
prove  how  wide-spread  is  this  taste  for  tales  of 
vice,  this  propensity  to  "rejoice  in  iniquity." 

But  when  a  man  has  begun  in  earnest  to 
try  and  amend  his  own  life,  and  has  learned  to 
hate  his  own  sins,  he  ceases  to  find  anything 
amusing  or  ridiculous  in  the  sins  of  others. 
His  feeling  about  them  becomes  one  of  righ- 

K 


130  DOOMED   TO    BE    SAVED. 

teous  anger,  if  the  offence  involve  cruelty  or 
perfidy ;  of  disgust  and  loathing,  if  it  be  one  of 
sensual  vice.  He  wishes  heartily  that  justice 
may  be  done  on  the  offender,  and  beyond  this 
he  has  no  feeling  towards  him  but  contempt 
and  abhorrence.  Fortunately  the  majority  of 
people  in  every  civilized  community  have  at- 
tained at  least  so  far  as  this  point ;  and  it  is, 
so  far  as  it  goes,  a  very  sound  standing-ground, 
and  one  infinitely  superior  either  to  the  pleasure 
of  the  grossly  wicked,  or  to  the  sentimental 
softness  and  laxity  about  crime,  which  is  one 
of  the  evil  fashions  of  our  day.  I  confess, 
when  I  hear  of  a  mob  being  with  difficulty 
prevented  from  tearing  to  pieces  some  monster 
who  has  committed  an  act  of  dastardly  cruelty, 
I  cannot  altogether  regret  the  exhibition  of 
righteous  popular  indignation ;  and  on  the  other 
hand,  I  know  few  worse  symptoms  of  national 
moral  health  than  a  great  crowd  cheering  and 
doing  honour  to  a  villain. 

But  does  no  man,  I  would  ask,  get  beyond 
the  stage  of  mere  anger  at  crime?  I  think 
even  very  poor  aspirants  after  goodness  do  so, 
especially  if  they  are  parents.  Suppose  a  man 
or  a  woman  to  have  striven  for  years  to  bring 


DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED.  131 

Tip  a  young  lad  in  honesty  and  religion;  to 
have  watched  his  boyish  faults  and  repentances, 
his  efforts  to  do  well,  and  his  sorrow  and  shame 
when  he  failed.  At  the  end  of  all,  the  elder 
friend  hears  perhaps  that  the  youth  has  com- 
mitted a  forgery,  or  seduced  an  innocent  girl, 
or  has  sunk  into  habits  of  perpetual  drunken- 
ness. What  are  the  feelings  with  which  he 
receives  the  sad  tidings  ?  Surely  they  are  very 
different  from  mere  anger  and  indignation,  and 
a  fierce  desire  to  punish  the  offender  ?  He  will 
indeed  feel  (inasmuch  as  he  is  human)  a  horrible 
shock  of  surprise  and  disappointment,  and  also 
perhaps  some  personal  resentment  that  all  his 
good  counsels  have  been  thrown  away.  But 
beyond  all  this,  and  far  more  deeply,  he  will 
grieve  that  such  wickedness  should  be  done, 
and  done  by  the  man  he  knows  so  well,  whose 
soul  has  so  often  lain  bare  to  him,  who  was 
capable  of  so  much  better  things.  He  will 
understand  how  certain  faults  in  his  nature, 
certain  temptations  in  his  lot,  have  led  him  on, 
step  by  step,  till  he  has  been  entangled  in  sin 
and  has  fallen  so  miserably.  And  then  his  heart 
will  go  out  in  pity  and  compassion  unutterable 
towards  the  unhappy  one.     He  will  know  that 

k2 


132  DOOMED   TO    BE    SAVED. 

his  condition  is  infinitely  deplorable;  that  if 
he  repent  and  feel  his  guilt  he  must  endure 
agonies  of  remorse,  and  that  if  he  be  callous 
and  feel  it  not,  it  is  so  much  the  worse.  He 
will  estimate  the  man's  misfortunes  as  ten  thou- 
sand times  heavier  than  if  he  had  lost  his  health 
or  wealth,  or  become  blind  or  maimed.  And 
if  he  be  the  father  or  master  of  the  offender, 
and  obliged  in  some  way  to  visit  his  transgres- 
sion with  punishment,  he  will  earnestly  strive 
that  even  in  punishing  him  he  may  do  him 
good  and  bring  him  to  a  better  mind,  so  as  to 
lead  to  his  restoration  to  peace  and  virtue,  and 
entire  reconciliation  with  himself. 

Now  I  challenge  those  who  forbid  us  to 
believe  in  the  infinite  mercy  of  God  to  say 
which  of  these  thi-ee  ways  of  viewing  Sin  is 
most  Godlike — most  probably  nearest  to  the 
way  in  which  God  must  view  it.  Will  He  feel 
pleasure  in  it  ?  Assuredly  not !  Will  He  feel 
mere  anger  and  wrathful  indignation  ?  I  think 
it  was  very  natural  that  the  old  Hebrews,  who 
had  just  reached  that  stage  themselves,  should 
suppose  He  did  so.  But  I  also  think  that  it  is 
monstrous,  for  a  race  who  have  for  two  thou- 
sand years  taken  Christ's  blessed  parable  of  the 


DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED.  133 

Prodigal  Son  as  the  very  Word  of  God,  to  do 
anything  of  the  kind.  I  think  if  we  were  not 
caught  in  the  meshes  of  that  wretched  Angus- 
tinian  scheme  of  theology  which  makes  the 
Atonement  necessary  to  appease  God's  wrath, 
and  postulates  eternal  Hell  to  compel  us  to 
accept  it, — I  think,  I  say,  if  it  were  not  for  this 
theology,  all  Christendom  must  have  long  ago 
come  to  see  that,  at  the  very  least,  God  feels 
towards  a  sinner  as  a  Father  or  a  Saint  would 
do,  and  not  as  a  man  less  good  or  wise  or  mer- 
ciful,— the  great  Policeman  of  the  Universe ! 
And  remember,  when  we  are  presuming  to 
speak  of  the  awful  character  of  God,  it  is  not 
our  business  to  inquire  what  it  is  just  possible 
He  may  be  or  do  without  injustice  or  cruelty ; 
but  what  is  the  very  highest,  the  noblest,  the 
kindest,  the  most  royal  and  fatherlike  thing 
we  can  possibly  lift  our  minds  to  conceive. 
When  we  have  found  that,  we  may  be  assured 
it  is  the  nearest  we  can  yet  apj)roach  to  the 
truth.  By-and-by,  when  we  are  loftier,  nobler, 
and  kinder  too,  we  shall  get  nearer  to  it  still. 
Of  all  impossible  things,  the  most  impossible 
must  surely  be  that  a  Man  should  dream  some- 
thing of  the  Good  and  the  Noble,  and  that  it 


134  DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED. 

sKould  prove  at  last  that  his  Creator  was  less 
good  and  less  noble  than  he  had  dreamed.  We 
Theists  then,  I  conceive,  are  justified  (even 
in  this  dim  world  of  imperfect  and  uncertain 
vision)  in  holding  clearly  and  boldly,  as  the 
very  core  of  our  faith,  that  God  loves  eternally 
and  unalterably  every  creature  He  has  made ; 
and  that  our  Sin,  while  it  draws  a  thick  veil 
over  our  eyes,  and  makes  it  impossible  to  give 
us  the  joy  of  communion  with  Him,  yet  never 
changes  Him ;  never  blackens  that  Sun  of  Love 
in  the  heavens. 

Nor  is  it  only  by  argument  and  analogy  that 
we  come  to  this  conclusion.  The  Lord  of  Con- 
science who  bids  tis  forgive  till  seventy  times 
seven ;  the  Lord  of  Life,  the  Father  of  Spirits, 
who  reveals  Himself  to  us  in  the  supreme  hour 
of  heartfelt  prayer ;  that  God  whose  voice  has 
so  often  called  us  back  from  our  wanderings 
and  put  it  into  our  hearts  to  pray,  and  then 
has  blessed  and  restored  us  again  and  yet  again 
— ^that  God  we  know  is  never  to  be  alienated. 
He  is  our  Guide  for  ever  and  ever;  Friend, 
Master,  Father,  Lord !  As  physically  we  live 
and  move  and  have  our  being  in  Him,  so 
morally  we  live  in  His  bosom,  and  are  sur- 


DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED.  135 

rounded  by  His  love  and  pity.  Poor,  froward, 
rebellious  babes,  struggling  now  with  the  pains 
of  mortality,  and  now  stretching  out  vain  hands 
of  longing  to  seize  forbidden  joys — with  all  our 
wrestlings  and  struggles  we  never  fall  out  of 
His  Arms.  They  close  round  us  even  at  our 
worst.  The  Calvinists  hold,  as  one  of  their 
"  Five  Points,"  the  ''  Final  Perseverance  of  the 
Saints."  We  Theists  believe  in  that  "Per- 
severance" too,  and  are  persuaded  that  no 
human  heart  which  has  once  known  the  un- 
utterable bliss  of  loving  God  can  ever  forget  it, 
or  cease  to  yearn  to  return  from  every  wander- 
ing to  His  feet.  But  we  also  believe  in  the 
Final  Salvation  of  those  who  are  not  Saints, 
but  Sinners, — nay,  of  the  very  worst  and  most 
hardened  of  mankind.  As  one  of  the  wisest 
men  I  ever  knew  (the  late  Matthew  Davenport 
Hill)  once  said  to  me,  "  I  believe  in  the  aggres- 
sive power  of  love  and  kindness,  and  in  the 
comparative  weakness  of  every  obstacle  of  evil 
or  stubbornness  which  can  be  opposed  thereto." 
"We  do  not  think  man's  evil  can,  in  the  long 
run  of  the  infinite  ages,  outspeed  finally  God's 
ever-piu'suing  mercy.  He  must  overtake  us 
sooner  or  later.     True,  it  may  be  late — very 


136  DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED. 

late,  before  He  does  so.  IS'ot  necessarily  in 
this  world ;  not  perchance  in  the  next  world  to 
come.  We  may  doom  ourselves  to  groan  be- 
neath the  burden  of  sin,  and  writhe  beneath 
the  scourge  of  just  and  most  merciful  Eetribu- 
tion — again  and  yet  again — no  one  knows  how 
long.  We  may  choose  evil  rather  than  good, 
and  vileness  instead  of  nobleness,  and  be  un- 
grateful and  sinful  almost  as  He  is  long-suffer- 
ing and  infinitely  holy.  But  it  is  almost,  not 
quite  !     God  will  get  the  better  of  us  at  last. 

Is  this  indeed  a  "dangerous  creed"?  "Will 
men  be  the  worse  and  harder  and  more  daringly 
wicked  for  holding  it  ?  My  friends,  we  are 
all,  I  fear,  very  unworthy  types  of  what  Theists 
should  be.  l^ay,  I  have  never  yet  seen  man 
or  woman,  not  that  hero-soul  Theodore  Parker 
— not  that  true  saint  of  God,  Keshub  Chunder 
Sen — who  altogether  and  j)erfectly  attained 
those  Alpine  heights  to  which  Theism  should 
lift  us.  But  yet  even  at  our  weakest,  we  know 
that  we  are  not  the  worse  for  believing  in  the 
infinite  goodness  of  God.  Was  any  one  ever 
the  worse  for  having  an  earthly  father  who 
would  grieve,  or  a  mother  who  would  weep 
and  pray  for  him  in  his  sin,  rather  than  curse 


DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED.  137 

liiiii  aud  cast  him  off?  Human  nature  is  bad 
enough, — I  am  not  disposed  to  underrate  its 
vices  and  meanness.  But  with  all  my  soul  I 
rejDudiate  and  reject  the  blasphemy  that  it  can 
grow  worse  for  having  a  better  knowledge  of 
God. 

The  results  of  a  settled  faith  that  we  are  in- 
evitably destined  to  become  good  and  blessed, 
ought  obviously  to  be  as  nearly  as  possible  the 
precise  converse  of  the  results  of  the  belief  of 
the  poor  wretch  who  imagined  he  had  sold  him- 
self to  the  Power  of  Evil.  Just  as  he  must 
have  looked  round  and  envied  the  meanest  or 
most  suffering  of  mankind,  so  we  must  look 
upon  the  happiest  or  most  fortunate  who  hold 
darker  creeds  as  far  less  blessed  than  ourselves. 
To  them,  half  the  horizon  is  covered  by  a  great 
lurid  cloud,  out  of  which  come  the  thunders 
and  the  bolts  of  doom,  and  which  may  at  any 
moment  blot  out  the  sun  for  ever  from  their 
sight,  even  as  they  believe  that  to  tens  of  thou- 
sands of  the  dead  He  is  hid  for  evermore.  For 
uSj  that  shi'oud  of  blackness  has  rolled  utterly 
away,  and  the  Glory  of  God  shines  wide  as 
earth  and  heaven,  showering  blessings  on  the 
head  of  every  creatiu'e  He  has  made.     It  is 


138  DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED. 

only  our  own  dim  eyes,  blinded  by  the  mists 
of  sin  and  selfishness,  wMch  sometimes  fail  to 
see  Him. 

And  again — just  as  the  fiend-bought  man 
dreamed  it  was  of  no  use  for  him  to  try  to 
return  to  virtue,  or  to  yield  to  the  softening  of 
his  heart  when  the  sweet  dews  of  penitence  fell 
on  him,  as  they  fall  sometimes  on  us  all, — so 
we,  on  the  contrary,  must  needs  know  that  it 
is  no  use  for  us  to  persist  in  rebellion  and  harden 
ourselves  against  the  thought  of  God's  love. 
We  are  doomed  (0  blessed  doom !)  to  be  con- 
quered at  last,  and  brought  in  remorse  and 
shame,  and  yet  with  the  infinite  peace  of  resto- 
ration, to  our  Father's  arms.  We  are  destined 
to  be  noble,  not  base ;  pure,  not  unholy ;  loving, 
not  selfish  or  malicious.  Sooner  or  later  through- 
out the  cycles  of  our  immortality,  all  the  vile 
sensuality,  the  yet  more  hideous  hate  and  malice 
which  we  sometimes  hug  now  to  our  hearts, 
must  fall  off  us  like  loathsome,  outworn  rags, 
and  be  trampled  under  our  feet  with  disgust 
and  shame.  We  never  sink  our  souls  in  gross 
and  unholy  pleasures  now,  but  we  are  befouling 
them  with  mire  which  hereafter  we  shall  wash 
away  with  rivers  of  tears.     We  never  utter  a 


DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED.  139 

cruel  or  slanderous  word,  or  hurt  a  child  or  a 
brute,  but  we  are  making  a  wound  in  our  hearts 
which  will  smart  long,  long,  after  oui*  victim 
has  forgotten  its  pain.  Nay,  we  never  miss  an 
opportunity  of  giving  innocent  pleasure,  or  of 
helping  another  soul  on  the  path  to  God,  but 
we  are  taking  away  from  ourselves  for  ever 
what  might  have  been  a  happy  memory,  and 
leaving  in  its  place  a  remorse.  A  French  cynic 
(who  could  not  have  known  what  friendship 
meant)  advises  us  to  ''live  with  our  friends  as 
if  they  might  one  day  become  our  enemies." 
A  good  Englishman  reversed  the  maxim,  and 
bade  us  "  live  with  our  enemies  as  if  they 
might  one  day  become  our  friends."  My  fellow- 
Theists,  it  is  not  for  us  a  matter  of  chance 
that  our  enemies  may  one  day  become  our 
friends,  but  of  firm  faith  that  they  will  one  day 
do  so ;  that,  as  Mahomet  said,  "  the  blessed 
shall  sit  beside  one  another,  and  all  grudges 
shall  be  taken  away  out  of  their  hearts."  Why, 
even  the  approach  of  holy  Death  heals  our  mise- 
rable quarrels  now,  and  softens  our  bitterest 
animosity  !  When  we  have  crossed  the  Dark 
Eiver  and  climbed  but  a  little  way  towards  the 
City  of  God  beyond,   everything  resembling 


140  DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED. 

hatred  and  jealousy  and  malice  and  spite  will 
have  died  out  of  our  souls.  Only  where  their 
baleful  fires  have  burned,  there  must  long  re- 
main a  black  spot  charred  and  blistering. 

And  as  to  God ;  when  we  come  a  little  more 
to  know  Him,  a  little  to  understand  what  love 
He  bears  us,  how  He  fulfils  all  our  dreams  of 
what  the  highest,  the  most  loveable  and  ador- 
able can  be,  that  which  our  own  hearts  from 
their  depths  spontaneously  love  and  adore, — 
when,  I  say,  we  come  to  know  somewhat  more 
of  all  this,  how  shall  we  look  back  on  our  hard- 
ness and  our  ingratitude?  The  tears  of  an 
unworthy  son  upon  a  mother's  grave  must  be 
less  bitter  than  ours.  God  will  forgive  us,  but 
when  shall  we  be  able  to  forgive  ourselves  ? 

These  are,  in  our  faith,  the  certainties  of  the 
future.  We  are  sure  that  we  must  repent  every 
sin,  and  rise  out  of  every  weakness,  till  we 
become  at  last  meet  to  be  called  the  sons  and 
daughters  of  the  Lord  Almighty.  Assuredly 
the  conviction  that  such  things  are  in  store 
should  not  leave  us  passive  now,  any  more  than 
it  could  be  indifferent  to  the  man  who  had  sold 
himself  to  the  Fiend  that  he  was  irrevocably 
destined  to  perdition.     At  the  bottom  of  our 


DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED.  141 

hearts,  I  think,  there  is  even  at  our  worst  and 
■weakest  a  wish  to  be  good,  a  dumb  longing  to 
be  brave,  upright,  truthful,  sober,  deserving  of 
our  own  esteem.  Perhaps  our  ideal  is  not  very 
high;  we  do  not  hunger  and  thirst  after  any 
very  exalted  and  self-denying  righteousness; 
but  at  least  we  wish  we  were  better  than  we 
are.  The  German  poet  Schiller  says,  that  no 
man  ever  loves  Evil  for  Evil's  sake,  as  he  may 
love  Good  for  Goodness'  sake.  He  only  chooses 
evil  because,  contingently,  it  includes  what  is 
agreeable  or  saves  what  is  disagreeable.  This 
is  the  lowest  platform  on  which  I  believe  we 
ever  stand  permanently,  though  now  and  then 
some  of  us  may  be  able  to  understand  all  too 
well  what  the  wretch  did  whom  we  have  been 
considering,  who  gave  himself  up  to  the  powers 
of  darkness,  or  as  St.  Paul  says,  determined  to 
''work  all  iniquity  with  greediness."  There 
are  some  of  us  who  can  look  back  to  such  black 
eclipses  of  all  the  better  life  in  us,  when  deli- 
berately and  with  our  eyes  open  we  resolved  to 
do  some  wicked  thing,  even  though  we  saw 
beyond  it  a  long  vista  of  other  sins  and  deceits, 
and  practically  in  doing  it  threw  our  whole 
future  into  the  balance  of  evil.     Looking  back 


142  DOOMED   TO   BE    SAYED. 

to  such  days  (if  any  such  there  be  in  our  me- 
mory), we  tremble  as  in  remembering  how  once 
perchance  we  hung  helpless  over  a  terrific  pre- 
cipice, till  some  strong  hand  lifted  us  up;  or 
how  we  were  sinking  in  the  waters  of  a  fathom- 
less sea,  when  some  plank  was  thrown  to  us  to 
which  we  clung  and  were  saved.  Again,  there 
are  some  of  us  who  have  risen  a  little  above 
either  of  these  states,  who  have  long  turned 
their  backs  on  the  dreadful  temptations  of  a  life 
of  resolute  sin  and  self-indulgence,  and  who  do 
a  little  more  than  vaguely  wish  to  be  better,  or 
pray  (as  St.  Augustine  says  he  did  in  his  youth), 
''  Make  me  holy,  hut  not  yet.''''  They  desire  to 
be  holy  noio  and  at  once.  They  have  learned 
to  hate  and  loathe  their  remaining  faults,  "the 
sin  which  doth  so  easily  beset  them,"  and  to 
wish,  beyond  all  earthly  wishes,  for  strength 

"  To  feel,  to  think,  to  do, 
Only  the  holy  Eight, 
To  yield  no  step  in  the  awful  race, 
JSTo  blow  in  the  fearful  fight ;" 

to  be  "  perfect  even  as  their  Father  which  is  in 
Heaven  is  perfect." 

But  whether  our  desire  to  be  good  and  noble 
be  only  a  feeble  and  faint  aspiration,  dimly  felt 


DOOMED    TO    BE    SAVED.  143 

amid  the  tumult  of  life's  toil  and  passion,  or  the 
supreme  and  conscious  longing  of  our  souls, — 
in  either  case,  I  think  the  faith  that  we  are 
made  for  such  goodness  is  calculated  (if  we  could 
but  realize  it  aright)  to  carry  with  it  an  immea- 
sui-able  power  to  strengthen  us,  to  fan  our  little 
spark  of  holy  ambition  into  a  flame  which  might 
burn  on  God's  own  altar.  The  Parsees,  the 
disciples  of  Zoroaster,  have  among  their  prayers 
in  the  Zend-Avesta  the  direction  that  every 
believer  should  say  every  morning  as  he  fastens 
his  girdle,  ''  Douzakh  (Hell)  will  be  destroyed 
at  the  resurrection,  and  Ormusd  (the  Lord  of 
Good)  shall  reign  over  all  for  ever."  Not  amiss, 
I  think,  was  theii*  ritual  devised  to  make  the 
first  thought  of  each  opening  day  one  of  moral 
encouragement,  and  of  hope  assured  in  the  final 
victory  of  Light  over  Darkness,  Virtue  over 
Vice,  and  Joy  over  Sorrow  and  Pain.  I  do  not 
say  that  good  men  have  not  been  ready  to  lead 
a  forlorn  hope,  and  fight  the  good  fight  even  in 
a  world  they  believed  doomed  to  perdition,  with 
the  terror  before  their  eyes  that  even  they  them- 
selves might  become,  as  St.  Paul  said  of  himself, 
perhaps  "a  castaway."  But  beyond  all  doubt 
it  is  a  very  different  thing  to  wage  that  awful 


144  DOOMED   TO    BE    SAYED. 

and  relentless  war  with  inward  and  outward 
evil,  if  we  can  but  see,  like  Constantine's  Con- 
quering Legion,  far  away  in  the  heavens  the 
signals  of  victory.  To  look  round  on  our  fellow- 
men,  the  worst  and  weakest, — or,  what  is  far 
harder  to  understand,  the  basest^ — and  believe 
with  firm  assurance  that  they  are  one  day  to  be 
worthy  of  all  the  love  and  honour  we  can  give 
them, — this  is  to  enable  us  to  love  and  labour 
for  them  now,  and  to  have  patience,  as  God  has 
patience,  with  the  weight  of  clay  which  overlays 
so  heavily  their  little  seed  of  good.  And  still 
more,  to  look  into  our  own  souls,  and  trust  that 
one  day  we  shall  be  pure,  one  day  all  the  vile- 
ness  there  shall  be  burnt  out,  one  day  we  shall 
live  in  that  upper  air  of  noble  feelings  and  high 
thoughts  into  which  now  and  then  we  have  just 
risen  in  some  hour  of  prayer,  to  sink  again  in 
shameful  failure  to  the  dust, — to  trust  that  all 
this  is  in  store  for  us,  is  to  lift  us  up  out  of  the 
slough  of  our  despond  and  renew  our  strength 
like  the  eagle's.  I  suppose  there  are  not  many 
of  us  who  have  advanced  many  steps  along  that 
brief  way  which  leads  from  the  cradle  to  the 
grave  without  having  sad  reason  to  feel  weary 
and  disgusted  with  themselves  and  their  futile 


DOOMED   TO    BE    SAVED.  145 

efforts  to  amend.  As  tjie  old  hymn  of  Charles 
"Wesley  says,  they  have  cried  a  hundred  times, 
"  This  only  once  forgive,"  and  then  they  have 
sinned  again,  till  at  last  the  power  of  feeling 
anything  like  acute  repentance  has  passed  away, 
and  they  have  ceased  to  hope  very  much  that 
they  will  ever  grow  better  in  this  world.  There 
is  nothing  in  all  life  so  sad  as  this  November 
of  the  soul; — the  scorching  suns  of  summer 
passion,  the  April  showers  of  youthful  remorse, 
would  be  infinitely  better  than  this  colourless, 
dim  moral  life,  so  chill,  so  unhopeful !  But 
even  for  this,  the  faith  in  the  Eternal  Love  of 
God  is  the  retui*n  of  spring.  Brothers  and 
sisters,  if  you  have  felt  this  deadness  fall  on 
you,  remember  that  it  has  no  place,  no  reason 
in  our  creed.  We  may  be  cold  and  dull  and 
unrepenting.  "We  may  know  even  the  horrible 
experience  that  we  have  greatly  failed,  greatly 
sinned,  and  yet  have  no  tear  of  anguish,  no 
heart -felt  throb  of  remorse  to  give  to  our 
shameful  past.  Yet  this  is  all  our  misery  and 
deadness  of  heart,  —  not  God'^s  withdrawal. 
We  cannot  help  ourselves.  But  our  Father 
in  Heaven,  He  who  desires  our  righteousness 
more  than  we  ever  desire  it,  whose  "Will  is 


146  DOOMED   TO    BE    SAVED. 

our  salvation," — He  can  help  us,  He  will  help 
us.  We  have  learned  our  own  weakness.  Now 
is  the  time  to  learn  His  Almighty  strength.  It 
is  not  for  us  to  despair  of  growing,  not  merely 
pure  but  good,  not  merely  good  but  holy.  God 
has  made  us  for  that  very  thing,  and  what  God 
intends,  that  assuredly  will,  at  last,  be  done. 
He  is  not  wearied  of  us ;  it  is  we  who  are 
weary  of  our  vain  and  vacillating  selves.  I 
cannot  use  the  accustomed  phrase,  that  "He 
will  forgive  us  if  we  pray."  He  is  always  for- 
giving. He  stands  by  every  hour  watching  all 
our  poor  struggles,  with  pity  and  love  ineffable; 
longing — ^yes  ! — I  believe  we  may  dare  to  say 
it — longing  for  our  return,  that  He  may  bless 
us  once  more  with  the  consciousness  of  His 
love ;  the  sense  of  re-rmion  with  His  holiness ; 
the  infinite,  immeasurable,  awful  joy  of  giving 
ourselves  to  be  His  in  soul  and  body  on  earth, 
His  to  do  His  holy  Will  in  worlds  beyond  the 
grave  for  ever  and  for  ever. 

Father  !  Blessed  Father  !  Take  us  thus 
back  !  From  all  our  wanderings,  our  coldness, 
our  miserable  guilt  and  rebellion,  our  baseness 
and  our  sin,  redeem  us,  0  God !     Father,  we 


DOOMED   TO   BE    SAVED.  147 


love  Thee, — only  a  little  now.  But  we  shall 
love  Thee  hereafter,  wholly  and  perfectly.  Take 
our  hearts  and  mould  them,  to  Thyself.  "We 
give  them  to  Thee.  That  which  Thou  desirest 
for  us,  even  the  same  do  we  desire.  Fulfil  Thy 
blessed  purposes  in  us.  As  Thou  hast  made  us 
to  be  pure  and  good,  so  burn  Thou  out  of  our 
souls  all  our  sinfulness.  As  Thou  hast  made 
us  to  be  strong  and  holy,  so  do  Thou  strengthen 
us  with  might  by  Thy  Spirit  in  the  inner  man. 
Shew  us  all  the  depth  of  the  evil,  the  sensuality, 
the  bitterness  of  heart,  the  coldness  towards 
Thee  in  which  we  have  lived,  and  the  glory 
and  beauty  and  blessing  of  the  life  of  love  to 
Thee  and  to  our  fellows,  which  it  is  in  our 
power  yet  to  live.  Lift  us  out  of  the  pit,  out 
of  the  mire  and  clay,  and  set  our  feet  upon  a 
rock,  and  order  all  our  goings.  "We  are  Thine, 
0  Father  and  Mother  of  the  world  !  we  are 
Thine — save  us  !  We  know  that  Thou  wilt 
save ! 


l2 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  THE  SOCIAL 
SENTIMENT ; 

OB, 

HETEEOPATHY,    AVEKSION    AND    SYMPATHY. 


-I- 


Theological  Keview,  Januaey,  1874. 


THE  EVOLUTION  OF  THE  SOCIAL 
SENTIMENT. 


There  is  perhaps  no  human  emotion  which 
may  not  be  described  as  infectious  or  epidemic, 
quite  as  justly  as  idiopathic  or  endemic.  We 
"catch"  cheerfulness  or  depression,  courage  or 
terror,  love  or  hatred,  cruelty  or  pity,  from  a 
gay  or  a  mournful,  a  brave  or  a  cowardly,  an 
affectionate  or  malicious,  a  brutal  or  tender- 
hearted associate,  fully  as  often  as  such  feelings 
are  generated  in  our  own  souls  by  the  incidents 
of  our  personal  experience.  In  the  case  of 
individuals  of  cold  and  weak  temperaments,  it 
may  even  be  doubted  whether  they  would  ever 
hate,  were  not  the  poisoned  shafts  of  an  enemy's 
looks  to  convey  the  venom  to  their  veins ;  nor 
love,  did  not  the  kiss  of  a  lover  kindle  the 
unlighted  fuel  in  their  hearts.  The  sight  of 
heroic  daring  stirs  the  blood  of  the  poltroon  to 


152  THE  EVOLTJTION   OP 

bravery,  and  the  sound  of  a  single  scream  of 
alarm  conveys  to  whole  armies  the  contagion 
of  panic  fear.  Among  the  horrors  of  sieges 
and  revolutions,  the  worst  atrocities  are  usually 
committed  by  men  and  women  hitherto  harm- 
less, who  suddenly  exhibit  the  tiger  passions 
of  assassins  and  petroleuses ;  maddened  with  the 
infection  of  cruelty  and  slaughter.  Sympathy, 
then,  is  not,  properly  speaking,  one  kind  of 
Emotion,  but  a  spring  in  human  nature  whence 
every  Emotion  may  in  turn  be  drawn,  like  the 
manifold  liquids  from  a  conjm'or's  bottle.  In 
the  following  pages  I  shall,  however,  endeavour 
to  trace  its  development  only  in  the  limited 
sense  of  that  Emotion  to  which  we  commonly 
give  the  name  of  Sympathy  par  excellence; 
namely,  the  sentiment  of  Pain  which  we  expe- 
rience on  witnessing  the  Pain  of  another  person, 
and  of  Pleasure  in  his  Pleasure,  irrespective 
of  any  anticipated  results,  present  or  future, 
touching  our  personal  interests.  It  has  been 
hitherto  assumed  universally  (so  far  as  I  am 
aware)  that  this  precise  emotion  of  Sympathetic 
Pain  and  Pleasure  has  been  felt  in  all  ages  by 
mankind;  and  that,  allowance  being  made  for 
warmer  and  colder  temperaments,  and  for  the 


THE   SOCIAL   SElS'TIMEIfT.  153 

intervention  of  stronger  or  weaker  moral  rein- 
forcements, we  might  take  it  for  granted  that 
every  man,  woman  and  child,  savage  and  civil- 
ized, has  always  felt,  and  will  always  feel, 
reflected  pain  in  pain  and  pleasure  in  pleasure.* 
It  is  the  aim  of  the  present  paper  to  urge 
certain  reasons  for  reconsidering  this  popular 
opinion,  and  for  treating  the  Emotion  of  Sym- 
pathy as  a  sentiment  having  a  Natural  History 
and  being  normally  progressive  through  various 
and  very  diverse  phases ;  differing  in  all  men, 
not  solely  according  to  their  temperaments  or 
moral  self-control,  but,  still  more  emphatically, 
according  to  the  stage  of  genuine  civilization 
which  they  may  have  attained.  It  is  super- 
fluous to  remark  that  this  inquiry  is  an  impor- 

*  Mr.  Bain  says  (The  Emotions  and  the  WUl,  p.  113) 
that  Compassion  has  been  manifested  ia  every  age  of  the 
world,  and  that  "never  has  the  destitute  been  utterly 
forsaken."  Also  (p.  210)  that  "the  foundations  of  Sym- 
pathy and  Imitation  are  the  same ;"  and  that  though  "  the 
power  of  interpreting  emotional  expression  is  acquired," 
some  of  the  manifestations  of  feeling  do  instinctively  excite 
the  same  kind  of  emotion  in  others,  the  principal  instances 
occurring  under  the  tender  emotion.  The  moistened  eye, 
and  the  sob,  wall  or  whiae  of  grief,  by  a  pre-established 
connection  or  coincidence,  are  at  once  signs  and  exciting 
causes  of  the  same  feeling." 


154  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

tant  one,  and  must,  if  successfully  conducted, 
serve  to  throw  no  small  light  on  the  whole 
subject  of  the  Social  Affections.  Here,  in  the 
electric  commotion  caused  by  the  actual  spec- 
tacle of  vivid  pain  or  pleasure,  we  must  needs 
find  the  best  marked  among  all  the  multifarious 
psychological  phenomena  which  result  from  the 
collision  of  human  souls.  All  our  Benevo- 
lence is,  in  truth,  only  the  extension  of  such 
instant  and  vehement  sympathy  with  actually- 
witnessed  pain  or  pleasure,  into  the  remoter 
and  less  ascertained  conditions  of  our  fellow- 
creatures'  sufferings  and  enjoyments ;  all  our 
Cruelty  is  only  the  perpetuation  and  exacerba- 
tion of  the  converse  sentiment.  As  a  flash  of 
lightning  is  to  latent  electricity,  such  is  the 
rapid  and  vivid  Emotion  struck  out  in  us  by 
the  sight  of  another's  agony  or  ecstasy,  com- 
pared with  our  calm,  habitual  social  sentiments. 
Hitherto  little  attention  has  been  paid  to  such 
Emotions,  because  (as  above  remarked)  it  has 
been  assumed  that  they  exhibit  uniform  phe- 
nomena ;  and  that  if  a  man  be  so  far  elevated 
above  a  senseless  clod  as  to  feel  anything  at  the 
sight  of  another's  Pain,  that  which  he  feels  is 
always  sympathetic  Pain ;  and  if  he  feel  any- 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  155 

thing  at  sight  of  Pleasure,  it  is  Pleasure.  So 
deeply,  indeed,  is  this  delusion  rooted  in  our 
minds,  that  it  is  almost  impossible  at  the  first 
effort  to  dissever  the  idea  of  such  sympathy 
from  our  conception  of  human  nature  in  its 
rudest  stage ;  much  more  to  divide  it  from  the 
sentiment  of  Love,  or  avoid  confounding  the 
lack  of  it  with  personal  Hatred.  With  those 
whom  we  love  (it  is  taken  for  granted)  we 
must  sympathize  intensely ;  and  with  the  rest 
of  mankind  in  lesser  measure,  unless  some 
special  bar  of  antipathy  intervene.  But  a  little 
reflection  will  shew  that  this  is  far  from  holding 
good  as  universally  true.  There  is  such  a  thing 
as  Love  which  is  wholly  a  Love  of  Complacency 
without  admixture  of  Benevolence ;  which  seeks 
its  own  gratification,  and  is  perfectly  callous  to 
the  pains  and  joys  of  its  object.  And  there  is 
often  absolute  absence  of  sympathy  between 
man  and  man,  when  no  personal  hatred  exists 
to  interfere  with  its  expansion.  The  explana- 
tion of  the  facts  must  be  found,  if  at  all,  by 
disentangling  the  roots  of  Egotism  and  Altruism 
(now  so  closely  interwoven,  but  in  their  origin 
so  far  apart)  at  the  very  nexus  of  immediate 
Sympathy,    where   one   human   heart   reflects 

\ 


156  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

back  in  vivid  Emotion  the  Emotion  of  ano- 
ther. 

The  first  question  which  concerns  us  is :  Does 
the  description  of  Sympathy,  as  above  given, 
as  the  common  sentiment  of  men  and  women 
at  our  stage  of  civilization,  apply  properly  to 
the  spontaneous  sentiments  of  children  and 
savages  ?  Does  their  Emotion  at  the  sight  of 
Pain  or  Pleasure  take  the  same  form  as  ours, 
and  does  it  prompt  them  to  similar  actions? 
There  are  grounds,  I  believe,  for  denying  that 
it  does  anything  of  the  kind,  and  for  surmising 
that  the  Emotion  felt  at  such  stages  at  the 
sight  of  Pain  is  more  nearly  allied  to  Anger 
and  Irritation  than  to  Tenderness  and  Pity; 
and  the  Emotion  felt  at  the  sight  of  Pleasure, 
more  akin  to  Displeasure  than  to  reflected 
Enjoyment. 

Before  endeavouring  to  interpret  the  senti- 
ments of  savages  in  these  matters,  we  shall 
do  well  to  cast  a  preliminary  glance  at  the 
behaviour  of  the  lower  animals,  concerning 
which  we  know  somewhat  more,  and  are  less 
liable  to  be  misled.  Without  assuming  that 
the  feelings  of  brutes  supply,  in  a  general  way, 
any  direct  evidence  regarding  those  of  even  the 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  157 


most  degraded  tribes  of  men,  they  may  justly 
be  held  to  afford  useful  indication  of  them  in 
the  case  of  those  actions  wherein  brute  and 
savage  obviously  coincide,  while  the  sentiments 
of  civilized  humanity  fail  to  supply  any  expla- 
nation. 

Of  all  the  facts  of  natural  history,  none  is 
better  ascertained  than  the  painful  one,  that 
almost  all  kinds  of  animals  have  a  propensity 
to  destroy  their   sick   and  aged  or  wounded 
companions.     The  hound  which  has  fallen  off 
his  bench,  the  wolf  caught  in  a  trap,  the  super- 
annuated rook  or  robin — in  truth,  nearly  all 
known  creatures,  wild  or  domesticated,  undergo 
involuntary  "Euthanasia"  from  the  teeth,  bills 
or  claws  of  their  hitherto  friendly  associates. 
It  may  be  said  to  be  the  law  of  creation  that 
such  destruction  of  the  sick  and  aged  should 
take  place;  a  law  whose  general  beneficence, 
as  curtailing  the  slow  torments  of  hunger  and 
decay,  has  properly  been  adduced  by  natural 
theologians  to  console  us  for  its  seeming  repul- 
siveness  and  severity.     The  sight  of  another 
animal  of  its  kind  in  agony  appears  to  act  on 
the  brute  as  an  incentive  to  destructive  rage. 
He  is  vehemently  excited,  rushes  at  the  sufferer, 


158  THE   EVOLTJTION    OF 

"bellowing,  barking  or  screecMng  wildly,  and 
commonly  gores,  bites  or  pecks  it  till  it  dies. 
The  decay  of  its  aged  companion,  tbougb  it 
affects  the  animal  less  violently  than  its  agony, 
stirs  somehow  the  same  instinct,  which  is  the 
precise  converse  of  helpful  pity ;  and,  if  the 
species  be  gregarious,  a  whole  flock  or  herd 
will  often  join  to  extinguish  the  last  spark  of 
expiring  life  in  one  of  their  own  band.  There 
are  of  course  exceptions  to  this  rule,  especially 
among  domesticated  animals,  which  sometimes 
acquire  gentler  habits,  and  at  one  stage  of 
advance  merely  forsake  their  sick  companions, 
and  at  another  actually  help  and  befriend  them. 
The  broad  fact,  however,  on  which  I  desire  to 
insist  at  this  moment  is,  that  at  the  sight  of 
Pain  animals  generally  feel  an  impulse  to 
Destroy  rather  than  to  Help;  a  passion  more 
nearly  resembling  Anger  than  Tenderness.  This 
emotion  (to  avoid  continual  circumlocution) 
will  be  indicated  in  the  following  pages  by  the 
term  which  seems  most  nearly  to  describe  its 
chief  characteristic,  namely,  Heteropathy.  It 
is  the  converse  of  "Sympathy,"  as  we  under- 
stand that  feeling;  and  it  differs  from  "Anti- 
pathy" as  Anger  differs  from  Hatred;  Hetero- 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  159 

pathy  being  the  sudden  and  (possibly)  transient 
emotion,  and  Antipathy  implying  permanent 
dislike,  with  a  certain  combination  of  disgust. 

The  sight  of  the  Pleasure  of  another  animal 
does  not  seem  generally  to  convey  more  Plea- 
sure to  the  brute  than  the  sight  of  another's 
Pain  inspires  it  with  Pity.  As  a  rule,  the 
beast  displays  under  such  circumstances  emo- 
tions ludicrously  resembling  the  exhibitions  of 
human  envy,  jealousy  and  dudgeon.  Only  will 
the  friendly  dog  testify  delight  at  his  comrade's 
release  from  his  chain;  or  the  generous  horse 
display  satisfaction  when  his  yoke -mate  is 
turned  out  in  the  same  field  with  him  to  graze. 

Keeping  these  facts  of  animal  life  in  view, 
we  are  surely  justified  in  interpreting  the 
murderous  practices  in  vogue  to  the  present 
day  among  many  savage  tribes  (and  formerly 
common  all  over  the  world)  as  monumental 
institutions,  preserving  still  the  evidence  of  the 
early  sway  of  the  same  passion  of  Heteropathy 
in  the  human  race  in  its  lowest  stage  of  deve- 
lopment. The  half-brutal  Fuegian,  who  kills 
and  eats  his  infirm  old  grandfather,  difi'ers  in 
no  perceptible  way,  as  regards  his  action,  from 
the  young  robin  which  cruelly  pecks  to  death 


160  THE   EVOLUTION   OP 

the  robin  two  generations  older  than  himself. 
An  equally  wide-spread  and  similar  impulse 
may  fairly  be  assumed  to  account  for  actions  so 
nearly  identical  in  barbarian  and  in  bird.  The 
only  appreciable  difference  is,  that,  as  regards 
the  savage,  it  would  seem  that  Custom  (which 
must  have  originally  sprung  out  of  an  instinct, 
or  at  least  have  been  in  harmony  with  it)  has 
so  long  been  stereotyped,  that  the  act  of  human 
parricide  is  generally  performed  with  unruffled 
calmness  of  demeanour,  and  even  with  some 
display  of  tenderness  towards  the  father  or 
mother,  who  is  buried  alive  in  Polynesia  as 
kindly  as  he,  or  she,  would  have  been  put 
to  bed  by  an  affectionate  son  or  daughter  in 
England.* 

The  same  dispassionateness  in  the  perform- 

*  Sir  J.  LublDOck  (Origin  of  Civilization,  p.  248)  quotes 
from  "  Fiji  and  tlie  Fijians"  an  instance  in  whicli  Mr.  Hunt 
was  invited  by  a  young  man  to  attend  his  mother's  funeral. 
Mr.  Hunt  joined  the  procession  and  was  surprised  to  see 
no  corpse,  when  the  young  man  pointed  out  his  mother, 
who  was  wallcing  along  with  them  as  gay  and  lively  and 
apparently  as  much  pleased  as  anybody  present.  To  Mr. 
Hunt's  remonstrance,  the  yoimg  man  only  replied,  that 
"  she  was  theu'  mother,  and  her  sons  ought  to  put  her  to 
death,  now  she  had  lived  long  enough."  Eventually  the 
old  woman  was  ceremoniously  strangled. 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  161 

ance  of  the  cbeadful  act  seems  indeed  to  have 
prevailed  so  far  back  as  historical  records 
extend,  and  we  cannot  (as  it  were)  actually 
catch  the  brutal  IIeteroj)athy  in  the  fact  of 
murder.  Herodotus  says  the  Masagetse  used 
in  his  time  to  kill,  boil  and  eat  their  super- 
annuated relations,  holding  such  to  be  the 
happiest  kind  of  death.*  ^lian  describes  the 
Sardinians  as  killing  their  fathers  with  clubs 
as  an  honourable  release  from  the  distresses  of 
age.  The  Wends,  even  after  the  introduction 
of  Christianity,  are  accused  of  cannibal  practices 
of  the  like  kind;  and  (Mr.  Tylor  adds)  there 
still  existed  in  Sweden  in  many  churches,  so 
late  as  1600,  certain  ancient  clubs  "known  as 
atta-Jclubhor,  or  family-clubs,  wherewith  in  old 
days  the  aged  and  hopelessly  sick  were  solemnly 
killed  by  their  kinsfolk." 

*  See  an  article  on  Primitive  Society,  by  E.  Tylor : 
Contemp.  Eeview,  April,  1873.  Mr.  Tylor  traces  the 
custom  to  the  necessities  of  wandering  tribes,  and  says 
that  after  there  is  no  longer  the  excuse  of  necessity,  the 
practice  may  still  go  on,  partly  from  the  humane  intent 
of  putting  an  end  to  lingering  misery,  but  perhaps  more 
through  the  survival  of  a  custom  inherited  from  harder  and 
ruder  times.  Necessity  may  explain  desertion,  but  surely 
hardly  murder  and  cannibalism  ? 

M 


162  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

Nevertheless,  taking  into  consideration  the 
law  pervading  the  brute  creation,  and  (as  we 
shall  presently  see)  the  yet  perceptible  destruc- 
tive impulse  in  the  children  of  civilized  regions, 
there  seems  to  be  ground  for  attributing  the 
remote  origin  of  all  such  practices,  however 
tenderly  performed  within  historic  times,  to 
the  fierce  instinct  of  the  earliest  savage,  whom 
the  sight  of  pain  and  helplessness  excited  just 
as  it  excites  the  bird  or  beast.  In  the  wild 
animal,  it  still  acts  simply  and  unimpaired. 
In  the  man,  even  in  his  lowest  present  con- 
dition, it  has  been  stereotyped  into  a  custom. 

Nor  is  it  by  any  means  only  in  the  case  of 
aged  parents  that  the  Heteropathy  of  the  savage 
betrays  itself.  'No  similar  custom  of  deliberate 
murder  of  the  infirm  has  had  room  to  grow  up 
in  the  case  of  wives,  who  are  of  course  usually 
younger  than  their  husbands ;  and  we  do  not 
therefore  hear  of  a  regular  system  of  strangling 
them  when  permanently  diseased  or  incapaci- 
tated. They  are  only  starved,  beaten  and  over- 
taxed with  toil,  till  they  exj^ire  in  the  way 
unhappily  not  unfamiliarly  known  to  English 
coroners'  juries  as  "  Death  from  natural  causes, 
accelerated  by  want  of  food  and  harsh  treat- 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  1G3 

ment."  But  if  Heteropathy  acts  only  indirectly 
on  sickly  wives,  it  exhibits  itself  in  full  force 
on  puling  and  superfluous  infants.  Custom, 
among  numberless  savages,  and  even  among 
nations  so  far  advanced  in  civilization  as  the 
ancient  Greeks  and  modern  Chinese,  has  regu- 
larly established  child-murder  precisely  in  those 
cases  in  zvJiich  the  helplessness  threatens  to  prove 
permanent^  and  which,  consequently,  leave  the 
destructive  sentiment  full  play,  though  they 
would  call  forth  the  most  passionate  instincts 
of  pity  and  protection  among  ourselves.  A 
puny  and  deformed  boy  is,  in  the  ruder  state 
of  society,  an  unendurable  object  to  his  parents, 
who,  without  troubling  themselves  about  Spar- 
tan principles  concerning  the  general  interests 
of  the  community,  silence  his  pitiful  baby- wails 
at  once  and  for  ever.  Needless  to  add,  no 
mercy  can  be  expected  for  a  daughter  born 
where  women  are  (to  use  Mr.  Greg's  phrase) 
"  redundant."  She  is  exposed  or  drowned  with 
less  pity  than  a  humane  Englishman  feels  for 
a  fly  in  his  milk-jug.* 

*  See  the  Marquis  de  BeauToir's  hideous  account  of  an 
evening  walk  outside  the  walls  of  Canton,  with  scores  of 
dead  and  dying  iafants  lying  beside  the  path.     A  recent 

m2 


1G4  THE   EVOLUTIOX    OF 

Of  the  feelings  of  savages  towards  their  sick 
and  wounded  companions,  we  rarely  hear  any 

official  Cliuiese  Ukase  on  the  subject  of  infanticide,  trans- 
lated in  the  correspondence  of  the  Times,  sufficiently  corro- 
borates these  statements,  and  shews  also,  happily,  some 
desire  on  the  part  of  the  Government  to  put  a  stop  to  the 
practice.  It  is  issued  by  the  provincial  Treasurer  of  Hupei, 
who  begins  by  quoting  stock  examples  from  Chinese  history 
of  the  piety  of  daughters,  and  proceeds  to  ask  how  it  comes 
to  pass,  since  in  the  present  day  girls  are  doubtless  equally 
devoted,  that  "the  female  infant  is  looked  upon  as  an 
enemy  from  the  moment  of  its  birth,  and  no  sooner  enters 
the  world  than  it  is  consigned  to  the  nearest  pool  of  water  % 
Certainly,  there  are  parents  who  entertain  an  affection  for 
their  female  infants  and  rear  them  up,  but  such  number 
scarcely  20  or  30  per  cent.  The  reasons  are  either  (1)  that 
the  child  is  thrown  away  in  disgust  because  the  parents 
have  too  many  children  abeady ;  or  (2)  that  it  is  drowned 
from  sheer  chagrin  at  having  begotten  none  but  females ; 
or,  lastly,  in  the  fear  that  the  poverty  of  the  family  will 
make  it  difficult  to  devote  the  milk  to  her  own  child, 
when  the  mother  might  otherwise  hire  herself  out  as  a  wet- 
nurse.  iN'ow  all  these  are  the  most  stupid  of  reasons.  All 
that  those  have  to  do  who  are  unable  through  poverty  to 
feed  their  children  is  to  send  them  to  the  Foundling  Hos- 
pital, where  they  will  be  reared  up  until  they  become 
women  and  wives,  and  where  they  will  always  be  sure  of 
enjoying  a  natural  lifetime.  "With  regard  to  the  question 
of  means  or  no  means  of  bringing  up  a  family,  why  the 
bare  necessaries  of  life  for  such  children  do  not  cost  much. 
There  are  cases  enough  of  poor  lads  not  being  able  to  find 
a  wife  all  their  lives  long,  but  the  Treasurer  has  yet  to 
hear  of  a  poor  girl  Avho  cannot  find  a  husband,  so  that 


THE   SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  165 

anecdotes.*  I  have  failed  to  meet  one  illustra- 
tive of  Pity  or  Tenderness.     Their  Emotions 

there  is  even  less  cause  for  anxiety  on  that  score.  But 
there  is  another  way  of  looking  at  it.  Heaven's  retribu- 
tion is  sure,  and  cases  are  common  where  repeated  female 
bu'ths  have  followed  those  when  the  infants  have  been 
drowned ;  that  is,  man  loves  to  slay  what  Heaven  loves  to 
beget,  and  those  perish  who  set  themselves  against  Heaven, 
as  those  die  who  take  human  life.  Also  they  are  haunted 
by  the  wraiths  of  the  murdered  children,  and  thus  not 
only  fad  to  hasten  the  birth  of  a  male  child,  but  run  a  risk 
of  making  victims  of  themselves  by  their  behaviour.  The 
late  Governor,  hearing  that  this  wicked  custom  was  rife  in 
Hupei,  set  forth  the  law  some  time  ago  in  severe  prohi- 
bitory proclamations ;  notwithstanding  this,  many  poor 
districts  and  out-of-the-way  places  will  not  allow  them- 
selves to  see  what  is  right,  but  obstinately  cling  to  their 
old  delusion.  Hia  Cliien-yin,  a  graduate  from  Kianghia, 
and  others  have  lately  petitioned  that  a  proclamation  be 
issued  once  more  prohibiting  this  practice  in  strong  terms. 
Wherefore  you  are  now  required  and  requested  to  acquaint 
yourselves  all,  that  male  and  female  infants  being  of  your 
own  flesh  and  blood,  you  may  be  visited  by  some  monstrous 
calamity  if  you  rear  only  the  male  and  drown  the  female 
children.  If  these  exhortations  are  looked  upon  any  more 
as  mere  formal  words,  and  if  any  people  with  conscious 
wickedness  neglect  to  turn  over  a  new  leaf,  they  will  be 
punished. 

"  Beware  and  obey  !     Beware  !" 

*  Dr.  Johnson  loq. :  "  Pity  is  not  natural  to  man.  Chil- 
dren are  always  cruel.  Savages  are  always  cruel.  Pity  is 
acquired  and  improved  by  the  cultivation  of  reason.  We 
may  have  uneasy  sensations  from  seeing  a  creature  in  dis- 


166  THE   EVOLUTION    OF 

on  witnessing  the  pleasures,  feastings  and  mar- 
riages of  others,  seem  nsually  to  partake  of  the 
character  of  restless  and  envious  disquietude, 
visible  in  dogs  when  their  companions  are 
petted  or  possessed  of  a  supernumerary  bone. 

Passing  now  from  the  Brute  and  the  Savage, 
we  must  inquire  whether  any  faint  trace  of 
Heteropathy  yet  lingers  amongst  ourselves. 
Let  us  take  a  young  child,  the  offspring  of 
a  cultivated  English  gentleman  and  tender- 
hearted English  lady,  and  observe  what  are 
the  emotions  it  exhibits  when  it  sees  its  baby- 
brother  receive  an  injury  and  cry  aloud  in  pain. 
That  child's  sentiments  are,  we  cannot  doubt, 
considerably  modified  from  those  of  its  barbarian 
ancestors, 

"When  wild  in  woods  the  noble  savage  ran ;" 

just  as  the  instincts  of  the  kitten  of  a  domestic 
cat  or  puppy  of  a  lap-dog  differ  from  those  of 

tress,  without  pity ;  for  we  have  not  pity  unless  we  wish  to 
relieve  them.  When  I  am  on  my  way  to  dine  with  a  friend, 
and,  finding  it  late,  have  bid  the  coachman  make  haste,  if 
I  happen  to  attend  when  he  whips  his  horses,  I  may  feel 
unpleasantly  that  the  animals  are  put  to  pain,  but  I  do 
not  wish  him  to  desist.  No,  Sir,  I  wish  him  to  drive  on." 
Main's  Boswell,  p.  120. 


THE   SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  167 

the  cub  of  a  cat-o'-mountain  or  the  whelp  of  a 
wolf.  Even  yet,  however,  an  impartial  study 
may  leave  us  room  to  hesitate  before  we  ''  count 
the  grey  barbarian"  so  very  far  ''lower  than 
the  Christian  child,"  as  that  no  signs  of  savage 
impulse  shall  now  and  then  betray  the  old  lea- 
ven in  the  curled  darling  of  the  British  nursery. 
If  narrowly  watched,  at  least  one  child  out  of 
two  or  three  will  be  seen  to  be  very  abnormally 
excited  by  the  sight  of  his  brother's  Pain.  He 
will  appear  much  as  if  subjected  to  an  elec- 
tric shock,  and  his  behavioui'  will  be  found  to 
partake  in  an  unaccountable  way  of  all  the 
characteristics  of  Anger  and  Annoyance  against 
the  sufferer.  There  is  no  softness  or  tenderness 
in  the  looks  which  he  casts  at  his  companion, 
nor  will  he  usually  sjpontaneously  make  the 
slightest  effort  to  help  or  comfort  him  by  the 
caresses  which  he  is  wont  to  lavish  on  him  to 
excess  at  other  moments.  On  the  contrary,  a 
disposition  will  generally  be  manifested  to  add 
by  a  good  hard  blow  or  sharp  vicious  scratch 
to  the  woe  of  his  unfortunate  friend.  There 
may  be — indeed,  there  will  usually  occur — a 
burst  of  tears  like  a  thunder  shower,  but  the 
character  of  this  weeping  fit  is  that  of  an  explo- 


168  THE   EVOLUTION   OP 

sion  of  irritation  and  disgust,  rather  than  of 
pity  or  fellow-feeling.  A  gentle  and  affec- 
tionate little  girl  of  three  years  old  has  been 
seen  by  the  writer  to  exhibit  these  emotions 
of  Heteropathy  as  distinctly  as  any  angry  bull 
or  cannibal  savage.  The  child's  baby-sister  of 
two  years  old  fell  off  the  lofty  bed  on  which 
both  were  amicably  playing,  and  of  course  set 
up  a  wail  of  fright  and  pain  on  the  floor. 
Instantly  the  elder  child  let  herself  slip  down 
on  the  opposite  side,  ran  round  the  bed,  and 
pounced  on  the  poor  little  one  on  the  floor, 
whom  she  proceeded  incontinently  to  belabour 
violently  with  both  hands  before  rescue  could 
arrive.  Of  course  eventually  both  parties 
joined  in  a  roar ;  but  the  baby's  was  a  wail 
of  pain  and  terror,  the  elder  child's  a  tempest 
of  indignation.  Mothers  and  nurses,  on  being 
strictly  interrogated,  will  generally  confess  to 
having  witnessed  similar  unmistakable  symp- 
toms of  Heteropathy  still  lurking  in  the  sweet- 
est-tempered children.  The  sight  of  the  pain- 
distorted  features  of  their  friends  or  the  moans 
of  an  invalid  often  call  forth  very  ugly  emo- 
tions ;  and  though  many  tender-natured  babies 
shew  trouble  at  the  tears  of  their  elders,  even 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  169 

they  are  generally  more  excited  tlian  depressed 
when  they  chance  to  witness  any  solemn  scene 
or  demonstrative  grief.  Fond  mothers  natui-ally 
explain-  all  such  disagreeable  exhibitions  as 
resulting  from  the  inability  of  innocent  little 
children  to  understand  pain  and  sorrow.  But 
the  fact  is,  that  they  do,  to  a  certain  extent, 
imderstand  what  they  see,  but  the  exalted 
emotion  of  reflected  Sympathy  is  yet  lacking, 
and  in  place  of  it  there  are  traces  of  the  merely 
animal  and  savage  instinct.  Of  course  the 
infantine  displays  of  anger  and  irritation  are 
instantly  checked  in  civilized  homes,  and  the 
imitative  faculty  is  enlisted,  during  its  earliest 
and  most  vigorous  period,  on  the  side  of  Com- 
passion, which  is  often  enough  foolishly  mis- 
applied and  exaggerated,  till  by  the  time  the 
little  girl  is  four  or  five  years  old  she  is  so  far 
trained  as  to  endure  paroxysms  of  woe  for  the 
misadventures  of  her  doll,  deprived  of  an  eye, 
or  exposed  to  the  martyrdom  of  St.  Lawrence 
before  the  nursery  fire.  The  ''  Hereditary 
transmission  of  Psychical  Habits"  has  also 
obviously  in  many  cases  resulted  in  the  inhe- 
ritance of  genuine  Sympathy  even  from  the 


170  THE   EVOLUTION    OF 

cradle.    The  old  Heteropathy  has  been,  strictly 
speaking,  "bred  out." 

In  a  similar,  though  less  marked  manner, 
the  sight  of  another  person's  Pleasure  produces 
in  the  childish  and  yet  uncultured  mind  some- 
thing much  more  like  Displeasure  than  reflex 
happiness.  Apart  from  the  sense  of  injustice 
in  the  distribution  of  toys,  food  or  caresses  (of 
course  a  fertile  source  of  infantile  jealousy), 
there  is  an  actual  irritation  at  the  spectacle 
of  another's  enjoyment,  and  a  disposition  to 
detract  from  it, — ^to  destroy  the  toy,  or  spoil 
the  food,  or  disturb  the  caresses — forming  the 
most  perfect  antithesis  to  the  reflected  delight 
in,  and  desire  to  enhance  another's  pleasure 
which  constitute  the  Sympathy  of  adult  life. 
Of  course  here  also  Education  generally  steps 
in  to  check  the  display,  if  not  to  eradicate 
the  sentiment,  of  Envy,  which,  as  La  Eoche- 
foucauld  says,  is  the  only  one  of  all  human 
passions  in  which  no  one  takes  pride,  and 
which  therefore  its  most  abject  victims  soon 
learn  carefully  to  cloak.  But  enough  of  it  is 
betrayed  in  every  school-room  and  play-ground 
to  corroborate  the  assertion  that  our  earliest 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  171 


emotion  is  not  Pleasure  in  another's  Pleasure, 
any  more  than  Pain  in  another's  Pain. 

May  we  stop  here?  Does  true  Sympathy 
invariably  fill  the  breasts  of  all  grown-up  men 
and  women  in  a  civilized  land  so  as  to  leave 
no  room  for  Heteropathy,  either  in  its  form  of 
irritation  at  Pain  or  disgust  at  Pleasure  ?  Alas  ! 
it  is  to  be  feared  that  a  stern  self-scrutiny  would 
permit  few  of  us  to  boast  that  there  are  no  im- 
pulses resembling  these  left  in  our  nature  to 
testify  to  their  ancient  sway.  There  are  not 
many  men  whom  the  tears  of  a  woman  or  the 
wail  of  an  infant  do  not  irritate,  and  who  have  no 
need  of  self-control  to  avoid  giving  expression  to 
anger  at  such  sights  or  sounds.  To  many  more, 
and  even  to  some  women,  the  spectacle  of  dis- 
ease and  feebleness  is  naturally  so  repugnant, 
that  the  effort  to  render  help  must  always  be 
stimulated  by  some  potent  affection,  interest  or 
sense  of  duty, — a  fact,  we  may  parenthetically 
observe,  which  merits  the  serious  attention  of 
that  "  l*^oodledom"  which  Sydney  Smith  says 
is  "never  tired  of  repeating  that  the  proper 
sphere  of  woman  is  the  sickroom,"  and  assumes 
that  every  human  female  is  a  heaven-made 
nurse. 


172  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

Among  the  lower  classes  of  society,  tlie 
Emotion  of  Heteropathy  unmistakably  often 
finds  its  terrible  vent  in  the  violence  of  hus- 
bands to  wiveSj  and  of  parents,  step-parents 
and  schoolmasters,  to  children.  Carefully  scan- 
ning the  police  reports,  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
rage  of  the  criminal  (usually  half- drunk  and 
guided  by  instinct  alone)  is  excited  by  the  pre- 
cise objects  which  would  wring  his  heart  with 
pity  had  he  attained  the  stage  of  genuine  Sym- 
pathy. The  group  of  shivering  and  starving 
children  and  weeping  wife  is  the  sad  sight 
which,  greeting  the  eyes  of  the  husband  and 
father  reeling  home  from  the  gin-shop,  some- 
how kindles  fury  in  his  breast.  If  the  baby 
cry  in  its  cradle,  he  stamps  on  it ;  if  his  wife 
wring  her  hands  in  despair  and  implore  him  to 
give  her  bread  for  their  children,  he  fells  her 
with  his  fist,  or  perhaps  (as  in  a  recent  notorious 
case)  holds  her  on  the  fire  till  she  is  burned  past 
recovery.  Again,  as  regards  the  no  less  hor- 
rible crime  of  cruelty  practised  by  both  men 
and  women  (especially  as  step-parents)  upon 
children,  it  may  be  always  observed  that  from, 
the  moment  in  which  an  unfortunate  little 
creature   has  fallen  behind   its   brothers   and 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  173 

sisters  in  physical  or  mental  strength,  or  re- 
ceived an  nnjustly  severe  punishment,  from 
thenceforth  its  weakness  and  sobs,  its  crouching 
and  timid  demeanour,  and  at  last  its  attenuated 
frame  and  joyless  young  face  (the  very  sights 
"which  almost  break  a  compassionate  heart  to 
behold),  prove  only  provocations  to  its  natural 
guardians  to  fresh  outrage  and  chastisement. 
The  feebler  and  more  miserable  the  child  grows, 
the  more  malignant  is  the  Heteropathy  of  its 
persecutors,  till  the  neighbours  (often  so  crimi- 
nally inert!)  wonder  "■  what  has  come  to  them'^ 
to  behave  so  barbarously.  The  truth  is  that 
here,  in  the  yet  lingering  shades  of  the  old 
savage  passion,  we  find  the  explanation  of  a 
familiar  but  most  hideous  mystery  in  our  nature, 
the  fact  that  Cruelty  grows  by  what  it  feeds 
on ;  that  the  more  a  tyrant  causes  his  victim  to 
suffer,  the  more  he  hates  him,  and  revels  in 
the  sight  of  his  anguish.  Beside  the  deep- 
seated  sting  of  self-reproach,  which  has  been 
generally  supposed  to  goad  the  cruel  man  to 
hate  those  whom  he  has  injured  (just  as  self- 
complacency  makes  the  philanthropist  love  the 
object  of  his  beneficence),  the  cruel  person  is 
always  lashed  by  his  own  Heteropathy  to  hate 


174  THE   EVOLUTION   OE 

his  victim  exactly  in  proportion  to  Ms  sufferings. 
The  boor  who  has,  perhaps  almost  uncon- 
sciously, struck  some  wretched  woman  who 
bears  his  burdens,  grows  savage  if  he  see  her 
bleed  or  faint,  and  repeats  the  blow  with  re- 
doubled violence,  till  the  moment  comes  in 
which  he  suddenly  recognizes  that  the  object 
of  his  rage  can  suffer  no  more,  when  his  passion 
instantly  collapses  and  he  seems  to  waken  out 
of  a  dream.  Just  in  a  parallel  way  in  the 
higher  walks  of  life,  moral  cruelty  develops 
itself  in  proportion  as  the  victim  betrays  the 
anguish  caused  by  cutting  words  and  unkind 
acts ;  and  receives  its  check  only  when  a  real 
or  feigned  indifference  shields  the  suffering 
heart  from  further  wounds. 

If  we  go  yet  a  step  further,  and  note  the 
emotions  raised  in  the  breast  of  men  of  the 
ruder  sort  at  the  sight  of  the  pain  and  death 
of  animals,  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  the 
existence  of  thoroughly  savage  Heteropathy 
may  often  be  traced  among  the  cruelties  of 
slaughter-houses,  whale  and  seal  fisheries,  bull- 
fights and  dog-fights,  and  even  among  many 
field  sports  of  a  better  kind. 

The  rudimentary  form  of  reflex  emotion  where 


THE    SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  175 

it  concerns  Pleasure  is  somewhat  more  difficult 
to  trace  than  where  it  meets  with  Pain.  The 
Envy*  candidly  exhibited  by  children,  animals 
and  savages,  as  before  remarked,  is  carefully 
veiled  in  civilized  and  adult  life ;  but  un- 
doubtedly it  prevails  everywhere  to  an  extent 
sadly  inimical  to  the  existence  of  genuine  re- 
flected Pleasure.  For  reasons  to  be  hereafter 
stated,  however,  it  would  appear  that  the  de- 
velopment  of  true   Sympathy   with  Pleasure 

*  The  Cliinese,  to  justify  the  sentiment,  have  framed 
the  ingenious  theory  that  there  exists  only  a  fixed  quantity 
of  happiness  for  mankind  to  partake,  and  that  conse- 
quently when  A  is  happy,  B  is  authorized  to  consider  him- 
self defrauded.  The  late  amiable  and  gifted  statesman, 
Cavaliere  Massimo  d'Azeglio,  who  had  singularly  favour- 
able opportunities  for  comparing  English  and  Italian  public 
life,  remarked  to  the  writer,  that  "  Invidia"  unhappily  per- 
vaded Italian  politics  to  a  degree  almost  inconceivable  to 
an  Englishman.  Even  a  success,  he  said,  such  as  a  battle 
gained  or  a  powerful  speech  made  in  the  Chamber,  was  a 
source  of  danger  to  a  Minister,  owing  to  the  enmity  it 
excited  even  among  his  own  partizans.  In  France,  the 
immense  success  of  the  insurance  offices  is  attributed  to 
the  value  of  their  plaques,  placed  prominently  on  a  house, 
as  a  protection  against  malicious  arson ;  and  in  ]S"ormandy, 
of  very  recent  years,  the  inhabitants  of  several  districts 
have  adopted  the  use  of  tiles,  instead  of  thatch,  avowedly 
to  save  themselves  from  the  dangers  arising  from  the  envy 
of  neighbours  and  relatives. 


176  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

precedes  chronologically  that  of  similar  Syra- 
pathy  with  Pain. 

Starting  now  from  the  position,  which  I  hope 
may  haye  been  sufficiently  established,  that 
the  earliest  reflected  emotion  is  not  sympa- 
thetic Pain  with  Pain,  nor  yet  Pleasure  with 
Pleasure,  but  heteropathic  Eesentment  towards 
Pain,  and  Displeasure  towards  Pleasure, — our 
next  task  is  to  attempt  to  define  the  stages  by 
which  these  crude  and  cruel  emotions  pass  into 
the  tender  and  beneficent  sentiment.  That  this 
transition  is  not  only  exceedingly  slow,  but 
also'  altogether  irregular,  is  obvious  at  first 
sight.  There  are  two  things  to  be  accomplished 
simultaneously — the  sentiment  itself  must  alter 
its  character  from  cruel  to  kind ;  and  secondly, 
having  become  kind,  it  must  extend  its  influ- 
ence, according  to  Pope's  beautiful  simile,  in 
ever- widening  circles, 

"  As  a  small  pebble  stirs  some  peaceful  lake." 

Practically,  we  find  that  the  sentiment  is  al- 
ways unequally  developed  in  character,  and 
also  extended  in  an  erratic  and  unaccountable 
manner,  not  at  all  in  symmetric  circles,  but  in 
irregular  polygons  with  which  no  geometry  of 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  177 

the  affections  can  deal.  Nay,  there  would 
appear  to  be  almost  insuperable  difficulties  in 
the  "way  of  a  simultaneous  development  in 
warmth,  and  in  expanse,  of  sympathy.  He 
■who  feels  passionately  for  his  friends,  rarely 
embraces  the  wider  range  of  social  and  na- 
tional interests ;  and  he  who  extends  his  phi- 
lanthropy to  whole  classes  and  continents,  too 
often  proves  incapable  of  that  strong  individual 
love  of  which  the  poet  could  boast, 

"  Which,  like  an  indivisible  glory,  lay 
On  both  our  souls,  and  dwelt  in  us 
As  we  did  dwell  in  it  •" 

the  most  beautiful  sentiment  in  human  nature, 
and  the  most  blessed  joy — next  to  the  joy  of 
Divine  love — in  human  life.* 

How  the  destructive  and  cruel  instincts  began 
of  old  to  modify  themselves,  is  naturally  a  very 
obscure  problem,  on  which  even  Mr.  Bagehot's 
ingenious  and  valuable  speculations  regarding 
the  early  crystallization  of  society  can  throw 

*  That  it  is  not  impossible,  though  singularly  rare,  for  a 
man  to  unite  the  character  of  an  ardent  philanthropist  with 
that  of  a  most  affectionate  husband,  father  and  friend,  will 
be  readily  conceded  by  the  many  who  mourn  the  recent 
death  of  Matthew  Davenport  Hill. 

N 


178  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

little  light.  The  process  of  amelioration  must 
have  advanced  considerably  even  before  a 
Polity,  in  any  sense,  can  have  existed.  From 
the  first,  the  human  mother,  like  the  mother- 
bird  and  brute,  no  doubt  felt  "compassion  for 
the  son  of  her  womb,"  even  though  her  pity 
lamentably  failed  to  prevent  her  concurrence  in 
infanticide  in  the  cases  most  calling  for  that 
compassion.  From  the  tenderness  of  mothers 
must  have  radiated,  as  from  a  focus,  the  pro- 
tective instincts  in  each  family;  the  father 
sharing  them  in  a  secondary  degree.  In  the 
earliest  savage  state,  except  for  such  parental 
love,  those  affections  defined  by  the  Schoolmen 
as  the  Complacent,  as  distinguished  from  the 
Benevolent,  must  have  had  it  all  their  own 
way.  The  man  loved  the  persons  who  minis- 
tered to  his  pleasure,  not  those  who  called  on 
him  for  self-sacrifice.  Still,  even  through  such 
wholly  selfish  love,  we  must  suppose  him  to 
have  begun  to  realize  in  his  dim  imagination 
the  pain  he  witnessed  in  a  beloved  person,  and, 
having  once  figured  it  as  his  own,  to  have 
regarded  the  sufierer  with  softened  feelings. 
Possibly  in  some  cases  this  newly-born  emo- 
tion may  at  once  have  taken  the  shape  of  help- 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  179 

ful  Sympathy.  The  "brave"  who  saw  his 
companion  wounded  may  have  carried  him  off 
the  fiekl,  plucked  out  the  spear-head  from  his 
side,  or  quenched  his  burning  thirst  with  water. 
More  often,  and  as  a  general  rule,  however,  it 
may  be  suspected  that  a  long  interval  has  taken 
place  after  the  destructive  instinct  is  checked 
before  the  protective  one  arises ;  and  in  this 
interval  the  emotion  exhibited  is  that  which  I 
shall  class  as  the  second  in  the  development  of 
the  feelings — namely.  Aversion. 

Pursuing  our  method  of  seeking  illustrations 
from  the  animal  world,  we  find  that  several  of 
the  gentler  brutes,  and  such  as  have  seemed  to 
receive  some  influence  from  the  companionship 
of  civilised  man,  very  often  display  this  Aver- 
sion to  theii'  sick  and  suffering  companions. 
They  forsake  and  shun  them,  instead  of  goring 
or  tearing  them  to  pieces.  Among  such  species, 
the  diseased  creature  itself  is  so  well  aware  of 
the  instincts  of  its  kind,  that  without  waiting 
to  be  "  sent  to  Coventry,"  it  shrinks  into  some 
out-of-the-way  corner  to  hide  its  misery  from 
their  unfeeling  eyes,  though  in  the  very  same 
distress  it  will  seek  out  a  human  friend  and 
dehberately  call  his  attention  to  its  sad  state, 

n2 


180  THE   EVOLUTION    OF 

obviously   with   full   confidence   that  he   will 
gladly  afford  relief. 

Just  in  the  same  way  young  children  very 
often  testify  Aversion  to  grown  people  of 
mournful  aspect,  or  who  bear  the  traces  of 
suffering  on  their  features.  As  a  general  rule, 
they  shrink  from  the  sight  of  pain,  and  run 
from  it  to  hide  their  faces  in  their  mothers' 
lap.  A  little  girl  brought  to  visit  a  lady  whom 
she  had  been  accustomed  to  see  strong  and 
active,  but  who  had  become  a  cripple,  burst 
into  a  passion  of  tears  at  the  sight  of  her 
crutches,  and  could  not  be  persuaded  to  ap- 
proach or  look  at  her  again.  Perhaps  few  of 
us  even  in  after  life  could  boast  that  we  have 
wholly  outgrown  this  phase  of  feeling,  and 
that  we  invariably  experience  the  impulse  of 
the  Samaritan,  and  not  that  of  the  Levite  or 
the  Priest,  when  any  specially  deplorable  spec- 
tacle lies  by  the  side  of  our  way.  Certainly 
the  pleasure-loving  nations  of  the  South  of 
Europe  have  by  no  means  arrived  at  such  a 
stage  of  progress,  but  habitually  abandon  even 
the  house  wherein  father  or  mother,  wife, 
brother  or  child,  is  lying  in  life's  last  piteous 
struggle,  aided  only  by  the  muttered  prayers 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  181 

of  the  priest  at  the  bed-foot,  and  without  a 
loving  hand  to  wipe  the  death-sweat  from  the 
brow,  or  a  human  breast  on  which  to  rest 
the  fainting  head.  That  the  childish  fears  of 
Italians  concerning  infection  from  such  dis- 
eases as  consumption  has  something  to  do  with 
this  shameful  cowardice  (prevalent  under  all 
circumstances  and  in  every .  class,  from  the 
highest  to  the  lowest,  thi'oughout  the  Peninsula) 
may  be  probable.  And  that  the  monopoly  of 
religious  consolation  by  the  Eomish  priesthood, 
and  their  jealousy  of  all  lay  interference  with 
the  position  into  which  they  thrust  themselves 
between  each  soul  and  its  Maker,  has  encou- 
raged and  sanctioned  it  till  it  has  become  an 
indisputable  custom,  there  can  be  little  doubt. 
Nevertheless,  we  have  assuredly  here,  among 
one  of  the  most  gifted  and  warm-hearted  of 
nations,  an  illustration  on  the  largest  scale  of 
the  fact  I  am  endeavouring  to  bring  forward, 
namely,  that  Aversion  to  the  suffering  and 
dying  is  an  Emotion  having  a  place  in.  the 
historical  development  of  human  feeling,  no 
less  marked  than  the  Heteropathy  which  pre- 
ceded it. 

If  my  theory  of  development   be   correct, 


182  THE   EVOLUTION    OP 

this  sentiment  of  Aversion  must  at  a  certain 
stage  of  progress  have  been  the  prevailing  one, 
and  perhaps  I  shall  do  no  injustice  to  Mr. 
Gladstone's  dearly-loved  Homeric  Greeks  if  I 
surmise  that  they  had  approximately  reached 
that  era,  and  stood,  in  the  matter  of  sentiment, 
about  half-way  between  the  pre-historic  savage 
and  the  English  gentleman.  Among  the  former, 
Philoctetes  would  have  been  speared  or  stoned 
to  death.  Had  he  lived  in  our  time  and  served 
on  those  same  shores  in  British  ranks,  he  would 
have  been  tenderly  conveyed  to  a  hospital,  and 
a  band  of  high-born  ladies  from  his  native  land 
would  have  traversed  the  seas  to  nui'se  him. 
The  actual  comrades  of  Philoctetes  took,  or 
(what  comes  to  the  same  thing)  are  represented 
by  their  poets  as  taking,  neither  one  course  nor 
the  other.  They  felt  Aversion  to  their  mise- 
rable companion  in  his  horrible  suffering,  and 
accordingly  banished  him  to  Lemnos,  where 
even  Sophocles  is  content  to  represent  him 
howling  over  his  anguish  and  desertion  as  quite 
in  the  natural  order  of  things. 

Throughout  the  whole  millennium  before 
the  bii'th  of  Christ,  we  may  dimly  discern 
among  the  nations  of  East  and  West  the  struggle 


THE    SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  183 

which  was  going  forward.  If  Aversion  were 
probably  the  predominant  sentiment  towards 
distress,  Sympathy  was  beginning  to  work 
freely,  and  Heteropathy  still  remained  as  a 
stupendous  power.  The  most  ancient  litera- 
ture— the  Eig-Yeda,  the  Zend-Avesta  and  the 
Hebrew  Scriptures — reaches  back  to  no  period 
before  Sympathy  was  in  full  exercise,  and 
had  received  the  solemn  sanction  of  religion. 
Among  the  Hebrews  (or  perhaps,  in  the  special 
case,  we  must  say  the  Chaldseans),  the  sense  of 
Sympathy  with  pain  and  misfortune  reigned 
at  all  events  as  early  as  the  days  of  Job,  whose 
friends,  unlike  those  of  Philoctetes,  flocked 
ostensibly  to  mourn  with  him,  albeit  their 
sympathy  was  injudiciously  expressed,  and 
bears  some  tokens  of  that  disposition  to  add 
moral  to  physical  suffering  which  is  a  refined 
form  of  Heteropathy.  It  took  several  centuries 
more  before  Euripides,  the  most  sentimental  of 
the  Greeks,  could  go  so  far  as  to  say, 

"  'Tis  unlDecoming  not  to  shed  a  tear 
Over  the  wretchecl.     He  too  is  devoid 
Of  virtue  Tvho  ahounds  iu  wealth,  yet  scruples 
Through  sordid  Avarice  to  relieve  his  wants."* 

*  Antiope. 


184        __„       THE   EVOLUTION   OF 


And,  on  the  other  hand,  Hebrews  and  Heathens 
alike  believed  that  the  opposite  sentiment  of 
Heteropathy  towards  the  sufferings  of  enemies 
was  divinely  sanctioned,  and  that,  in  a  word, 
the  principle  to  be  acted  upon  was,  "Thou 
shalt  love  thy  neighbour  and  hate  thine  enemy." 
Few  modern  readers  can  have  failed  to  remark 
the  extraordinary  share  which  those  "  enemies," 
against  whom  it  was  lawful  to  pray,  seem  to 
take  in  the  concerns  of  the  Psalmists;  and 
perhaps  to  have  wondered  whether  the  thoughts 
of  any  men  of  similar  piety  and  exalted  feeling 
in  these  days  are  ever  occupied  in  the  like 
way. 

Among  the  Gentile  nations  no  subjects  of  art 
seem  to  have  pleased  the  Assyrians  and  Egyp- 
tians better  than  the  impalings  and  flayings  of 
captives, — cruelties  which,  had  they  been  com- 
mitted by  a  modern  army,  would  certainly  not 
have  been  reproduced  in  painting  or  sculpture. 
A  great  revolution  in  feeling  must  have  occur- 
red between  the  ages  when  Sennacherib  and 
Eameses  desired  to  be  immortalized  in  con- 
nection with  such  atrocities,  and  that  when 
Marcus  Aurelius  chose  that  his  magnificent 
equestrian  statue  on  the  Capitoline  Hill  should 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  185 

represent  him  in  the  act  of  protecting  his  cap- 
tives from  the  violence  of  his  Legions. 

JN^ot  only  Art,  but  the  very  Language  of  the 
ancient  world,  preserves  the  traces  of  the  cruel 
Heteropathy  of  old,  as  the  rocks  the  fossil 
teeth  of  the  Saurians, 

**  Which  tare  each  other  in  their  slime." 

It  shocks  us  to  imagine  the  discij)le  of  Socrates, 
''  whose  benevolence,"  as  Xenophon  wonder- 
ingly  remarks,  "even  extended  to  all  mankind," 
wandering  amid  the  groves  of  the  Academy  dis- 
cussing all  the  loftiest  themes  of  human  thought, 
and  at  the  same  time  talking  incidentally  of 
iTTLxaipeKaKia  as  of  au  cvcry-day  and  familiar 
passion.  Yet  this  was  the  case  even  in  "  sacred 
Athens,"  where 

"  near  the  fane 
Of  Wisdom,  Pity's  altar  stood," 

an  altar  which  Demonax  said  would  need  to  be 
overthrown  were  the  cruel  Eoman  Games  to  be 
introduced  into  the  city.  Between  "rejoicing 
in  the  misfortunes  of  others"  and  enjoying  a 
gladiatorial  show,  there  was  not  much  to  choose 
in  the  way  of  sympathetic  emotion. 

Passing  from  Greece  to  Eome,  we  find  the 


186  THE   EVOLUTION    OF 

•whole  population,  at  the  close  of  the  Eepublic 
and  the  era  of  the  Csesars,  mad  with  enthusiasm 
for  the  exhibitions,  held  in  every  town  in  the 
empire,  of  men  killing  one  another  by  scores 
or  thrown  to  be  devoured  by  beasts.  Mar- 
vellous is  the  story  that  the  very  same  populace 
which  clamoured  for  these  "circenses"  as  for 
bread,  filled  the  theatre  with  shouts  of  ap- 
plause when  Terence  first  gave  expression  to 
that  sense  of  the  claims  of  all  human  beings  to 
Sympathy  which  has  since  played  so  large  a 
part  in  the  history  of  oui-  race : 

"  Homo  sum,  humani  nihil  a  me  alienum  puto." 

Something  within  those  stony  Eoman  breasts 
echoed,  like  Memnon's  statue,  to  the  kindling 
rays  of  the  rising  sun.  But  we  should  deceive 
ourselves  widely  if  we  imagined  that  anything 
resembling  our  sense  of  the  claims  of  human 
brotherhood  was  then,  or  for  ages  afterwards, 
commonly  understood.  The  precept  of  Sextius 
the  Pythagorean  (preserved  by  Stobseus) — 
"Count  yourself  the  care-taker  of  all  men 
under  God" — is  almost  an  anachronism  still,  if 
we  place  the  author  in  the  Augustan  age,  and 
critically  incredible  at  the  earlier  date  when  it 


THE    SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  187 

was  formerly  supposed  to  have  been  written. 
The  current  feeling  of  the  contemporaries  of 
Cato  and  Cicero,  Tacitus  and  Pliny,  received  no 
shock  from  the  most  hideous  cruelties,  hourly 
practised  on  slaves  and  captives  of  war;  nor 
did  there  then  exist  in  Europe  a  single  hospital 
for  the  sick,  or  asylum  for  the  destitute,  the 
blind,  or  the  insane ;  the  first  institution  of  the 
kind  known  in  history  being  a  hospital,  built 
in  the  fifth  century  in  Jerusalem,  for  monks 
driven  mad  by  asceticism,  and  one  of  the  next 
earliest,  a  Foundling  hospital  opened  in  Milan 
in  789.  Organized  Cruelty  was  in  full  force, 
but  organized  Charity  was  yet  unknown ;  and 
the  wealthy  Herodes  Atticus,  the  proto-philan- 
thropist,  found  no  better  way  to  display  his 
beneficence  than  by  building  the  splendid 
theatre  whose  ruins  still  crumble  in  the  shadow 
of  the  Athenian  Acropolis. 

And  here  we  fall  on  the  natural  explanation 
of  a  fact  mentioned  a  few  pages  ago.  The 
Emotion  of  Pleasure  in  another's  Pleasure, 
though  usually  fainter  than  the  parallel  sym- 
pathy with  Pain,  seems  to  have  been  histo- 
rically the  soonest  developed, — at  all  events, 
among  the  sunny-spirited  nations  of  the  South 


188  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

with  •whom  classic  history  is  concerned.  The 
Greeks  andEomans  "rejoiced  with  those  who 
did  rejoice,"  much  sooner  and  more  readily 
than  they  "  wept  with  those  who  wept."  "  Ysd 
victis!"  the  vulture  -  shriek  of  Heteropathy, 
echoes  through  the  night  of  time  across  the 
arenas  where  slaughtered  gladiators,  and  Chris- 
tians mangled  by  the  lions,  made  the  "glory 
of  a  Eoman  holiday."  But  even  that  hideous 
triumph  may  be  interpreted  as  in  some  sort 
the  expression  of  Sympathy  felt  for  the  suc- 
cessful swordsman  or  for  the  ravenous  wild 
beast.  The  pain  (if  any  could  be  said  to  exist) 
of  beholding  so  pitiful  a  sight  as  that  which 
the  statue  of  the  Dying  Gladiator  recalls,  or 
the  still  worse  horror  of  watching  a  tiger's  car- 
nival, was  lost  to  the  fierce  Eoman  heart  in 
the  joy  of  triumph  with  the  victor.  Is  all  this 
utterly  inconceivable  to  us?  The  bull-fights 
of  Spain  exhibit  to  the  present  day  precisely 
analogous  phenomena !  The  spectacle  of  a 
miserable  horse  gored  to  death  and  dragged 
along,  leaving  his  entrails  strewed  across  the 
arena,  has  been  witnessed  scores  of  times  with 
supreme  indifierence  by  men  and  women,  noble 
and  imperial,  engrossed  by  sympathetic  delight 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  189 

in  the  skill  of  the  Toreador,  or  even  in  the 
courage  of  the  poor  maddened  bull,  whose  dying 
agony  afforded  the  next  instant's  pleasure. 

Even  in  our  own  field-sports,  whence  cruelty 
has  been  eliminated  to  the  uttermost,  the  most 
tender-hearted  of  fox-hunters  and  fowlers  tell 
us  that  they  sympathize  so  much  with  the 
hounds  that  they  have  no  time  to  feel  for  the 
fox ;  and  share  so  keenly  the  pleasure  of  their 
pointers  in  a  day  on  the  moors  that  the  brief 
death-pangs  of  the  grouse  are  unnoticed.  In 
the  earlier  ages,  it  would  seem  as  if  Pleasure 
in  the  Pleasure  of  others,  particularly  in  the 
Pleasure  of  Victory,  always  outran  Pain  in  the 
Pain  of  the  vanquished.  It  asked  the  deeper 
sentiment  of  the  "  dark  and  true  and  tender 
!N'orth,"  the  tenderness  breathed  all  through 
Christianity  from  the  spirit  of  its  Founder, 
perchance  even  the  accumulated  ex]3erience  of 
suffering  ploughing  deep  through  generations 
into  the  race,  as  a  single  experience  ploughs 
up  and  makes  soft  the  individual  heart, — it 
needed  all  these  to  enable  men  to  feel  other 
men's  Pain  as  their  own. 

Be  it  also  borne  in  mind,  that  Sympathy  with 
Pleasure  usually  demanding  of  us  far  less  sacri- 


190  THE   EVOLUTION   OE 

fice  than  Sympathy  with  Pain  (indeed  gene- 
rally demanding  no  sacrifice  at  all),  obtains 
its  way,  necessarily,  sooner  than  the  sentiment 
which  must  rise  high  enough  to  compel  self- 
sacrifice  before  it  becomes  manifest.  The  pro- 
verbial readiness  of  Englishmen  to  espouse  the 
weaker  cause,  implies  more  stringent  as  well 
as  nobler  emotion  than  the  spaniel-like  readi- 
ness of  slavish  races  to  attack  the  beaten  and 
side  with  the  strong.  Of  course  such  heroism, 
like  every  other  good  deed,  brings  its  reward 
in  a  fresh  sense  of  sympathy  towards  those 
who  have  been  protected.  The  roots  of  the 
tree  of  human  love  are  nourished  by  the  fallen 
leaves  of  kind  actions  which  sprung  from  its 
heart,  and  have  long  dropped  and  been  for- 
gotten. 

While  the  slow  progress  above  described  was 
going  on,  a  singular  limitation  may  be  observed 
among  those  to  whom  Sympathy  was  extended. 
Among  the  indubitable  results  of  recent  ethno- 
logical research,  is  the  discovery  that  in  early 
times,  and  to  this  day  among  savages,  such 
affectionate  sentiments  and  notions  of  moral 
obligation  as  are  yet  developed  are  entirely 
confined  to  the  tribe.    Beyond  the  tribe,  robbery, 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  191 

plunder,  rape  and  assassination,  are  never  un- 
derstood to  be  offences,  and  are  frequently  con- 
sidered as  meritorious ;  much  as  tiger-shooting 
is  deemed  laudable  and  public-spirited  among 
ourselves.  There  is  a  line  of  circumvalla- 
tion  outside  of  which  kindly  feeling  does  not 
extend,  and  the  moral  obligations  which 
concern  such  feelings  are  consequently  not 
imagined  to  apply.  Within  the  line  there  is 
brotherhood,  and  certain  recognized  rules  of 
action,  rising  by  degrees  from  the  mere  prohi- 
bition of  perfidy,  murder  and  adultery,  to  the 
inculcation  of  truth  and  helpfulness,  extending 
to  the  very  borders  of  communism.  Outside 
the  line  all  the  while,  the  ''  Gentile,"  the 
"Barbarian,"  the  man  of  alien  blood,  is  not 
merely  less  considered  (as  is  the  case  between 
ourselves  and  foreigners),  but  has  actually  no 
status  at  all,  either  as  regards  feeling  or  duty. 
The  step  over  this  barrier  of  race,  when  it 
begins  to  be  taken,  is  an  enormous  stride ;  and 
we  may  see  how  it  was  felt  as  such  even  by 
the  writers  of  the  New  Testament.  This  sub- 
ject, however,  is  far  too  large  to  be  here  treated 
otherwise  than  by  briefest  indication,  l^o  doubt 
the  union  of  the  known  world  in  one  empire  in 


192  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

the  Augustan  age  helped  to  give  birth  to  the 
great  idea  of  a  common  Humanity,  with  uni- 
versal claims  to  Sympathy,  which,  as  I  have 
remarked,  at  that  time  first  arose.  The  simile 
of  the  Body  and  its  members  occurred  alike  to 
St.  Paul  and  to  Cicero*  to  express  the  mutual 
suffering  of  men  in  the  woes  of  their  kind ;  and 
from  thenceforth  the  Enthusiasm  of  Humanity 
may  be  said  to  have  been  kindled,  though  as 
yet  but  a  spark. 

But  from  the  hour  that  the  idea  of  a  common 
Humanity  with  universal  claims  dawned  on  the 
minds  of  men,  the  question,  "Who  is  Human?" 
appears  to  have  arisen;  just  as  the  Pharisee, 
when  commanded  to  "love  his  neighbour," 
asked,  "  Who  is  my  neighbour  ?"  From  that 
distant  date,  till  the  day,  not  yet  a  decade  ago, 
when  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States 
decreed  that  "  a  IN'egro  was  not  a  Man  under 
the  terms  of  the  Constitution,"  there  has  been  a 
ceaseless  effort  to  shut  out  inferior  and  inimi- 
cal races  from  the  title  which  was  felt  to  carry 
with  it  the  claims  of  brotherhood.  In  the  pre- 
historic and  earliest  historic  times,   the  basis 

*  De  Off.  iii.  5. 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  193 

was  laid  for  a  great  many  of  the  prejudices 
which  survive  even  yet.  "When  the  tall  fair 
races  invaded  Europe  and  drove  the  short  and 
dark-haired  ones  into  remote  mountains  and 
caves,  then  began  the  legends  of  the  Giants 
and  the  Dwarfs,  each  regarding  the  other  as 
non-human,  and  fit  objects  of  hatred  and  all 
manner  of  perfidy  and  injury.  To  the  tall 
race,  their  predecessors  were  Pigmies  and 
Gnomes,  engaged  in  mysterious  arts  of  metal- 
lurgy in  the  bowels  of  the  hills.  To  the  short 
race,  their  lusty  conquerors  were  Monsters, 
Cyclopes,  Giants,  ever  ready  to  slay  them  with 
clubs,  and  perchance  devour  them  limb  by  limb. 
"Wonderful  is  it  to  reflect  that  the  stories  em- 
bodying these  primeval  passions  of  fear  and 
hatred  have  actually  borne  down  to  us  in  their 
course,  through  the  traditions  of  thousands  of 
years,  so  much  of  their  original  sentiment,  that 
every  child  amongst  us  to  this  hour  entertains 
the  belief  that  it  is  quite  right  and  proper  to 
play  perfidious  tricks  on  a  Dwarf;  and  that 
the  sanguinary  achievements  of  Jack  the  Giant- 
killer,  Jack  of  the  Bean-stalk  and  Tom  Thumb, 
against  the  most  unoffending  Giants,  were  alto- 
gether laudable  and  glorious  I     Which  of  our 

0 


194  THE   EVOLUTION    OF 

readers  (we  beg  to  ask  the  question  with  due 
seriousness)  can  even  in  adult  years  lay  his 
hand  on  his  heart  and  say  he  should  feel  any 
moral  or  sentimental  objection  to  murdering  a 
''Giant"  in  cold  blood,  or  running  a  red-hot 
stake  into  his  solitary  eye  ?  As  to  Ogres,  the 
case  is  worse.  If  those  archseologists  be  right 
who  say  that  the  word  is  the  same  as  Hogres, 
Hongres,  Hungarians,  Huns,  we  have  here, 
in  the  full  daylight  of  History,  a  peculiarly 
noble  European  race  actually  transformed  by 
the  imagination  of  their  neighbours  into  such 
preternaturally  horrible  monsters,  that  even 
our  uncharitable  feelings  towards  Giants  fade 
into  mildness  beside  our  animosity  towards  an 
Ogre ! 

As  our  own  ancestors  felt  towards  the  earlier 
races  of  Europe,  as  the  old  Yedic  Aryans  felt  to 
the  Dasyus  (their  dark-skinned  enemies),  as  the 
Mazdiesnans  of  Zoroaster  felt  to  the  Touranians, 
so,  it  would  seem,  existing  savage  tribes  still 
feel  to  races  far  apart  from  their  own  in  blood, 
but  having  neighbouring  habitations.  Among 
numerous  anecdotes  illustrative  of  such  senti- 
ments, none  are  more  horrible  than  those  which 
tell  of  the  hatred  of  the  Eed  Men  for  the  Esqui- 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  195 

maux.  A  case  is  recorded  where  a  tribe  of  the 
former  travelled  two  or  three  hundred  miles 
over  the  snow  for  the  sole  purpose  of  destroying 
a  village  of  the  inoffensive  Esquimaux,  with 
whom  they  had  no  quarrel,  and  who  possessed 
no  property  worth  their  robbery.  As  a  dog 
kills  a  rat,  so  do  such  races  destroy  each  other 
under  an  impulse  of  pure  hatred,  which  per- 
haps had  its  origin  in  the  Heteropathy  of  con- 
quering generations  ages  before.  Probably  in 
its  earlier  stages  every  nation  now  existing 
has  thus  had  its  detested  "  Canaanite"  dwelling 
on  the  borders  of  the  land,  and  credited  with 
every  inhuman  vice  and  crime.* 

Parallel  and  nearly  contemporaneously  with 
the  idea  of  a  common  Humanity,  arose  the  idea 
of  a  common  Christianity,  forming  the  bond  of 
still  more  sacred  mutual  Sympathy.  It  would 
be  to  re-write  the  history  of  the  last  eighteen 
centui'ies  to  record  how  this  new  impulse  has 
drawn  together  the  hearts  of  men  in  twofold 

*  "  The  almost  physical  loathing  which  a  primitive  com- 
munity feels  for  men  of  widely  different  manners  from  its 
own,  usually  expresses  itself  by  describing  them  as  mon- 
sters, such  as  giants,  or  even  (as  is  almost  always  the  case 
in  Oriental  mythology)  as  demons.  The  Cyclops  is  Homer's 
type  of  an  alien." — Maine's  Ancient  Law,  p.  125. 

o2 


196  THE   EYOLTJTIOlSr   OE 

fashion.  Inwardly,  tlie  deeper  spiritual  life 
whicli  then  was  awakened,  and  with  it  the 
peculiarly  softening  influence  of  penitence, 
must  have  effected  much  ;  while  the  apotheosis 
of  Suffering  in  the  ever-recurrent  emblem  of 
the  Cross  cannot  have  failed  (as  Mr.  Lecky 
eloquently  describes  it)  to  have  trained  to 
sentiments  of  compassion  the  rough  races  who 
substituted  it  for  the  images  of  Thor  and 
"Woden,  or  of  Mars  and  Zeus.  Outwardly,  a 
welding  no  less  obvious  has  been  effected  by 
the  organization  of  a  "Christendom"  begun 
among  all  the  tender  associations  of  the  little 
band  in  the  "upper  chamber,"  and  continued 
through  ages  "when  the  disciples  had  all 
things  in  common,"  and  in  those  wherein  they 
endured  together  the  Ten  Persecutions;  and 
finally  completed  in  the  era  when  antagonism 
with  Islam  united  all  the  Christian  nations  in 
the  Crusades.  A  similar,  though  perhaps  less 
forcible,  influence  of  the  outward  kind  was 
meanwhile  effected  outside  the  Christian  camp, 
among  the  nations  which  accepted  the  creed  of 
Mahomet,  whose  levelling  tendency  (like  that 
of  Buddhism)  has  probably  scarcely  less  aided 
the  growth  of  mutual  sympathies  among  its 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  197 

disciples,  than  the  presentation  of  a  common 
Object  of  worship  and  the  direct  inculcation  of 
mercy  and  beneficence.  As  the  present  con- 
dition of  India  unhappily  exemplifies,  Caste  is 
of  all  barriers  the  most  insurmountable  to  the 
sympathies  of  mankind.  All  the  great  reli- 
gions of  the  East,  however,  and  pre-eminently 
Zoroastrianism  and  Buddhism,  have  contri- 
buted importantly  to  the  nourishment  of  the 
sympathetic  affections,  by  stamping  them  with 
approval  and  condemning  any  manifestation  of 
the  opposite  sentiments.  When  men  in  each 
nation  have  risen  so  high  as  to  recognize  the 
Benevolence  of  God,  they  have  always  em- 
bodied that  truth  in  creeds,  wherein  God  is 
represented  as  commanding  men  to  be  benevo- 
lent ;  and  these  crystallized  creeds  have  acted 
with  compact  and  persistent  force  on  the  future 
development  of  the  benevolent  affections.  In 
each  case,  we  must  needs  account  in  the  first 
place,  outside  of  conscious  or  recognized  reli- 
gious influences,  and  in  the  region  of  the  secret 
Divine  education  of  the  race,  for  the  develop- 
ment of  those  social  sentiments  which,  as  all 
ethnology  proves,  are  not  in  the  earliest  stage 


198  THE   EVOLUTION    OF 

understood  to  have  any  connection  with  the 
worship  of  the  unseen  Powers. 

Eeturning  to  the  history  of  such  feelings  in 
Christendom,  we  find  that,  just  as  the  title  of 
*'  Human"  was  refused  to  inimical  races  as  soon 
as  a  common  Humanity  was  understood  to 
convey  the  right  to  sympathy,  so  the  claim  of 
Christian  Brotherhood  was  still  more  jealously 
refused  to  all  outside  the  pale  of  the  Catholic 
Church.  Pity  for  Jews,  Turks,  Infidels  or 
Heretics,  there  was  little  or  none  during  all  the 
ages  wherein  that  great  Church  maintained  its 
unity  unbroken.  To  torture  the  Jew,  to  slay 
the  Saracen,  and  to  burn  the  Heretic,  were 
actions  not  only  laudable  (as  the  primitive 
savage  thought  it  laudable  to  slay  the  enemies 
of  his  tribe),  but  religiously  obligatory.  The 
Church  had  taken  the  place  of  the  Tribe,  and 
the  feelings  it  inspired  and  sanctioned  were 
even  more  vivid,  alike  for  good  and  for  evil. 

At  last  the  Eeformation  came,  and  with  it 
fresh  questionings  as  to  whom  the  fold  of  Chris- 
tian Brotherhood  should  include.  The  Pro- 
testants— themselves  outside  the  pale  of  Eoman 
fraternity — found  Quakers,  Socinians  and  Ana- 


THE    SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  199 

baptists,  to  exclude  from  their  own ;  and  still 
further  off,  a  hundred  thousand  hapless  witches 
and  wizards  to  thrust  beyond  the  limits  even  of 
Humanity.     At  last  the  fires  of  Hate  and  Fear 
died  down,  and  for  a  century  and  a  half  true 
Sympathy   has    been   permitted   to    grow   up 
amongst   us   comparatively   unchecked.      The 
result  is,  that  the  sense  of  Christian  Brotherhood 
has  perhaps  more  force  amongst  us  than  ever 
before,  while  the  Enthusiasm  of  Humanity  (ex- 
tending far  and   experienced  intensely,   alto- 
gether beyond  the  bounds  of  the  Churches)  has 
risen  to  the  height  when  a  passion  becomes  self- 
conscious,  and  receives  baptism,   evermore  to 
take  its  place  among  the  recognized  sentiments 
of  our  race.     If  a  barrier  to  perfect  sympathy 
among  men  be  now  anywhere  left  standing,  we 
acknowledge  unanimously  that  it  is  a  blot  on 
our  civilization,  and,  so  far  from  being  in  accord- 
ance with  our  religion,  is  in  defiance  thereof. 

From  destructive  Heteropathy  to  negative 
Aversion,  and  thence  to  positive  and  helpful 
Sympathy,  such  has  been  the  progress  in  the 
character  of  the  Emotion  I  have  now  endea- 
voured to  trace  from  the  dawn  of  history  till 
the  present  time.  From  the  Tribe  to  the  I^ation, 


200  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

to  the  Human  Eace,  to  the  whole  sentient  Cre- 
ation— such  has  been  the  progress  in  extension 
of  that  Sympathy  as  it  gradually  developed 
itself.  Neither  line  of  progress  is  yet  nearly 
completed.  Much  Heteropathy  still  lingers 
amongst  us.  Aversion  to  the  suffering  and 
miserable  is  even  yet  a  common  sentiment; 
and  our  Sympathy,  such  as  it  is,  might  be 
far  warmer  and  better  sustained.  E^or  is  the 
lateral  expansion  of  our  fellow-feeling  any 
way  uniform  or  co-extensive  with  our  know- 
ledge. There  must  of  course,  from  the  limi- 
tations of  our  natures,  be  always  a  more  vivid 
emotion  raised  by  a  neighbouring  than  by  a 
remote  catastrophe.  None  but  He  who  is  alike 
near  to  all  can  sympathize  with  all  alike.  But, 
making  every  allowance  for  the  inevitable  par- 
tialities of  nationality  and  neighbourhood,  and 
the  comparatively  easy  comprehension  of  the 
joys  and  sorrows  of  persons  of  our  own  age, 
race  and  class,  it  would  seem  that  there  is  yet 
great  room  for  further  and  more  equable  deve- 
lopment. Along  every  plane  on  which  our 
feelings  run,  they  as  yet  come  short.  In  the 
first  place,  even  as  regards  local  and  national 
extension,  the  just  proportion  between  the  near 


THE   SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  201 

and  the  remote,  the  concerns  of  our  countrymen 
and  those  of  others,  is  very  far  from  being 
represented  by  the  various  degrees  of  interest 
manifested  by  the  British  public  when  it  reads 
of  the  burning  of  a  warehouse  in  London,  or 
the  conflagration  of  a  city  in  America;  of  a 
boat  upset  on  the  Isis,  or  of  the  suflbcation  of 
the  whole  crew  of  a  Chinese  junk ;  of  a  breeze 
off  the  Goodwins,  or  of  a  hurricane  in  Bengal ; 
of  a  scarcity  of  water  in  a  Kentish  village, 
or  of  the  depoj)ulation  of  whole  provinces  by 
famine  in  Persia. 

Secondly,  it  is  not  only  geographically  and 
laterally  that  our  sympathies  fail  in  extension, 
but  also,  and  much  more  emphatically,  perpen- 
dicularly (if  we  may  so  express  it),  through 
the  various  strata  of  society.  Our  class-sym- 
pathies (especially  at  both  ends  of  the  scale) 
are  as  strong  as  our  national  sympathies,  and, 
more  than  they,  need  to  be  widened.  The 
high-born  Englishman  feels  more  akin  to  the 
German,  Italian  or  Eussian  noble  than  to  the 
small  tradesman  or  peasant  of  his  own  country ; 
and  the  rise  of  the  perilous  International  affords 
singular  proof  how  far  the  working  classes  are 
beginning  to  feel  their  cosmopolitan  class-sym- 


202  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

patMes  over-ride  their  patriotism.  A  great 
deal,  however,  has  been  done  during  this  cen- 
tury, on  the  other  hand,  towards  the  break- 
ing down  of  the  barriers  which  limited  the 
more  tender  emotions  to  different  ranks.  Free 
and  cordial  association  is  far  more  common 
everywhere,  and  the  failure  to  sympathize  out- 
side of  a  man's  own  class  is  now  (as  it  ought  to 
be)  more  often  noticeable  among  the  uneducated 
or  half-educated  than  the  cultured. 

The  literature  of  two  generations  past  recalls 
the  yet  recent  period  when  anything  like  "  sen- 
timent" was  supposed  to  be  the  exclusive  attri- 
bute of  well-born   and  well-mannered  people, 
and  when  no  novelist  would  have  dreamed  of 
asking  for  sympathy  in  the  woes  of  any  "  com- 
mon person."     There  were  gentlemen,  indeed, 
of  whom  Tremaine  was  the  archetype,  and  ladies, 
who  lived  on  air  and  ^olian  harps,  and  there 
were  also  beggars  and  shepherdesses;  but  of 
the   intermediate    classes   of   cotton -spinners, 
clerks,  bakers,  ironmongers,  bricklayers,  needle- 
women and  housemaids,  it  had  never  entered 
into    anybody's  head  in  the  pre-Dickens  age 
that  anything  affecting  could  be  written.    Even 
Shakespeare  himself  had  looked,  like  a  born 


THE   SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  203 

aristocrat,  not  unkindly  but  somewhat  jestingly, 
at  such  subjects ;  and  though  we  cannot  doubt 
that  in  real  life  there  must  have  been  far  more 
of  mutual  sympathy  than  books  betray,  it  is 
tolerably  certain  there  was  infinitely  less  readi- 
ness to  feel  for  vulgar  sorrows  and  rejoice  in 
homely  joys  than,  thank  God !  is  now  to  be 
found  amongst  us.  The  writers  who  have 
helped  us  to  this  tenderer  feeling  for  human 
nature  under  its  less  refined  forms, — writers 
such  as  Dickens  and  Mrs.  Gaskell  and  Mrs. 
Stowe, — deserve  even  more  honour  than  those 
who,  like  Miss  Bremer  and  d'Azeglio  and 
George  Sand  and  Eichter,  have  aided  us  to 
sympathize  with  the  inner  life  of  other  nations. 
There  yet  remain  to  be  noticed  other  direc- 
tions in  which  our  sympathies  extend  them- 
selves very  irregularly.  As  a  general  rule, 
the  tenderest  of  all  feelings  are  those  between 
persons  of  opposite  sexes,  and  the  differences 
which  exist,  so  far  from  diminishing  sympathy, 
probably  often  enhance  it.  Nevertheless,  the 
position  of  women  in  the  East,  and  even  in 
Europe,  ofi'ers  irrefragable  evidence  that,  with 
all  their  Lwish  affection,  men  have  not,  on  the 
whole,  been  able  to  sympathize  with  women  as 


204  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

with  one  another.  They  have  been  ready 
enough  to  indulge  their  pleasure-loving  pro- 
pensities, their  vanity  and  their  indolence ;  but 
those  nobler  aspirations  after  instruction  and 
usefulness  which  many  of  them  must  always 
have  shewn  (aspirations  which  men  remark  with 
the  most  ardent  and  helpful  sympathy  when 
displayed  by  boys)  have  rarely  touched  them  in 
women.  'No  man  will  give  his  son  a  stone 
when  he  asks  for  bread ;  but  thousands  of  men 
have  given  their  daughters  diamonds  when  they 
prayed  for  books,  and  coiled  the  serpents  of 
dissipation  and  vanity  round  their  necks  when 
they  needed  the  wholesome  food  of  beneficent 
employment. 

On  the  other  hand,  though  women  cannot 
be  accused  of  any  general  want  of  sympathy 
with  men,  yet  they  too  bestow  it  often  in  a 
weak  and  unworthy  manner,  rejoicing  in  their 
lower  pleasui'es  and  suffering  with  their  lower 
pains,  but  having  little  fellow-feeling  with  their 
loftier  aims,  or  regrets  for  their  sadder  failures. 
''Eosamond  Yincy"  would  have  doubtless  shed 
abundant  tears  over  Lydgate's  misfortune  had 
he  broken  his  arm.  She  had  not  a  sigh  to  give 
to  his  shattered  aspirations. 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  205 

And  yet,  again,  beside  the  imperfect  sym- 
pathy of  men  and  women  for  each  other,  there 
is  very  commonly  failure  in  the  sympathy  of 
both  for  children.     With  all  the  fondness  of 
parents   and  relatives,   numberless  poor  little 
creatures  pass  through  the  spring-time  of  life 
exposed  to  very  nipping  winds,  so  far  as  their 
feelings  are  concerned,  though  perhaps  all  the 
time  mentally  and  physically  precociously  forced 
in  a  hot-bed  of  high  culture.     Because  their 
pains  are  mere  childish  pains,  we  find  it  hard 
to  pity  them ;  and  their  little  pleasures,  because 
they  are  so  simple,  seem  only  to  deserve  from  us 
a  patronizing  smile,  or  the  warning  "not  to  be 
foolish  and  excited,"  which  often  quenches  the 
joyous  little  spirit  most  effectually.    But,  as  St. 
Augustine  truly  says,  the  boy's  sufferings  while 
they  last  are  quite  as  real  as  those  of  the  man ; 
indeed,  few  of  us  have  troubles  much  worse 
even  now,  than  punishment  and  heavy  tasks. 
And  as  to  the  pleasures  of  those  young  years 
when  all   earth   seemed  Paradise,    and  every 
sense  was  an  inlet  of  fresh  delight, — may  we 
not  vainly  look  round  for  cause  for  equal  sym- 
pathy in  the  happiness  of  an  adult  companion 
such  as  we  may  find  in  that  of  the  child  playing 


206  THE   EVOLUTION   OP 

in  the  meadow  with  its  cowslip  ball,  or  shout- 
ing with  ecstacy  as  its  kite  soars  into  the  blue 
summer  heaven  ?  Hateful  is  it  to  reflect  that 
to  many  a  world-worn  heart  amongst  us  the 
spectacle  of  such  pure  joy,  instead  of  awakening 
that  sense  of  "  Pleasure  inPleasm-e"  which  we 
flatter  ourselves  is  our  habitual  sentiment,  not 
seldom  calls  up,  on  the  contrary,  an  ugly  emo- 
tion much  more  partaking  of  the  character  of 
Heteropathy,  and  provoking  us  to  check  the 
exuberance  of  the  child's  delight  by  some  harsh 
word  or  peremptory  prohibition. 

One  more  observation,  and  this  part  of  my 
subject  may  close.  Not  only  do  our  sympathies 
require  to  be  more  equally  extended  as  regards 
nations,  classes,  sexes  and  ages,  but  there  is 
sore  need  that  they  should  spread  outside  the 
human  race  among  the  tribes  of  sentient  crea- 
tures who  lie  beneath  us  and  at  our  mercy. 
The  great  ideas  of  a  common  Humanity  and  a 
common  Christianity,  which  were  at  first  such 
noble  extensions  of  family  and  national  sympa- 
thies, have  long  acted  as  limitations  thereof. 
To  this  hour,  in  all  Eomish  countries,  the  sneer, 
"You  talk  as  if  the  brute  were  a  Christian," 
or  the  simple  statement^  "  Non  e  Cristiano^''  is 


THE    SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  207 

understood  to  dispose  finally  of  a  remonstrance 
against  overloading  a  horse,   skinning  a  goat 
alive,  or  plucking  the  quills  of  a  living  fowl. 
The  present  benevolent  Pope  answered,  a  few 
years  ago,  the  request  to  found  a  Society  for 
Prevention  of  Cruelty  in  Eome,  by  the  formal 
response  (officially  delivered  through  Lord  Odo 
Eussell),  "that  such  an  Association  could  not 
be  sanctioned  by  the  Holy  See,  being  founded 
on  a  Theological  error,  to  wit,  that  Christians 
owed  any  duties  to  Animals."     Similarly,  the 
limitation  of  sympathy  to  Humanity  caused 
English  moralists  of  the  last  century  to  argue 
deliberately,  that  the  evil  of  cruelty  to  the 
lower  creatures  lay  solely  in  the  fact  that  it 
injured  the  finer  feelings — the  humanity — of  the 
men  who  were  guilty  of  it.     Even  to  this  hour 
it  is  not  rare  to  hear  in  cultivated  society  the 
fiendish  practice  of  vivisection  condemned  or 
excused  by  reference  solely  to  the  hardening  of 
the  sentiments  of  young  surgeons,  or  the  benefits 
which  may  remotely  accrue  to  some  hypothe- 
tical human  sufferer,  the  cause  of  whose  disease 
may,  just  possibly,  be  elucidated  thereby.* 

*  "  The  horrors  of  vivisection,  often  so  wantonly  and  so 
needlessly  practised"  (the  anatomia  vivorum  which  the 


208  THE   EVOLUTIOlSr   0"P 

Surveying  the  position  in  wliicli  we  now 
stand,  after  reviewing  the  long  progress  of  the 
ages,  there  is  much  at  which  to  rejoice  for  the 
present,  much  more  to ,  hope  for  the  future. 
The  human  heart  seems  more  tender  than  it 
has  been  heretofore ;  and  if  so,  the  gain  is  one 
to  which  all  the  triumphs  of  science  and  art 
are  small  in  comparison.  Our  sympathies  are 
yet  very  imperfect  and  very  unequally  distri- 
buted. To  one  of  us,  Physical  Pain  appeals 
most  forcibly;  to  another,  Want;  to  another. 
Ignorance.  Some  of  us  feel  for  the  sorrows 
of  the  aged,  some  for  the  helplessness  of  infancy. 


heathen  Celsus  reproved  as  too  inhuman  to  he  perpetrated) 
— -"  the  prolonged  and  atrocious  tortures  sometimes  inflicted 
in  order  to  procure  some  gastronomic  delicacy,  are  so  far 
removed  from  the  public  gaze  that  they  exercise  little  in- 
fluence on  the  characters  of  men.  Yet  no  humane  man 
can  reflect  on  them  without  a  shudder.  To  bring  these 
things  within  the  range  of  ethics,  to  create  the  notion  of 
duties  towards  the  animal  world,  has  been,  so  far  as  Chris- 
tian countries  are  concerned,  one  of  the  peculiar  merits  of 
the  last  century,  and  for  the  most  part  of  Protestant 
nations.  Mahometans  and  Brahmins  have  in  this  sphere 
considerably  surpassed  the  Christians,  and  Spain  and  Italy, 
in  which  Catholicism  has  most  deeply  planted  its  roots,  are 
even  now  probably  beyond  all  other  countries  those  in 
which  inhumanity  to  animals  is  most  wanton  and  most 
unrebuked." — European  Morals,  Vol.  II.  p.  187. 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  209 

One  can  weep  with  the  mourner,  another  can 
joy  with  the  happy.  Mental  doubts  and 
anguish  touch  minds  which  have  known  their 
agony,  and  the  aspirations  after  Knowledge 
and  Beauty  those  which  have  felt  their  noble 
thirst.  Some  of  us  feel  intensely  for  human 
troubles,  and  others  again  are  full  of  compassion 
for  the  harmless  brutes,  and  feel  keenly  the 

"  Sorrow  for  tlie  horse  o'erdriven, 
And  love  in  which  the  dog  has  part." 

But  all  these  various  hues  of  the  same  gentle 
sentiment  have  their  natural  explanation  in 
the  experience  or  the  idiosyncrasy  of  those  who 
display  them ;  and  if  they  act  only  as  special 
stimulants  to  activity,  and  not  as  limitations  of 
it,  they  are  innocent  and  even  beneficial.  Such 
as  they  are,  also,  these  inequalities  in  the  dis- 
tribution of  our  sympathies  tend  constantly  to 
reduce  themselves  to  a  minimum,  seeing  that, 
in  every  direction,  one  tender  emotion  leads  im- 
perceptibly to  another.  We  cannot  help  the  child 
without  helping  the  parent,  nor  educate  the 
mind  without  feeding  the  body,  nor  in  any  way 
cultivate  the  habit  of  noting  and  relieving  the 
wants  of  others  without   causing  the  full  tide 

p 


210  THE   EVOLUTION    OF 

of  OUT  outflowing  charity  to  rise  beyond  any 
bounds  which  we  may  at  first  have  assigned  to  it. 
In  point  of  strength,  we  cannot  doubt  that  in 
our  time,  in  spite  of  the  supposed  materialism 
and  selfishness  of  the  age,*  Sympathy  has  ac- 
quired in  thousands  of  generous  hearts  a  very 
high  development  indeed.  It  affords  the  main- 
spring of  life  to  a  whole  army  of  philanthropists, 
statesmen,  clergymen,  sisters  of  charity,  and 
many  more  of  whom  the  world  never  hears. 
Did  the  laws  of  nature  permit  one  person  to 
take  the  physical  pains  of  another,  there  would 
be  a  constant  struggle  as  to  which  should  bear 
each  wound,  each  deformity,  and  each  disease. 
Especially  among  women,  in  whom  this  spirit 
of  loving  self-sacrifice  is  commonly  predominant, 
there  would  be  found  at  an  hour's  call  a  hun- 
dred Arrias  to  tell  every  shrinking  Peetus  that 
"death  did  not  pain;"  a  thousand  Alcestes  to 
descend  to  the  grave  in  the  stead  of  every  selfish 
Admetus.     Nay,  it  may  be  doubted  whether 

*  Mr.  Bain  "  approaches  the  consideration"  of  that 
"  large  region  of  human  feeling,"  the  "  Tender  Emotion," 
by  remarking,  "  This  is  pre-eminently  a  Glandular  Emo- 
tion. In  it,  the  muscular  diffusion  is  secondary,"  &c.  &c. 
The  Emotions,  &c.,  p.  94. 


THE   SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  211 

after  a  while  the  hospitals  of  the  land  would 
contain  a  single  inmate  (save  perchance  a  few 
forsaken  old  women)  of  those  originally  sent 
there  as  patients;  but  every  man  would  go 
forth,  lailed  out,  willingly  and  joyfully,  by 
mother,  sister,  wife  or  child,  remaining  to  suffer 
in  his  stead.  Of  course  there  are  special  obsta- 
cles as  well  as  special  aids  under  the  new  forms 
of  modern  life  to  the  growth  and  diffusion  of 
sympathy.  If  literature  and  steam  locomotion, 
and  cheap  and  rapid  postage,  and  telegraphy, 
assist  immensely  to  diffuse  and  to  sustain  the 
sympatliies  of  mankind,  on  the  other  hand  the 
vehement  struggles  for  existence  and  for  wealth, 
and  the  haste  and  bustle  of  our  lives,  tend 
almost  equally  to  check  and  blunt  them.  If 
we  only  compare  the  amount  of  feeling  which 
any  one  of  us  readily  gives  to  the  illness,  ruin 
or  death  of  a  neighbour  in  the  country,  and 
that  which  we  find  time  to  spare  to  the  same 
misfortunes  of  another,  equally  well  known  and 
liked,  in  London,  we  shall  obtain  some  measure 
of  the  influence  of  the  increased  rapidity  of 
social  circulation  on  the  affections.  More  diffi- 
cult is  it  to  estimate  the  cruel  results  of  the 
competition  for  professional  advancement  and 


212  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

for  "quick  returns  and  large  profits,"  out  of 
•which  come  such  offences  as  the  adulterations 
of  food  and  medicine,  the  unnatural  and  por- 
tentous extension  of  the  liquor-traffic,  and  the 
frightful  recklessness  of  life  displayed  in  the 
employment  of  unseaworthy  ships.  These 
things  are  more  shocking  to  the  moral  sense 
than  the  savage  atrocities  of  half-barbarous 
times,  being  done  at  the  instigation  of  meaner 
passions  by  men  far  more  accountable  for  their 
actions.  But  though  Mr.  Euskin  and  Mr.  Carlyle 
treat  them  as  the  genuine  "  Signs  of  the  Times," 
I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  a  better  test  of 
our  state  may  be  found  in  the  wide-spread 
horror  and  disgust  which  they  have  created, 
and  the  preponderance,  far  beyond  that  of  any 
former  age,  of  public  deeds  springing  unmis- 
takably from  the  purest  Enthusiasm  of  Hu- 
manity. There  are  few,  I  think,  who  on  calm 
reflection  will  hesitate  to  admit  that  there  exist 
less  of  the  anti-social  passions  and  more  of  the 
humane  and  benevolent  ones  now  in  the  world 
•than  at  any  known  period  of  past  history. 

Beyond  all  that  we  have  yet  attained,  we 
may  dimly  discern  the  progress  yet  to  be,  and 


THE    SOCIAL   SENTIMENT.  213 

welcome  for  happier  generations  the  time  when 
a  divine  and  universal  Sympathy  will  do  its 
perfect  work.  Even  now  there  are  few  of  us 
but  must  have  felt  how  variable  are  our  powers 
to  feel  with  others ;  how  for  long  periods  our 
hearts  seem  shut  up  in  our  own  interests  and 
pains ;  and  how  again  they  seem  to  open,  we 
know  not  why,  to  a  sense  of  the  suffering  of  a 
friend,  a  child,  a  bird  or  brute,  so  keen  that  it 
seems  a  revelation,  and  every  other  sorrow  and 
pain  we  know  of  acquires  new  meaning  in  our 
eyes,  and  pierces  us  as  a  thorn  in  our  own 
breasts.  There  are  hours  wherein  we  sponta- 
neously long  to  do  anything  or  suffer  anything 
which  should  mitigate  the  woes  we  have  sud- 
denly learned  to  perceive.  And  again  there 
are  times  when  the  happiness  of  others  is  simi- 
larly near  and  dear  to  us,  and  we  feel  capable 
of  sacrificing  all  our  own  joys  to  secure  for  them 
felicity  here  and  beatitude  hereafter.  These 
oscillations  of  our  emotions  must  surely  point 
to  a  time  in  the  future  growth  of  humanity 
wherein  that  which  is  now  rare  shall  be  fre- 
quent, and  that  which  is  only  occasional  shall 
be  habitual.  As  the  whole  history  of  the  past 
shews  the  gradual  dropping  away  of  the  crude 


214  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

and  cruel  emotions  of  Heteropathy  and  Aver- 
sion, and  the  development  of  Sympathy  from 
its  first  small  seed  in  the  family  till  it  has 
become  the  great  Tree  of  Life  which  we  behold, 
sOj  without  indulging  in  Utopian  dreams  of 
human  perfection,  we  may  reasonably  antici- 
pate that  the  long  progress  will  not  stop  at 
that  precise  step  where  we  find  it,  but  extend 
yet  further  indefinitely.  As  the  men  of  old 
felt  in  rare  hours  of  tenderness  amid  their  cease- 
less struggles,  when  ''  the  earth  was  full  of  vio- 
lence and  cruel  habitations,"  so  the  cultured 
amongst  us  feel  habitually  now.  And  as  we 
feel  in  our  best  and  tenderest  moments,  so  men 
in  ages  to  come  will  likewise  feel  habitually. 

Such  gradual  rising  of  the  temperature  of 
human  Sympathy,  when  it  shall  take  place,  will 
necessarily  call  into  existence  a  whole  new  flora 
of  kindly  deeds  and  customs  to  cover  the  ground 
of  life.  Economists  are  for  ever  looking  to  im- 
proved external  organizations  to  better  the  con- 
ditions of  all  classes,  and  these  have  doubtless 
their  significance  and  use.  But  what  would  be 
the  introduction  of  the  wisest,  justest,  most 
perfect  political  and  social  organizations  which 
could  be  planned,  compared  to  the  elevation,  even 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  215 

by  a  single  degree,  of  the  sense  of  universal  Bro- 
therhood and  of  the  kindly  sympathies  of  man 
with  man?  Already  we  begin  to  feel  that 
acts  of  beneficence  are  scarcely  lawful  save 
when  they  come  as  from  brother  to  brother, 
from  the  heart  of  the  giver  to  the  hand  of  the 
receiver.  In  the  time  to  come,  it  is  not  too 
much  to  hope  that  there  will  be  far  less  than 
now  of  such  ungenerous  generosity  as  finds 
vent  in  such  phrases  as,  "I  have  done  my  duty 
by  him,  and  now  I  wash  my  hands  of  him ;" 
"  I  have  done  my  part,  and  if  he  rot  I  care 
not."  Less  need  even  may  there  be  for  the 
deep-sighted  Buddhist  precept,  "  If  a  man  can- 
not feel  in  charity  with  another,  let  him  resolve 
on  doing  him  a  kindness,  and  then  he  will  feel 
kindly." 

And,  finally,  there  seems  faintly  revealed, 
above  the  mists  wherein  we  dwell,  the  lofty 
summits  of  an  emotion  transcending  all  that 
our  race  yet  has  experienced, — a  Sympathy 
which  shall  shine  on  the  joys  and  melt  with  the 
sorrows,  not  only  of  the  Lovely,  but  of  the 
Unlovely,  and  thus  make  man  at  last  "perfect 
as  his  Father  in  Heaven,  who  makes  His  sun 
to  rise  on  the  evil  and  on  the  good,  and  sendeth 


216  THE   EVOLUTION   OF 

rain  on  the  just  and  on  the  unjust."  For 
eighteen  centuries  those  words  have  rung  in  the 
ears  of  men ;  but  who  can  boast  he  has  fathomed 
their  meaning,  or  conceived  any  plan  of  life 
which  could  give  them  practical  realization? 
To  do  this  thoroughly,  to  feel  such  genuine 
sympathy  for  the  stupid,  the  mean-minded, 
the  vicious,  as  to  enable  us  to  make  for  them 
the  same  sacrifices  we  should  readily  make  for 
a  beloved  friend,  this  is  to  reach  that  zenith 
of  goodness  which  the  world  has  idealized  in 
Christ,  but  towards  which  scarcely  an  approxi- 
mation has  been  practically  made,  even  by  the 
best  of  Christians. 

What  will  mortal  life  be  when  men  come 
to  feel  thus  ?  It  will  be  already  the  fulfilment 
of  the  best  promise  of  heaven,  for  ''he  that 
liveth  in  love,  liveth  in  God,  and  God  in  him." 
Mankind  will  then  be  joined  as  in  one  great 
Insurance  against  Want  and  Woe,  and  no  mis- 
fortune will  be  unbearable  to  one,  because  it 
will  be  shared  by  all.  So  many  hearts  will 
rejoice  with  every  innocent  joy,  that  men  will 
live  as  in  a  room  brightened  all  round  with 
mirrors  reflecting  every  light.  So  many  hands 
will  stretch  forth  to  alleviate  every  pain,  and 


THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT.  217 

remove  every  burden,  and  supply  every  want, 
that  in  the  sweet  sense  of  that  kindly  human 
love  even  the  heaviest  sorrow  will  melt  away 
like  snow  in  the  sunshine  of  spring. 

Even  our  poor  sympathies,  such  as  they  are 
now,  are  the  source  of  all  our  purest  joys.  Pain 
and  Pleasure  alike  undergo  a  Eosicrucian  trans- 
formation from  lead  to  gold  when  they  pass 
through  the  alembic  of  another's  soul;  and, 
while  the  dreariest  hell  would  be  entire  self- 
enwrapment,  so  the  sweetest  heaven  would  be 
to  feel  as  God  feels  for  every  creature  He  has 
made.  When  we  have  advanced  a  little  nearer 
to  such  Divine  Sympathy,  then  it  is  obvious, 
also,  that  we  shall  be  more  capable  of  the  su- 
preme joy  of  Divine  Love,  and  no  longer  iind 
the  harmony  of  communion  for  ever  broken 
by  the  discords  of  earth.  He  who  will  teach 
us  how  truly  to  love  the  unlovely,  will  lead 
us  into  the  land  where  our  Sun  shall  no  more 
go  down. 

Such  is,  I  believe,  the  great  Hope  of  the 
human  race.  It  does  not  lie  in  the  "Progress 
of  the  Intellect,"  or  in  the  conquest  of  fresh 
powers  over  the  realms  of  nature ;  not  in  the 


218  THE    SOCIAL    SENTIMENT. 

improvement  of  laws,  or  the  more  harmonious 
adjustment  of  the  relations  of  classes  and  states ; 
not  in  the  glories  of  Art,  or  the  triumphs  of 
Science.  All  these  things  may,  and  doubtless 
will,  adorn  the  better  and  happier  ages  of  the 
future.  But  that  which  will  truly  constitute 
the  blessedness  of  man  will  be  the  gradual 
dying  out  of  his  tiger  passions,  his  cruelty  and 
his  selfishness,  and  the  growth  within  him  of 
the  godlike  faculty  of  love  and  self-sacrifice; 
the  development  of  that  holiest  Sympathy 
wherein  all  souls  shall  blend  at  last,  like  the 
tints  of  the  rainbow  which  the  Seer  beheld 
around  the  Great  "White  Throne  on  high. 


Printed  by  C.  Green  <fe  Son,  178,  Strand. 


WORKS  BY  THE  AUTHOR. 


Essay  on  Intuitive  Morals.     (Out  of  print.) 

Religious  Duty.     2nd  Edit.     5s. 

Broken  Lights.     2nd  Edit.     5s. 

Dawning  Lights.    5s. 

Thanksgiving  (a  Chapter  of  Religious  Duty).     Is. 

Pursuits  of  Women.     (Out  of  print.) 

Studies  of  Ethical  and  Social  Subjects.     5s. 

Cities  of  the  Past.     (Out  of  print.) 

Italics.     5s. 

Hours  of  Work  and  Play.     5s. 

Darwinism  in  Morals,  &c.     5s. 

Alone  to  the  Alone.     2nd  Edit.     5s. 


Williams  and  Norgate. 


Date  Due 

W15'^ 

,*>?.    -  3 

195S 

'^^-^-^ 

<^Am^ 

W5— 

^fl663D0 

- 

Library  Bureau  Cat,  No.  1137 


ftX^:§?i°''"^2'83 


BT  901  . C65  1874 

Cobbe,  Frances  Power,  1822- 
1904. 


The  hopes  of  the  human  race